: ■

Mm

«

.**

3£

r

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
OF ST. LOUIS.

VOL. XIV.
JANUARY 1904 TO DECEMBER 1904.

PUBLISHED UNDER DIRECTION OF THE COUNCIL,

ST. LOUIS:
NIXON-JONES PRINTING CO.

xr

/nf

CONTENTS.

PAGE.

Table of Contents iii

List of Members. Revised to December 31, 1904 v

1. Patrons.

2. Honorary Members.

3. Active Members.

Constitution xv

By-Laws six

Abstract of History xxiv

Record. January 1 to Dec. 31, 1904 xxix

Papers Published. January 1 to December 31, 1904:

1 . Mary J. Klem. — A Revision of the Palaeozoic Pal-

aeechinoidea, with a Synopsis of all known species. —
Plates I. -VI. — Issued May 5, 1904 1

2. Frank Collins Baker. — The Molluscan Fauna of the

Dells of Wisconsin. — Issued May 11, 1904 99

3. Frank Collins Baker. — Notes on Planorbis Trun-

catus Miles. — Issued May 11, 1904 107

4. Francis E. Nipher. — Primitive Conditions in the Solar

Nebula. — Issued May 18, 1904 Ill

5. Thos. L. Casey. — Notes on the Pleurotomidae with

description of some new genera and species. — Issued
May 19, 1904 123

6. B. F. Bush. — The Genus Othake Raf . — Issued June

8, 1904 171

7. B. F. Bush. — The Texas Tradescantias. — Issued

December 30, 1904 181

8. Title-Page, prefatory matter and index of Vol. XIV. —

Record, January 1 to December 31, 1904. — Issued

February 18, 1905.

List of Authors 195

General Index 19G

Index to Genera 197

CORRECTIONS.

P. 7, line 35. — For fiind, read find.

P. 115, line 11 from bottom. — For (56) read (55).

P. 120, line 4 from bottom. —For 1.502 X1010 read 1.502 X107

P. 125, line 23. — For by, read be.

P. 160. Equation (41) and preceding equation for Cp read Cp.

(See Vol. XIII.)
P. 165. line 29. — For a, read or.

MEMBERS.

1. PATRONS.

Eliot, Henry W 1212 Mo. Trust bldg.

Harrison, Edwin 509 Security bldg.

McMillan, Mrs. Eliza 25 Portland pi.

McMillan, William Northrop 507 Lincoln Trust bldg.

2. HONORARY MEMBERS.

Arrhenius, Prof. Svante University of Stockholm, Sweden,

Bahlsen, Prof. Dr. Leopold Berlin, Germany.

Boltzmann, Prof. Ludwig University of Vienna, Austria.

Chavero, Seiior Alfredo National Museum, Mexico.

Escherich, Prof. Theodore University of Vienna, Austria.

Kitasato, Prof. Shibasaburo University of Tokio, Japan.

Lewald, Geh. Oberreg. Rath Theo-

dor Berlin, Germany.

Limburg, Stirum, Graf Berlin, Germany.

Moissan, Prof. Henri Sorbonne, Paris, France.

Orth, Geh. Rath Dr. Johann University of Berlin, Germany.

Oswald, Prof. Wilhelm University of Leipzig, Germany.

Ramsay, Sir William Royal Institute, London, England.

Rutherford, Prof. Ernest McGill University, Montreal,

Canada.

Van'tHoff, Prof. J. W University of Berlin, Germany.

Waldeyer, Geh. Rath Prof. Dr.

Wilhelm University of Berlin, Germany.

Wassermann, Prof. Dr. A University of Berlin, Germany.

Wittmack, Geb. Reg. Rath Prof.

Dr. L University of Berlin, Germany.

3. ACTIVE MEMBERS.

Adkins, James Park and Vandeventer avs.

Alleman, Gellert* S warthmore College,

Swarthmore, Pa.

* Non-resident.

vi Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

Allen, Terry W 5061 Lindell av.

Alt, Adolf 3036 Locust st.

Altheimer, Benjamin 4349 Westminster pi.

Andrews, William Edward* Taylorville, 111.

Bain, Robert Edward Mather 900 Locust st.

Bailey, Liberty Hyde* Ithaca, N. Y.

Baker, Carl Fuller* Etacion Central Agronomica,

Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba.

Barck, Carl 2715 Locust st.

Bartlett, George M 215 Pine st.

Baumgarten, Gustav 4900 Berlin av.

Becktold, William B 212 Pine st.

Bernays, A. C 3623 Laclede av.

Bernays, Walter Office of City Chemist.

Bixby, William Keeney 13 Portland pi.

Boeckeler, William L... 4441 Laclede av.

Bolton, Benjamin Meade 4201 Maryland av.

Boyle, Wilbur F Laclede bldg.

Brannon, Melvin A.* University, N. Dak.

Brennan, Martin S 1414 O'Fallon st.

Brimmer, George G 6900 Michigan av.

Brookings, Robert S 5125 Lindell av.

Brown, Daniel S 2212 DeKalb st.

Brown, Willi 3526 Pine st.

Budgett, Sidney Payne 1806 Locust st.

Burg, William 1756 Missouri av.

Burnett, E. C University Club.

Busch, Adolphus 1 Busch pi.

Busch, Aug. A Busch pi.

Bush, Benjamin Franklin* Courtney, Mo.

Calvert, Sidney* State University, Columbia, Mo.

Carpenter, George O Russell and Compton avs.

Carter, Howard* Webster Groves, Mo.

Carver, George Washington* Tuskegee, Ala.

Chaplin, Winfield S 3636 West Pine boul.

Chappell, W. G 3810 Westminster pi.

Chase, E. C Oriel bldg.

Chouteau, Pierre 912 Security bldg.

Comstock, T. Griswold 3401 Washington av.

Conklin, Harry R.* Joplin, Mo.

Members. vii

Cramer, Gustav c/0 G. Cramer Dry Plate Co.

Crandall, George C 4287 Olive st.

Crunden, Frederick Morgan Public Library.

Curtis, William S St. Louis Law School.

Cushman, Allerton S.* Bryn Mawr, Pa.

Dame, James E 2353 Albion pi.

Dameron, Edward Caswell* Clarksville, Mo.

Davis, N. H 56 Vandeventer pi.

Davis, John D 421 Olive st.

De Menil, Alexander N De Menil bldg., 7th and Pine sts.

Diehm, Ferdinand 1834 Kennett pi.

Dodd, Samuel M .415 Locust st.

Douglas, Archer W °/0 Simmons Hardware Co.

Drake, George S 64 Vandeventer pi.

Drosten, F. W 2011 Park av.

Dutrcrar, B. M.* 809 Virginia av., Columbia, Mo.

Eimbeck, August F.* New Haven, Mo.

Eliot, Edward C 5468 Maple av.

Engler, Edmund Arthur* 11 Boynton st., Worcester, Mass.

Erker, Adolph P 608 Olive st.

Espenschied, Charles 3500 Washington av.

Euston, Alexander 3730 Lindell boul.

Evers, Edward 1861 N. Market st.

Ewing, Arthur E 5944 West Cabanne pi.

Eyclesbymer, A. E 3850 Washington av.

Favor, Ernest Howard* Box 842, Columbia, Mo.

Fernald, Robert Hey wood Washington University.

Fischel, Washington E 3841 Washington av.

Forbes, Stephen A.* Urbana, 111.

Fordyce, John R.* 2223 Louisiana st.,

Little Rock, Ark.

Francis, David R 4421 Maryland av.

French, George Hazen* Carbondale, 111.

Frerichs, Frederick W 4608 S. Broadway.

Frick, John Henry* Warrenton, Mo.

Fruth, Otto J 3066 Hawthorne boul.

Fry, Frank R 3133 Pine st.

Funkhouser, Robert Monroe 4334 Olive st.

viii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Gazzain, James Breading 514 Security bldg.

Geeks, Frank 3453 Magnolia av.

Gerling, H. J 4320 Cook av.

Glasgow, Frank A 3894 Washington boul.

Glasgow, William C 2847 Washington av.

Goldstein, Max A 3858 Westminster pi.

Goodman, Charles H 3329 Washington av,

Graf, A. V 1325 S. 7th st.

Graves, William W 3900 Olive st,

Graves, Willis Nelson , 2813 Lafayette av.

Green, John .2670 Washington av.

Gregory, ElishaHall 3525 Lucas av.

Gregory, ElishaH., Jr.* Medical Dept., Univ. of Pa.

Philadelphia.

Grindon, Joseph 3894 Washington av.

Gundelach, Chas. H 3900 Westminster pi.

Gundelach, W. J 3703 Finney av.

Gurney, James Tower Grove and Magnolia avs.

Guy, William Evans 26 Laclede bldg.

Haarstick, Henry C 103 Chamber of Commerce.

Hambach, Gustavf 1319 Lami st.

Hardaway, W. A 2920 Locust st.

Harris, James Arthur Mo. Botanical Garden.

Hartmann, Rudolph 2020 Victor st.

Held, George A International Bank.

Herzog, William 3644 Botanical av.

Hirschberg, Francis D 3818 Lindell boul.

Hitchcock, Albert Spear* U. S. Dept. Agriculture,

Washington, D. C.

Hitchcock, George C 709 Wainwright bldg.

Homan, George 323 Odd Fellows' bldg.

Hough, Warwick Circuit Court, Room 1.

Hughes, Charles Hamilton 3860 West Pine boul.

Hume, H. Harold* Dept. of Agriculture,

Raleigh, N. C.

Hunicke, Henry August *3532 Victor st.

Hurter, Julius 2346 S. 10th st.

Huston, Hy. A 134 Laclede bldg.

t Elected a life- member January 3, 1882.

Members. ix

Irish, Henry C Mo. Botanical Garden.

Ives, Halsey Cooley Museum of Fine Arts.

Jones, Breckinridge 4010 Lindell boul.

Kali, Richard 1370 Goodfellow av.

Reiser, Edward H "Washington University.

Kinealy, John H 619 Granite bldg.

King, Goodman 78 Vandeventer pi.

Kirchner, Walter C. G 1211 N. Grand av.

Klem, Mary J 1808^ Lafayette av.

Koch, Waldemar H. A.* State University, Columbia, Mo.

Lackland, Rufus J 1623 Locust st.

Langsdorf, Alexander S Washington University.

Lange, Th 2709 Gamble st.

Leavitt, Sherman Washington University.

Lefevre, George* State University, Columbia, Mo.

Leighton, George Bridge 803 Garrison av.

Letterman, George W.* Allenton, Mo.

Lichter, John J 1740 Simpson av.

Lloyd, Hiram Odd Fellows' bldg.

Loeb, Hanau Wolf 3559 Olive st.

Ludwig, Charles V. F 1509 Chouteau av.

Luedeking, Robert 1837 Lafayette av.

Lumelius, J. George 1225 St. Ange av.

Lyon, Hartwell Nelles 3918 Russell av.

Mack, Charles Jacob 113 N. Broadway.

Mallinckrodt, Edward 26 Vandeventer pi.

Mallinckrodt, Edward, Jr 26 Vandeventer pi.

Markham, George Dickson 4961 Berlin av.

Marx, Christian William* University of Cincinnati,

Cincinnati, O.

Mason, Silas C* Berea, Ky.

Matthews, Leonard 300 N. 4th st.

McBride, W. J 5093 Washington av.

McGee, W J World's Fair.

Meier, Theodore G 5220 Washington boul.

Merrell, Albert 3814 Washington boul.

Michel, Eugene II 2721 S. King's Highway.

Miller, Charles F 1751 Missouri av.

x Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Monell, Joseph T.* Flat River, Mo.

Monroe, Lee Ernest* Eureka, Mo.

Moore, Robert 61 Vandeventer pi.

Mudd, Harvey G 2604 Locust st.

Mueller, Ambrose* Webster Groves, Mo.

Nagel, Charles 3969 Washington boul.

Nasse,Aug 209 N. 2d st.

Nautze, Gustav 2868 S. 18th st.

Nelson, Aven* Laramie, Wyom.

Niedringhaus, George W 5745 Lindell boul.

Nipher, Francis E Washington University

Norton, J. B. S.* College Park, Md.

Oglevee, Christopher Stoner* Lincoln, 111.

Olsbausen, Ernest P 1115 Rutger st.

Olshausen, George R.* Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

O'Reilly, Andrew J 1507 Papin st.

O'Reilly, Robert J 3411 Pine st.

Outten, W. B Missouri Pacific Hospital.

Overstolz, Herman 106 N. Broadway.

Palmer, Ernest Jesse* 321 S. Allen st., Webb City, Mo.

Pammel, Louis Hermann* Ames, la.

Pantaleoni, Guido 415 Locust st.

Parker, George Ward* 45 Broadway, New York City.

Parsons, Charles 2804 Pine st.

Pauls, Gustavus St. Louis Altenheim.

Pettus, W. H. H 4373 Westminster pi.

Pfeiffer, Egmont 2007£ Penn st.

Pike, Sherman B 415 Locust st.

Pitzman, Julius 1900 S. Compton av.

Poats, Thomas Grayson* Clemson College, S. C.

Post, Martin Hayward 5371 Waterman av.

Preetorius, Emil 70 Westliche Post.

Prynne, Charles Martyn Lincoln Trust bldg.

Pulsifer, William H.* The Highlands, Washington,

D. C.

Quaintance, A. L.* ..U. S. Department of Agriculture,

Washington, D. C.

Members. xi

Randall, John E.* Cleveland Lamp Factory, Cleve-
land, O.

Raphael, Abraham 5164 Raymond av.

Ravold, Amand 280G Morgan st.

Reed, Howard S.* 1002 Lowery st., Columbia, Mo.

Reverchon, Julien* R. F. D. 8, Dallas, Texas.

Rice, Chas. M 3733 Pine st.

Richter, Phil. George 2424 S. 18th st.

Rieloff, F. C 3837 W. Pine boul.

Rilliet, Chas. E 3018 N. Newstead av.

Robert, Edward Scott 1105 Missouri Trust bldg.

Robertson, Charles* Carlinville, 111.

Roever, William Henry* Cambridge, Mass.

Rolfs, Peter H.* Tropical Laboratory, Miami, Fla.

Rosenwald, Lucian* 412 Delaware st., Kansas City, Mo.

Ruf, Frank A 5863 Cabanne av.

Ryan, Frank K 2725 Lawton av.

Sander, Enno 2807 Lawton av.

Sargent, Charles Sprague* Jamaica Plain, Mass.

Schmitz, R 6th and St. Charles sts.

Schneck, Jacob* Mt. Carmel, 111.

Von Schrenk, Hermann Mo. Botanical Garden.

Schroers, John 1730 Missouri av.

Schrowang, Otto , Gay bldg.

Schwab, Sidney I ,2602 Locust st.

Schwarz, Frank 1520 Lafayette av.

Schwarz, Henry 440 N. Newstead av.

Schweitzer, Paul* Columbia, Mo.

Scott, Henry C 64 Vandeventer pi.

See, Thomas Jefferson Jackson*..Naval Observatory,

Mare Island, Cal.

Selby, Augustine Dawson* Wooster, O.

Senseney, E. M 2829 Washington av.

Sheldon, Walter L 4065 Delmar av.

Shepley , John F 60 Vandeventer pi.

Shoemaker, William Alfred 4386 Westminster pi.

Siebert, A 1647 S. Jefferson av.

Simmons, E. C 9lh and Spruce sts.

Simmons, Wallace D 9th and Spruce sts.

Sluder, Greenfield 2647 Washington av.

Smith, Arthur George* 422 N. Dubuque st., Iowa City, la.

xii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Smith, D. S. H 3646 Washington boul.

Smith, Irwin Z 87 Vandeventer pi.

Smith, Jared G.* Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands.

Soldan, F. Louis 3634 Flad av.

Spiegelhalter, Joseph 2166 Lafayette av.

Starkloff, H. M 3623 Cleveland av.

Starr, John E.* 258 Broadway, New York City.

Staudinger, B 3556 Lindell boul.

Stedman, John Moore* State University, Columbia, Mo.

Stevens, Charles D 1749 S. Grand av.

Stevens, Wyandotte James 4043 Juniata st.

Stocker, George J 2833 S. King's Highway.

Summa, Hugo 2249 St. Louis av.

Taussig, Albert E , 2647 Washington av.

Taussig, William 3447 Lafayette av.

Teichmann, William C Mallinckrodt Chemical Works.

Terry, Robert James 1806 Locust st.

Thacher, Arthur 4304 Washington boul.

Thomas, John R 4128 Washington av.

Thurman, John S 3933 Olive st.

Timmerman, Arthur H 2017 Locust st.

Tittmann, Harold H 28 Westmoreland pi.

Trelease, William Mo. Botanical Garden.

Tyler, Elza Edward* ...State University, Columbia. Mo.

Tyrrell, Warren Ayers 620 Chestnut st.

Updegraff, Milton* 12 Goldsborough Row,

Annapolis, Md.

Valle, Jules F 3303 Washington av.

Van Ornum, John Lane Washington University.

Vickroy, Wilhelm Rees 2901 Rauschenbach av.

Walter, Jacob 1931 S. Compton av.

Warren, William Homer 1806 Locust st.

Watts, Millard F 4362 Morgan st.

Welier, Stuart* University of Chicago,

Chicago, 111.
Westgate, John Minton* Dept. of Agriculture,

Washington, D. C.
Wheeler, H. A 3124 Locust st.

Members. xiii

Wbelpley, Henry Milton 2342 Albion pi.

Wbitaker, Edwards 300 N. 4th st.

Whitten, John Charles* Columbia, Mo.

Widmann, Otto 5105 Morgan st.

Wilson, Edward Allen 3745 W. Pine st.

Winkelrneyer, Christopher 3540 Lawton av.

Wislizenus, Frederick A 808 Wainwright bldg.

"Witt, Thomas D 6th and Olive sts.

Wolff, Herbert W 3514 Shenandoah st.

Woodward, Calvin Milton Washington University.

Wright, Geo. M 4457 Westminster pi.

Zahorsky, John 1460 S. Grand av.

Zawodny, Joseph* Schloss Lobes, Mscheno bei

Melnik, Bohemia, Austria.
Zollmann, Geo. H ,...833 N. 3d st.

CONSTITUTION.

ARTICLE I. NAME.

Section 1 . This Association shall be called « ' The Acad-
emy of Science of St. Louis."

article ii. object.

Section 1. It shall have for its object the promotion of
science.

Sec. 2. As means to this end the Academy shall hold
meetings for the consideration and discussion of scientific
subjects ; shall take measures to procure original papers upon
such subjects; and shall, as often as may be practicable,
publish its transactions. It shall also establish and maintain
a cabinet of objects illustrative of the several departments of
science, and a library of works relating to the same. It
shall also place itself in communication with other scientific
institutions.

ARTICLE III. MEMBERS.

Section 1. The Academy shall consist of Active Members,
Corresponding Members, Honorary Members, and Patrons.

Sec. 2. Active Members shall be persons interested in
science, and they alone shall conduct the affairs of the
Academy.

Sec. 3. Persons not living in the City or County of St.
Louis who may be disposed to further the object of the
Academy by original researches, contributions of specimens,
or otherwise, may be elected Corresponding Members.

Sec. 4. Persons not living in the City or County of St.
Louis may be elected Honorary Members by virtue of their
attainments in science.

xvi Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Sec. 5. Any person conveying to the Academy the sum of
one thousand dollars ($1,000), or its equivalent, may be
elected a Patron.

Sec. 6. Persons may be admitted to any of the preceding
classes of membership, or dismissed therefrom, in accordance
with the regulations prescribed by the By-Laws.

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS.

Section 1. The officers of the Academy shall be chosen
from the active members, and they shall consist of a

President,

1st Vice-President,

2d Vice-President,

Recording Secretary,

Corresponding Secretary,

Treasurer,

Librarian,

Three Curators,

Two Directors.

Said officers shall be elected at the time and in the man-
ner prescribed by the By-Laws, and shall hold their offices
for one year, or until their successors are elected.

Sec. 2. The duties of these officers shall be such as are
customary and as prescribed by the By-Laws.

ARTICLE V. COUNCIL.

Section 1. The President, the two Vice-Presidents, the
Recording Secretary, the Treasurer, the Librarian, and the
two Directors shall constitute the Council of the Academy.

Sec. 2. The duties of the Council shall be to consider
all plans conducive to the welfare of the Academy ; to audit
all bills and order payment of such as they may approve ;
to consider all applications for membership ; and to adminis-
ter the business of the Academy, subject to the Constitution

Constitution. xvii

i,

and By-Laws and to such instructions as may be given by
the Academy.

ARTICLE VI. MEETINGS.

Section 1. The meetings of the Academy shall be held at
such times and places as the By-Laws may direct.

ARTICLE VII. AMENDMENTS.

Section 1. Amendments to this Constitution shall be sub-
mitted in writing at a regular meeting. They shall be open
to discussion until at least the second meeting thereafter.
They may then be adopted by a two-thirds vote of a letter-
ballot, conducted in the manner prescribed by the Council.

ARTICLE VIII. SECTIONS.

Section 1. To encourage and promote special investiga-
tions in any branch of science, members of the Academy
may form Sections which shall be constituted as herein
provided.

Sec. 2. For the formation of a Section written application
shall be made to the Academy, at a regular meeting, by not
less than six active members.

On the approval of this application by the affirmative vote
of two-thirds of the members present at the next regular
meeting, the Section shall be established and the names of
the petitioners shall be recorded on its minutes as its
founders.

Sec. 3. Sections may increase the number of their mem-
bers by election, but only members of the Academy shall be
elected members of any of the Sections.

Sec. 4. The officers of each Section shall be a Chairman
and a Secretary, who shall be elected by its members at the
first meeting of the Section, and subsequently at the first
meeting in January of each year.

Sec. 5. The collections and books of each Section are the
common property of the Academy. Donations of books and

xviii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

specimens made to or for any Section shall be received as
donations to the Academy for the use of the Section.

Sec. 6. A report of the proceedings of each Section shall
be submitted to the Academy at least once every month.
Papers read before any Section with a view to publication by
the Academy shall take the same course as papers read before
the Academy.

Sec. 7. On all points not herein provided for, each Section
shall be governed b}' the Constitution, By-Laws, and instruc-
tions of the Academy.

BY-LAWS.

I. REGULAR MEETINGS.

The regular meetings of the Academy shall be held on the
first and third Monday evenings of every month, unless
otherwise ordered by the Council.

II. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

Special meetings may be called by the President at his dis-
cretion, and shall be called by him on the written request of
three or more members.

III. NOTICE OF MEETINGS.

The Recording Secretary shall send a notice of each meet-
ing to every active member at least two days before such

meeting.

IV. QUORUM.

Seven members shall constitute a quorum, but four mem-
bers shall constitute a legal meeting for reading of papers.

V. ORDER OF BUSINESS.

The order of proceeding, at the regular meetings of the
Academy, shall be as follows : —

1. Minutes of last meeting.

2. Report of the Council.

3. Reports of Committees.

4. Report of the Corresponding Secretary.

5. Donations to the Museum and Library.

6. Written Communications.

7. Oral Communications.

8. Deferred Business.

9. New Business.

10. Elections.

11. Proposals for Membership.

12. Adjournment.

xx Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Loxiis.

VI. CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

It shall be the duty of the Corresponding Secretary to
conduct the correspondence and report to the Academy.

VII. TREASURER.

The Treasurer shall collect all moneys due the Academy ;
be custodian of all its funds, and pay such bills against the
Academy as the Council shall approve. The Treasurer shall
deposit the moneys and invest the funds of the Academy in
its name and by and with the advice of the Council. Besides
his annual report to the Academy, the Treasurer shall make
such further reports and statements concerning the financial
affairs of the Academy as the Council may from time to time
require. Before enteriug upon his duties, the Treasurer shall
give bond in such sum as may be required by the Council.

VIII. LIBRARIAN.

The Librarian shall take charge of all books belonging to
or deposited with the Academy, and shall be responsible for
the same ; he shall keep a catalogue thereof, in which the
names of contributors shall be inscribed ; he shall superintend
the distribution of all the publications of the Academy.

IX. COUNCIL.

The Council shall act as a publication committee ; shall
prepare a program for each meeting, and may make rules
and regulations for their own guidance, not inconsistent with
the Constitution and By-Laws.

X. ELECTION OF OFFICERS.

A nominating committee of three active members who are
not officers of the Academy shall be elected at the first regu-
lar meeting in December. This committee shall nominate

By-Laws. xxi

candidates for all the offices for the ensuing year, and report
the nominations at the following meeting, when other nom-
inations may be made by any active member. The Recording
Secretary shall mail to every active member a list of the nom-
inees for office, at least ten days preceding the annual meet-
ing. The polls shall be closed at 6 p. m. on the day of the
annual meeting, after which the nominating committee shall
count the ballots and announce the results to the Academy.
A plurality of the votes cast shall suffice to elect.

XI. VACANCIES.

A vacancy in any office shall be filled by election conducted
in the same manner as the annual election.

XII. ELECTION OF MEMBERS.

A candidate for admission to the Academy shall be pro-
posed by not less than two members at any regular meeting.
The proposal must then be referred to the Council, and if
upon examination they shall find the candidate to be eligible
and worthy of membership, they shall order the question as to
his admission to be submitted to the Academy by ballot. If
there be five votes in the negative, the candidate shall be re-
jected, and shall not be again voted upon for twelve months
after such rejection. But if the number of negative votes
be less than five, the candidate shall be elected, but shall not
be considered a member until he shall have paid the initiation
fee and the annual dues for the current year. Any failure to
pay the initiation fee and annual dues within thirty days after
the candidate has been notified of his election, shall work a
forfeiture of all rights under said election, if the Council
shall so determine. No entry shall be made on the record of
the rejection of any candidate.

XIII. RESIGNATION OF MEMBERS.

Any member whose dues have been fully paid, may with-
draw from the Academy by a written resignation. Non-pay-

xxii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

merit of dues for one year or longer may be treated as equiv-
alent to resignation ; but before any member is dropped from
the rolls for delinquency, he shall be entitled to not less than
four weeks' notice.

XIV. EXPULSION OF MEMBERS.

Upon the written request of five members, that, for cause
stated, any member be expelled, the Council shall consider
the matter, and if they deem it best, shall advise the member
that his resignation will be accepted. He shall, however,
have the right to demand and shall be given ;i copy of the
charges against him, and shall have a reasonable time to pre-
sent a written defense. The Council may then pass finally
upon the matter, and if resignation has not been tendered, or
a satisfactory defense made, may by an affirmative vote of
four of their number expel the member, in which case they
shall notify him and the Academy of their action, and his
name shall be at once dropped from the list of members.

XV. INITIATION FEE AND DUES.

Resident active members shall pay an initiation fee of five
dollars, and annual dues of six dollars, payable at the begin-
ning of each year. Non-resident active members shall pay
an initiation fee of five dollars and annual dues of one-half
the dues for resident active members, payable at the begin-
ning of each vear.

XVI. HONORARY MEMBERS AND PATRONS.

Honorary members and Patrons shall be recommended by
the Council, and elected by the unanimous vote of the mem-
bers present at an}- regular meeting.

XVII. PUBLICATIONS.

Patrons and all active members not in arrears shall be
entitled to one copy of all the publications of the Academy

By-Laws. xxiii

issued subsequent to their election. Authors of papers
shall he entitled to twenty extra copies of their individual
papers.

XVII. SALE OF REAL ESTATE.

The property conveyed to The Academy of Science of St.
Louis on the eighteenth day of March, 1903, by Edgar R.
Hoadley and Lavinia L. Hoadley, as a gift from Mrs. Eliza
McMillan and William N. McMillan, shall not be mortgaged
or voluntarily incumbered by the Academy of Science ; and
the said property shall not be sold, except with the consent
of two-thirds of the members of the Academy of Science,
obtained by letter ballot, in such manner as may be pre-
scribed by the Council, and, when sold, the proceeds of the
sale or so much thereof as maybe necessary, shall be used to
provide a suitable location and building for the use of The
Academy of Science of St. Louis.

XIX. AUTHORITY.

On all points of order and procedure, not provided for in
the Constitution and By-Laws, Robert's Rules of Order shall
be the authority .

XX. AMENDMENTS.

These By-Laws may be amended by a two-thirds vote of
all the members present at any regular meeting, provided
notice of the proposed amendment shall have been mailed to
every member at least one week before the vote thereon is
taken .

ABSTRACT OF HISTORY.

ORGANIZATION.

The Academy of Science of St. Louis was organized on the
10th of March, 1856, in the hall of the Board of Public
Schools. Dr. George Engelmann was the first President.

CHARTER.

On the 17th of January following, a charter incorporating
the Academy was signed and approved, and this was accepted
by vote of the Academy on the 9th of February, 1857.

OBJECTS.

The act of incorporation declares the object of the Academy
to be the advancement of science and the establishment in
St. Louis of a museum and library for the illustration and
study of its various branches, and provides that the members
shall acquire no individual property in the real estate, cabinets,
library, or other of its effects, their interest being usufruc-
tuary merely.

The constitution as adopted at the organization meeting
and amended at various times subsequently, provides for hold-
ing meetings for the consideration and discussion of scientific
subjects ; taking measures to procure original papers upon such
subjects ; the publication of transactions ; the establishment
and maintenance of a cabinet of objects illustrative of the
several departments of science, and a library of works relating
to the same ; and the establishment of relations with other
scientific institutions. To encourage and promote special in-
vestigation in any branch of science, the formation of special
sections under the charter is provided for.

Abstract of History. xxv

MEMBERSHIP .

Members are classified as active members, corresponding
members, honorary members and patrons. Active member-
ship is limited to persons interested in science, though they
need not of necessity be engaged in scientific work, and they
alone conduct the affairs of the Academy, under its constitu-
tion. Persons not living in the city or county of St. Louis
who are disposed to further the objects of the Academy, by
original researches, contributions of specimens, or otherwise,
are eligible as corresponding members. Persons not living
in the city or county of St. Louis are eligible as honorary
members by virtue of their attainments in science. Any
person conveying to the Academy the sum of one thousand
dollars or its equivalent becomes eligible as a patron.

Under the by-laws, resident active members pay an initia-
tion fee of five dollars and annual dues of six dollars. Non-
resident active members pay the same initiation fee, but
annual dues of three dollars only. Patrons, and honorary and
corresponding members, are exempt from the payment of
dues. Each patron and active member not in arrears is
entitled to one copy of each publication of the Academy issued
after his election.

Since the organization of the Academy, 982 persons have
been elected to active membership, of whom, at the present
time, 276 are carried on the list. Four patrons, Mr. Edwin
Harrison, Mrs. Eliza McMillan, Mr. William Northrop
McMillan and Mr. Henry W. Eliot, have been elected. The
list of corresponding members (Vol. X., p. xii) includes 205
names, among which are the names of 103 persons known to
be deceased.

The presence of a number of eminent scientists from all
parts of the world at the International Congress during the
World's Fair of 1904, was considered a suitable occasion for
electing the following gentlemen as honorary members of the
Academy, in recognition of their valuable services to science:
Prof. Svante Arrhenius (Stockholm), Prof. Dr. Leopold

xxvi Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Bahlsen (Berlin), Prof. Dr. Ludwig Boltzmann (Vienna),
Senor Alfredo Chavero (Mexico), Prof . Theodor Escherich
(Vienna), Prof. Shibasaburo Kitasoto (Tokio), Geli. Ober
Reg. R. Theodor Lewald (Berlin), Count Limburg-Stirum
(Berlin), Prof. Henri Moissan (Paris), Geh. Rath Dr. Johann
Orth (Berlin), Prof. Wilhelm Ostwald (Leipzig), Sir William
Ramsay (London), Prof. Ernest Rutherford (Montreal),
Prof. J. W. Van 't Hoff (Berlin), Geh. Rath Prof. Dr.
Wilhelm Waldeyer (Berlin), Prof. Dr. Wassermann (Berlin),
Geh. Rath Prof. Dr. L. Wittmack (Berlin), from all of
which courteous letters of acceptance have been received.

OFFICERS AND MANAGEMENT.

The officers, who are chosen from the active members, con-
sist of a President, two Vice-Presidents, Recording and Cor-
responding Secretaries, Treasurer, Librarian, three Curators,
and two Directors. The general business management of the
Academy is vested in a Council composed of the President,
the two Vice-Presidents, the Recording Secretary, the Treas-
urer, the Librarian and the two Directors.

The office of President has been filled bv the following well-
known citizens of St. Louis, nearlv all of whom have been
eminent in some line of scientific work : George Engelmann,
Benjamin F. Shumard, Adolphus Wislizenus, Hiram A.
Prout, John B. Johnson, James B. Eads, William T. Harris,
Charles V. Riley, Francis E. Nipher, Henry S. Pritchett,
John Green, Melvin L. Gray, Edmund A. Engler, Robert
Moore, Henry W. Eliot, and Edwin Harrison.

MEETINGS.

The regular meetings of the Academv are held at its build-
ing, 3817 Olive Street, at 8 o'clock, on the first and third
Monday evenings of each month, a recess being taken between
the meeting on the first Monday in June and the meeting on
the third Monday in October. These meetings, to which
interested persons are always welcome, are devoted in part to
the reading of technical papers designed for publication in the

Abstract of History.

xxvn

Academy's Transactions, and in part to the presentation of
more popular abstracts of recent investigation or progress.
From time to time public lectures, calculated to interest a
larger audience, are provided for in some suitable hall.

The following dates for regular meetings for the year 1905
have been fixed bv the Council : —

Jan.

16

Feb.

Mar.

April.

May.

June.
5

Oct.

Nov.

6

6

3

1

6

20

20

17

15

16

20

Dec.

4

18

LIBRARY.

After its organization, the Academy met in Pope's Medical
College, where a creditable beginning had been made toward
the formation of a museum and library, until May, 1869,
when the building and museum were destroyed by fire, the
library being saved. The library now contains 15,303 books
and 12,361 pamphlets, and is open during certain hours of
the day for consultation by members and persons engaged in
scientific work.

PUBLICATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

Fourteen thick octavo volumes of Transactions have been
published since the organization of the Academy, and widely
distributed. Two quarto publications have also been issued:
one from the Archaeological section, being a contribution to
the archaeology of Missouri, and the other a report of the
observations made by the Washington University Eclipse
Party of 1889. The Academy now stands in exchange rela-
tions with 584 institutions or organizations of aims similar to
its own.

xxviii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

MUSEUM.

After the loss of its first museum, in 1869, the Academy
lacked adequate room for the arrangement of a public
museum, and, although small museum accessions were
received and cared for, its main effort of necessity was con-
centrated on the holding of meetings, the formation of a
library, the publication of worthy scientific matter, and the
maintenance of relations with other scientific bodies.

But now in possession of a suitable home, full attention
can again be devoted to the museum, and the same is grad-
ually growing.

RECORD.

From January 1, 1904, to December 31, 1904.

Meeting of January 4, 1904.

The Academy of Science of St. Louis met in the Academy
Building at 8:00 p. in., January 4, 1904; Vice-President
Smith in the chair; nineteen persons present.

An oral report was submitted on the 189th meeting of the
Council, showing that under authority the Treasurer had
borrowed $1,750.00 for sixty days, at six per cent, on
mortgage security owned by the Academy; that President
Eliot had given to the Academy the sum of $5,000.00, of
which nearly the entire amount had been expended in the
renovation and improvement of the building, under his
supervision, by authority of the Council; that $150.00 had
been secured from the Angle School of Orthodontia, in
return for the use of the Academy's rooms for a period of
one month ; that bills had been approved for payment to the
amount of $477.60, of which $119.92 was for publication,
$125.00 for a stereopticon, and $228.50 for electric wiring;
that the Academy had lost two members through the death
of Mr. Albert Thiele and the resignation of Mr. D. C. Ball;
and that the names of A. V. Graf and Rudolph Schmitz
were ordered submitted to ballot at the appropriate meeting
of the Academy.

An oral report was submitted on the 190th meeting of the
Council, showing that the Council unanimously recommended
to the Academy the election of Mr. H. W. Eliot as a patron;
and that bills amounting to $395.12 had been approved for
payment.

The Vice-President presented the following address : * —

* Transactions, Vol. XIII., Page XLV.

xxx Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

On the conclusion of the Vice-President's address, Pro-
fessor Nipher called up the recommendation of the Council
that Mr. Eliot be elected a patron, and in a few well chosen
words moved a vote of thanks to Mr. Eliot for his continued
interest in the Academy and his generous gift to it, and that
he be elected a patron. The motion, being duly seconded,
was unanimously carried.

On motion of Dr. Green, the recommendations contained
in the Vice-President's address were referred to the Council,
and their consideration was made a special order of business
for the next meeting of the Academy.

The Treasurer presented the financial report and statement,
with vouchers, which was submitted to an auditing commit-
tee consisting of Messrs. Engler, Green and Ewing, on whose
report as to its correctness it was approved.*

The Librarian presented the accompanying report, which
was received.!

On behalf of the nominating committee, Mr. Krall pre-
sented the appended report, which was received, and the
following officers were declared elected for the year 1904: —

President W. K. Bixby.

First Vice-President Wm. Trelease.

Second Vice-President Adolf Alt.

Recording Secretary Ernest P. Olshausen.

Corresponding Secretary August Hunicke.

Treasurer Enno Sander.

Librarian G. Hambach.

Curators G. Hambach,

Julius Hurter,
Frank Schwarz.

Directors F. E. Nipher.

Jos. Spiegelhalter.

The Secretary stated that on learning that his name had
been placed in nomination for the Presidency of the Acad-

* Transactions, Vol. XIII., Page XLVII.
t Transactions, Vol. XIII., Page XLVIII.

Record. xxxi

emy, Mr. Bixby had signified his wish to have it withdrawn,
but, this being impossible, he had presented his resignation
as President, which on motion was accepted.

In accordance with Articles X and XI of the By-Laws, it
was moved that a nominating committee of three, consisting
of Messrs. Krall, Barck and Widmann, be elected, to present
at the next meeting a new nomination for the Presidency of
the Academy ; and this motion was unanimously carried.

The following persons were elected to active membership :
August V. Graf, Kudolph Schmitz, both of St. Louis.

Dr. Green stated that he was privileged, on behalf of a few
members of the Academy, to present, in commemoration of
its removal into its new home, a suitable chair and table for
the use of the presiding officer ; and on motion this gift was
accepted and the thanks of the Academy tendered to the
gentlemen who had made it.

b

January 18, 1904.

Vice-President Trelease in the chair; twelve persons
present.

The nominating committee reported that they had nomi-
nated for President Mr. Edwin Harrison.

No other nomination being made, the printing of letter-
ballots was ordered.

The following three papers were presented by title and
referred to the Council : —

By Mary J. Klem, " A revision of the Paleozoic Palaeechi-
noidea, with Synopsis of all known Species."

Bv Frank C. Baker, " The Molluscan Fauna, of the Dells
of Wisconsin;" " Notes on Planorbia Truncatus Miles."

The Treasurer, Dr. Enno Sander, reported, that in response
to his request for voluntary contributions by members, he
had received $49.00.

February 1, 1904.

Dr. A. Alt presiding; fourteen persons present.
The nominating committee reported the election of Mr.
Edward Harrison as President of the Academy.

xxxii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Prof. F. E. Nipher made some informal remarks on some
properties of Radium, as compared with certain other bodies,
indicating, that much of the mystery, now connected with
radium, will probably soon be cleared, as we get better
acquainted with it, finding it subject probably to well-known
physical laws. His remarks were followed by a discussion.

The Treasurer reported further voluntary contributions,
amounting to a total of $248.00.

*n

February 15, 1904.

Dr. Wm. Trelease presiding; twenty-eight persons present.

Rev. Martin S. Brennan delivered a popular lecture on the
" Nebular Hypothesis," illustrating same with lantern views.
He explained the theory of La Place, according to which the
heavenly bodies were formed by a condensation of gases into
nebular masses, these in turn condensing farther by the force
of gravity, the interior increasing in pressure, centrifugal
motion and heat, while the peripheric motion decreased and
gradually cooled the mass, until it formed a crust, growing
thicker in time ; this crust being at first surrounded chiefly
by carbon-dioxide gases, soon allowing the existence of plant
life, later followed by animal life. From this he deduced
the five geological eras, corresponding with the ages of
paleontology.

Mr. Nipher remarked, that he had applied the equations for
gaseous nebulae, which had been deduced in his paper on the
Law of Contraction of Gaseous Nebulae, to the case of our
own planetary system. Introducing an integration constant
into the pressure formula, the pressure, — and as conse-
quence the temperature, — can be made zero at any radius
from the center. He had given the constant a value, which
made the mass of the nebula equal to that of the entire solar
system. When the nebula has reached such a stage, that the
mass external to Neptune's present orbit, is equal to Nep-
tune's mass, the density at Neptune's orbit will be 1.93 X 10-15
grammes per cc, and the pressure will be 1.49 X 10~10 atmos-
phere. The outer limit of the nebula will be about half a

Record. xxxiii

million miles further out, the temperature beingzeroat the outer
limit. This means, that molecular motion will not there exist.

The forces there acting will be gravitation, and the repel-
ling action of light waves from the central nucleus. The
entire mass of Neptune will exist in a space far more highly
rarified than any Crooks tube vacuum. It is of course possi-
ble for such nebulae to exist, but it certainly is impossible to
believe, that such a nebula can throw off a system of plane-
tary bodies. The greater part of our solar nebula must have
existed as a solid meteoric matter, with a temperature approach-
ing absolute zero. Only the central part, which is now rep-
resented by the sun, was largely gaseous, and at a high
temperature.

Professor Nipher made the following remarks on Discon-
tinuities in the evolution of the Trotting Horse : —

About twenty years ago the writer deduced an equation
representing the relation between the record speed of the
trotting horse and the time, estimated from any assumed
date. This equation was not obtained from the actually
observed times when the record had been broken. It took
no account of individual cases.

The date when any given speed, as say 2:30, originated,
was determined by finding the number of horses each year,
capable of making that speed or better. At some date the
first horse of this class would appear. Each successive year,
the number of horses of this class increases. The law of such
increase can easily be determined by graphical or mathe-
matical methods. In this way the date when the number of
horses of this class was one, can be determined, by means of
this curve of increase.

Knowing the dates for the origin of each speed, the rela-
tion was shown to be a logarithmic one. The equation was
published giving the speed for any given date. Recently this
curve was plotted, from 1840 to date, and the performance
of every horse who has broken the record since 1845 was put
on the diagram. A very interesting fact was at once observed.
The increase in speed is not continuous, but proceeds by sud-
den and rapid changes, separated from each other by intervals
of no change. The horse will be behind the speed computed

xxxiv Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

from the equation, and some horse, usually in rivalry with
another, will perhaps in a single year, put the horse ahead of
this computed speed.

In 1853 the horse was about three seconds behind the
computed speed. In that year Highland Maid advanced one
second, and from 1856 to 1859 Flora Temple had carried the
record ahead six and a quarter seconds more. This placed
the horse 2.3 seconds ahead of the computed speed.

In 1867 Dexter found the horse again about 1.25 behind, aud
in two races during that summer, placed the horse 1.25 ahead
of the computed speed. In 1871 Goldsmith Maid found the
horse behind nearly a second, and by 1874 put the horse ahead
of the computed speed by about 2.25 seconds. When Rarus
appeared in 1878, the horse was again nearly a second behind,
and Rarus, St. Julian, Jay Eye See were in rivalry with Maud
S. during seven years. They not only kept the record from
falling still further behind, but in 1885 Maud S. finally sent
the record ahead of the computed speed about 1.5 seconds.

In 1891 Sunol again found the horse slightly behind the
computed speed and advanced him half a second. During the
next year Nancy Hanks appeared and sent the horse ahead
again. During this year appeared also a marked discontinuity
in the evolution of the running gear. Improvements had
been constantly made in the sulky during all of the time from
1840 to 1892. At this latter date the modern sulky with
pneumatic tire, 28-inch wheel and ball bearings was first used.
With this running gear Nancy Hanks placed the horse a little
over three seconds ahead of the prediction, and in 1894 Alix
lowered this record a quarter of a second more.

Six years later the present generation of trotters began.
The Abbott lowered the time of Alix by half a second, and
then began the contest between Crescens and Lou Dillon,
which has resulted in putting the trotting horse 4.5 seconds
ahead of the predicted speed.

These successive generations of horses have changed the
record as follows : —

Flora Temple 7.25 Maud S 5.25

Dexter 2.50 Nancy Hanks ... . 5.0

Goldsmith Maid.. 3.25 Lou Dillon 5.25

Record.

xxxv

In this exhibit the name of the most prominent horse in
the generation has been selected for designating the several
generations. Since the time of the advent of the bicycle
wheel, the surging advances of speed which characterize a
generation, have continued, as they were before, but the
horse has not fallen behind the predicted speed. In time the
sudden advance due to this radical improvement in the sulky,
will probably be taken up again, and the horse will gradually
come back into line with what was shown in the earlier gen-
erations. I do not think there is any evidence that the final
speed of the horse will differ materially from what was
predicted twenty years ago.

It may be said in closing that when the earlier paper was
published, in 1883, there were many who scouted the idea
that the trotting horse would ever trot a mile in 98 seconds.
It has happened that some of these same persons have now
thought it proper to poke fun at the writer because the horse
is now slightly further in advance of the prediction than ever
before. A diagram is here presented which shows the dis-

1 1840

1850

10 1920

xxxvi Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

continuities in evolution of the trotting horse. If the pre-
diction were to be made now on the basis of what is now
known, no change would be made. The same diagram repre-
sents the performance of the running horse, b}r the lower
curve. His final speed will be about 6.5 seconds per mile
better than that of the trotting horse, or 1:31. 5 (91.5
seconds per mile).

Since the above communication was made, the three last
records shown on the diagram have been ruled out. They
were made with a wind-shield in front of the horse. The
present record stands at 121.25 or 2:01^.

March 7, 1904.

Attendance, eighteen.

President Edwin Harrison in the chair.

Dr. C. A. Snodgrass, City Bacteriologist and Pathologist,
read a paper on the subjeet: "Bacteria and their Work,"
illustrated with drawings and cultures. He gave a clear con-
ception of the place occupied by bacteria in the living world,
and the important work they do. He emphasized the fact,
that bacteria must not be confounded with disease. He dis-
cussed the distribution of bacteria, changes in bacterial flora
in milk supplies; the bacteria of the Illinois, Missouri and
Mississippi rivers; symbiosis; immunity; biological factors,
that affect bacteria ; the relation of human and bovine
tuberculosis; and various methods by which infection occurs.

March 21, 1904.

Attendance, eighteen.

President Edwin Harrison in the chair.

Professor Francis E. Nipher presented a paper on " Primi-
tive Conditions in the Solar Nebula," * as a continuation to
other papers presented previously.

Prof. W. L. Eickenberry delivered a lecture on the
" Principles of Ecology and Development of Plant Societies."

* Transactions, Vol. XIV., No. i.

Record. xxxvii

He showed, that the science of botany had been greatly ad-
vanced by the study of plant-ecology or plant sociology, i. e.
by the study of plants in their external relations to each
other, and the adjustment of plants and their organs to their
physical surroundings. Formerly taxonomy or the determina-
tion of the position of plants in a scheme of classification, was
the aim of all students and teachers. Now the study of bot-
any is pursued on a broader scale, plants being studied as
living things, which are not scattered at haphazard over
the globe, but are organized into definite communities, de-
termined by the conditions, under which certain plants can
live. Ecologj', since it considers plants and their environ-
ments, takes the student directly into the field, instead of
confining him to herbarium specimens. Systematic botany,
while very essential, should always be made one of means,
and not the final end of botanical study.

By a series of lantern slides, Prof. Eickenberry showed the
transition from a pond-society to a swamp-forest, beginning
with a lily-pond with sedges at the margin of the water.
Then, as the pond loses its water, the sedges and swamp-
grasses crowd in; this swamp-moor being followed by shrubs,
and finally by a swamp-forest, such as tamarack, pine and
hemlock.

He also traced the development of plant societies, adapted
to dry air and soil, various plants, such as lichens, mosses
and small crevice plants being able to live upon bare rocks.
As these exposed rocks are weathered away, the crevice plants
become larger, and seeds of small plants find lodgment,
until, the fissures increasing in size, and more soil being
formed, shrubs and finally trees root there, resulting ulti-
mately in a forest.

April 4, 1904.

Attendance, fifty.

President Edwin Harrison in the chair.

The Treasurer reported further progress in voluntary
contributions. Previously reported, $228.00. Additional
receipts, $79.00.

xxxviii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Mr. George M. Wright Avas elected an active member.

Dr. C. Barck read the paper of the evening, on " The
History of Spectacles." He divided the subject into two
parts, the development of the industrial art, and the evolution
of the scientific selection.

In regard to the former, it is an open question, whether the
Chinese invented glasses prior to the Europeans. Of the
ancient nations of western Asia, we possess only one relic,
namely a convex lens of rock crystal which was dis-
covered among the ruins of old Nineveh by Sir Layard.
To the Egyptians, Greeks and Romans glasses were unknown.
The latter assertion does not agree with the common opinion,
as expressed in the belief, that Nero was near-sighted and
used glasses. But this is due to a misinterpretation of a
passage of Pliny, as proven at length by the reader of the
paper. During the first twelve centuries of the Christian era
there is no mention of spectacles ; they were invented at the
end of the thirteenth century by two Italians, Armati and Spina,
either independently or conjointly. This is proven by a
number of documents. The essayist then dwelt upon the
gradual spread of their use, and the improvement of the
frames and lenses. At first only convex lenses were used,
concave ones being employed about two centuries afterwards.
Cylindrical lenses for the correction of astigmatism, which
had been discovered by Thomas Young in 1801, were devised
by the astronomer Airy in 1827. Bifocals were invented and
first used by Benjamin Franklin, 1785.

As to the selection of the appropriate lenses, this was at
first done by the peddlers who sold them. Physicians for a
long time paid no attention to it. Even after the epochal
work of the astronomer Kepler had opened a new era in
optics by demonstrating the physiology of the act of vision,
1604, physicians maintained their reserved attitude, and
considered it below the dignity of their profession to have
anything to do with the selection of glasses. It was only in
the middle of the last century that the change took place.
This was due mainly to the labors of Helmholtz and Donders,
who laid the foundation for the adjustment of lenses accord-

Record. xxxix

ing to mathematical and optical principles. The invention of
the ophthalmoscope, by which the refraction can be deter-
mined objectively, of the ophthalmometer, which assures the
astigmatism of the cornea, and the introduction of remedies,
by which the accommodation can be paralyzed, followed in
rapid succession. By means of these instruments and meth-
ods of precision, the medical adviser is governed by well-
established laws in the selection of spectacles, and this now
belongs to the domain of science.

The lecture was illustrated by a number of copies of old
paintings and by drawings.

April 18, 1904.

Attendance, twenty -live.

President Edwin Harrison in the chair.

The following were elected active members of the Acad-
emy: Dr. A. Siebert, Geo. H. Zollmann, Wm. F. Boyle.

The lecture of the evening was delivered bv Dr. Coulter,
being: "Typical Swamp Areas and their characteristic
Plants." The same was illustrated with lantern slides.

May 2, 1904.

Attendance, twenty-two.

President Edwin Harrison in the chair.

A paper of Mr. B. F. Bush, on "The Genus Othake
Rafinesque" was presented by title by Prof. W. Trelcase, and
referred to the Council for publication.

Mr. Charles M. Rice was elected an active member.

The lecture of the evening was delivered by Prof. Dr. L.
Wittmack of the Berlin University, being a treatise on " Our
Knowledge of Prehistoric Seeds." He described the seeds
examined by him, from the pyramids of Egypt, from the
ruins of Pompeii and Herculaneum, from the mounds of North
America, and the excavations at Auco, in Peru. The seeds
from Egypt and Pompeii were chiefly: wheat, barley,
coreander, a large bean, lentils, olives, dates, plums, etc.; but

xl Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

no oranges or lemons, which must have been introduced into
Italy at a later date, probably by the Moors.

Bread taken from the pyramids of Egypt still showed the
typical cell-structure of the barley -grains, and gave the well-
known starch-reaction, when treated with iodine, — after a
lapse of 4500 years.

In the American mounds Dr. Wittmack found corn, pea-
nuts, apple-seeds, pumpkin-seeds, garden beans, etc. Europe
had always been considered the home of the garden-bean;
but Dr. Wittmack proved conclusively, that the garden-bean
originated in America. The New World is also the home of
corn, cotton, tobacco, potato, sweet potato, tomato, peanuts,
pumpkin, and squash, all of which have become articles of
economic importance in Europe as well as in America.

May 16, 1904.

Attendance, twenty-four.

President Edwin Harrison in the chair.

The following were elected active members: W. J. Mc-
Bride, Howard S. Reed, Herbert W. Wolff.

Prof. W J McGee delivered a lecture on "Types of
Mankind at the Exposition."

June 6, 1904.

Attendance, thirty-two.

Dr. A. Alt, presiding.

President Edwin Harrison presented to the Academy a
portrait of Prof. Louis Agassiz.

Mr. Henry A. Huston was elected an active member.

Dr. A. Siebert delivered a lecture on " Liquid Light."

Mr. Frederick Braun of New York exhibited a collection
of fossils (crinoids and trilobites).

October 17, 1904.

Attendance, twenty-eight.
Dr. A. Alt presiding.

Record. xli

Mr. Frank Schwarz was offered a vote of thanks for pre-
paring a number of skulls and heads for exhibition and
decoration in the Academy's museum.

Mr. R. D. Douglas of South Africa exhibited a number
of specimens of butterflies and beetles and photographic
scenes.

Dr. J. Arthur Harris delivered a lecture on "The Nature
and Function of the Color of Flowers " in relation to their
attraction of insects in search of nectar.

The following scientists were elected honorary members in
recognition of their service to science : —

Prof. Dr. A. Wassermann, of University of Berlin, Germany.

Prof. Dr. L. Wittmack, University of Berlin, Germany.

Geheimr. Prof. Dr. Johann Orth, of University of Berlin,
Germany.

Geheimr. Prof. Dr. Wilhelm Waldcyer, of University of
Berlin, Germany.

Prof. Dr. Leopold Bahlsen, of University of Berlin, Ger-
many.

Graf Dr. Limburg-Stirum, of Berlin, Germany.

Geheim. Ober. Reg. Rath Theodor Lewald, of Berlin,
Germany.

Sir William Ramsay, Royal Institute, London, England.

Prof. Ernest Rutherford, McGill University, Montreal,
Canada.

Prof. Henri Moissan, Sorbonne, Paris, France.

Prof. J. W. Van 't Ploff, University of Berlin, Germany.

Senor Alfredo Chavero, National Museum, Mexico.

Prof. Shibasaburo Kitasato, University of Tokio, Japan.

Prof. Theodor Escherich, University of Vienna, Austria.

Prof. Svante Arrhenius, University of Stockholm,
Sweden.

Prof. Ludwig Boltzmann, University of Vienna, Austria.

Prof. Wilhelm Ostwald, University of Leipzig, Germany.

November 7, 1904.

Attendance, twenty-eight.
Dr. A. Alt presiding.

xlii Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

The following were elected active members : Waldemar
H. A. Koch, of Columbia, Mo., Walter Bernays, City
Chemist.

Prof. F. E. Nipher gave a Popular Discussion of some
present "Problems in Physics."

He dwelt principally on the present conception of the
nebular hypothesis and its bearing on the evolution of the
universe, in connection with the influence upon and of elec-
tricity. He presented some interesting photographic nega-
tives, gathered during his scientific researches.

He also entered into an explanation and comparison of
galvanic, static, and mechanical electricity. His deductions
from a careful study of the phenomena and conclusions based
thereon, led to the assumption that the sun is the basis of all
creation, and that the planets are but particles emanating
from that center at various epochs.

And he expressed the opinion, that when the art of over-
coming inertia is once understood, all mechanical problems
will have been near solution.

November 21, 1904.

Attendance, twenty-five.

Dr. Win. Trelease presiding.

A paper by Mr. B. F. Bush, on ' ' The Texas Tradescantias ' ' *
was presented by title and referred to the Council for publi-
cation.

Mr. J. E. Petavel, of the British Royal Commission, de-
livered an interesting lecture on " The Ultimate Limit of Low
Temperature " illustrating same with numerous experiments
with Liquid Air.

December 5, 1904.

Attendance, one hundred and twenty-five.

Dr. Win. Trelease presiding.

In accordance with the constitution and by-laws, the fol-

* Transactions Vol. XIV, No. 7.

Record. xliii

lowing members were elected a committee to nominate a
ticket for the annual election: —

Prof. John H. Kinealy.
Dr. Chas. D. Stevens.
Dr. H. M. Whelpley.

Mr. J. W. Erwin, of San Francisco, delivered an interest-
ing lecture on "The Wonders and Glories of California,"
illustrated with numerous stereopticon views, showing the
beauties of the forests, the wonderful results of irrigation,
ostrich farming, fruit growing, the grandeur of the sea-coast,
etc.

December 19, 1904.

Attendance, twenty-five.

Dr. A. Alt presiding.

The Secretary reported the receipt of letters of thanks for
their election as honorary members of the Academy, from
the scientists named in the meeting of October 17th.

The nominating committee reported the following ballot
for the annual election, which was ordered printed and mailed
to the members : —

President Dr. Adolph Alt.

First Vice-President Win. Trelease.

Second Vice-President Dr. Joseph Spiegelhalter.

Recording Secretary Ernest P. Olshausen.

Corresponding Secretary August Hunicke.

Treasurer Euno Sander.

Librarian G. Hambach.

Curators G. Hambach.

Frank Schwarz.

Julius Hutter.
Directors F. E. Nipher.

Otto Widmann.

The following were elected active members : Jacob Walter,
Benjamin Altheimer.

Dr. Walter G. Kirchner delivered an interesting lecture on
" Bacteriological Examination of Eiver Water," based chiefly

xliv Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

on his observations, while examining the water of the Missis-
sippi river near St. Louis, to test the influence of the Chicago
canal upon the water supply of St. Louis. He explained the
importance of carefully collecting the samples for examina-
tion purposes, and their careful preservation in a condition
and temperature as near as possible, as when taken, which
frequently requires keeping them on ice to prevent further
development, increase or decrease of the number of bacteria
contained in the sample, thereby securing perfect results.
He also exhibited the apparatus and methods used in such
examinations. He also showed by black-board drawings and
charts how the number of bacteria varies at different points
of the same body of water, according to their location near
cities or sewage outlets, and other conditions and influences.
Professor F. E. Nipher made some remarks on the methods
used for measuring wind- velocities, to determine the pres-
sure, which latter is generally adopted as being equal to the
square of the velocity. But he feared, that the old method
by means of pressure boards gives no satisfactory measure for
determining the pressure of a heavy wind on high buildings ;
therefore other methods were desirable for this object.

Reports of Officers for the Year 1904.
The Treasurer reported as follows : —

RECEIPTS.

Balance for 1903 $ 563 43

Membership dues 1,444 15

Voluntary contributions 344 00

Rent from building 355 00

Notes discount 3,750 00

Interest 278 49

Capital released 3,000 00

$9,735 07

Record. xlv

EXPENDITURES.

Publication of Transactions $,486 57

General printing 174 60

Library 118 52

Improvements to property 175 63

Service 1,394 50

Sundry expenses 459 27

Notes discounted and premiums paid 5,544 65

Balance 1,38133

$9,735 07

INVENTORY.

Real estate, 3817 Olive $25,000 00

Improvements 1903 5,929 47

Improvements 1904 .. 173 63

Mortgage 3,500 00

$34,603 10

Report of the Librarian.

It is with great pleasure and satisfaction, that I am able to
report that the first year of the Academy's occupation of its
own home has witnessed the re-establishment of its museum
of natural history objects. The few articles of value saved
from the fire, which the Academy suffered some years ago,
together with the fine Yandell Collection of fossils, purchased
four years ago, the beautiful collection of butterflies, mostly
tropical, presented to the Academy by subscription through
the efforts of the late Mrs. W. L. Bouton, a collection of
meteorites and of several hundred specimens of pottery from
the mounds of southern Missouri, and of forty human crania
from the same district, have been placed on exhibition in the
museum.

During the year Mr. Frank Schwarz, of the Board of Cura-
tors, mounted two skulls of the Colorado Mountain Sheep
and two of the Buffalo, belonging to the Academy.

Mr. Edwin Harrison, President of the Academy, presented
a portrait of the famous naturalist, Prof. Louis Agassiz,
taken when the Professor was winning fame for his great
scientific achievements.

xlvi Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Mr. Richard Douglas of South Africa donated to the
museum a skull of an African Lioness, a shark's skull and a
specimen of the queen of the white ant of South Africa.

During the year just closed the museum of the Academy
has been enriched by the acquisition of some very valuable
specimens from the Department of Mines and Metallurgy at
the World's Fair. Among the liberal donators may be
mentioned Mr. Whitaker, in charge of the Utah Exhibit,
from whom fine specimens of carnolite, cinnabar, gilsonite,
realgar and olivinite were obtained; Mr. Chas. N. Gould of
Oklahoma, who presented some beautiful specimens of pseu-
domorphous crystals of sandstone after aragonite, some
gypsum, rose quartz and calcspar; Mr. C. H. Pilcher of
South Dakota, who donated fine lead, tin and copper ores
and rose quartz; Mr. Francis B. Laney of North Carolina,
who gave us flexible sandstone and nickel ores from his
State: Mr. Harry E. Crain, who contributed hematite, mala-
chite, native sulphur, silicified wood, moss agate and calcosite
from Wyoming; Mr. Frank C. Friedman of Arizona, from
whom glauberite, argentite and wulfenite beside copper and
silver ores were procured; Mr. Ladd of Missouri, who
presented specimens of galena, sphalerite, dolomite and calc-
spar; Capt. Brown of Arkansas, whose contribution con-
sisted of good specimens of variscite, wavellite, smithsonite
and calamine from his State. From the director of the
New Mexico Exhibit fine silver and copper ores, and from the
Nevada commissioner cuperite, proustite and silver-bearing
lead ores from their respective States were obtained.

To properly care for these precious minerals four cases
were purchased at the Fair.

While the acquisitions of the year have been most gratify-
ing still we have at present only a nucleus to the museum we
hope to establish at the Academy. It is the intention of the
Board of Curators to form collections in the various branches
of natural science, especially as represented in our own State,
which shall be of benefit and interest to the public and to the
educational institutions of the city. One of our first attempts

Record. xlvii

shall be to procure as complete a collection as possible of the
minerals of Missouri and of the insects about St. Louis.

Now that we are in our own home, with the prospect of a
fire-proof addition, we feel that we are in a position to renew
our activities toward re-establishing the tine museum we lost,
and earnestly desire the co-operation of all the members and
of those interested in seeing the establishment of a natural
history museum worthy of the name in St. Louis, in procur-
ing objects of interest to students of nature, especially such
objects as will make known to our citizens the vast resources
and wealth of their own State. It is our aim to have the
Academy looked upon by the public at large as a place where
information may be sought on any scientific subject.

The collections of the Academy are being placed as quickly
as possible and the public is most cordially invited to visit the
museum, which is open every day except Sunday.

During the past year the publications of the Academy were
sent to 162 domestic and to 422 foreign societies. Nine
societies were added to the exchange list during the year and
two resigned, making an increase of seven. We received
publications in exchange from 76 domestic and 218 foreign
societies.

Received during the year —

books 385

pamphlets 638

in exchange j

r books .... 25

by donation | pamphlet8 60

Total 1108 Nos.

Dr. Enno Sander donated a number of medical journals
and Mr. Edwin Harrison six pamphlets and two books of
publications of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology
and Ethnology.

Thirty-nine volumes were bound for $15.60.

Expenses of the department for postage, express charges,

binding, etc $213 32

Cash received from sale of Transactions $48 82

Cash received from Treasurer 65 00 113 82

Balance due $99 50

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis,

VOL.. XIV. No. 1.

A REVISION OF THE PALAEOZOIC PALAE-

ECHINOIDEA, WITH A SYNOPSIS OF

ALL KNOWN SPECIES.

MARY J. KLEM.

Jy.xued May 5, 1904.

A REVISION OF THE PALAEOZOIC PALAEECHINOI-
DEA, WITH A SYNOPSIS OF ALL KNOWN SPECIES.*

Mary J. Klem.

NEW VO

Among the Echinodermata, the Palaeozoic Echini present
a most fertile field for the study of variations and abnormal
development, — features which are common, however,
throughout the sub-kingdom. Having had at my command
for study a very large and excellent collection, I wish to offer
a few suggestions as to the probable development of these in-
teresting; fossils.

I take this opportunity to express my sincere thanks to my
dear friend and teacher, Dr. Hambach, professor at Washing-
ton University, for the use of his valuable collection and
library, as well as for the interest he has taken in the prepa-
ration of this paper. All the drawings submitted were made
from specimens in the Doctor's collection, and most of the
works quoted are in his library.

Before entering upon the detailed study of the development
and arrangement of the different parts, it may be well to note
the classification of fossil Echini. All the Palaeozoic Echini
belong to the class Oidaridae, and differ from the Mesozoic,
Cenozoic and living species, in having never less than four rows
of plates in each interambulacrum, with the exception of one
order, Bothriocidaroida. They may be conveniently divided
into three orders: (1) Otjstocidaroida with four rows of
plates in the ambulacrum and numerous rows in the inter-
ambulacrum; (2) Bothriocidaroida with two rows of plates in
each ambulacrum and one row in each interambulacrum; (3)
PerischoecJmioida with never less than two rows in each ain-
bulacral area and never less than four rows in each interambu-
lacral area.

In the following discussion I shall confine my attention
chiefly to the Melonitidae, a family of the Perischoechinoida.

* Presented by title to The Academy of Science of St. Louis, Jan., 1904.

2 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

After a very careful study of the large collection of Dr.
Hambach, which contains the choicest specimens to be found
anywhere in that particular branch, and of the Washington
University collection, among which is a slab with eighty-five
Melonites on it, I have deduced the following facts concern-
ing the development and growth of this family. In the
embryonic state a calcareous particle was deposited as the
nucleus of calcification of each plate of the test. As
the test expanded successive rings of calcareous matter were
deposited. While increasing laterally by the progressive
calcification of the individual plates, the longitudinal diam-
eter was lengthened by the addition of new plates between
the genital and ocular plates and the already existing
plates. That the lateral expansion took place by the depo-
sition of rings of calcareous substance to the edges of each
individual plate, is brought out very clearly in weathered
specimens, well defined lines marking the limits of the differ-
ent areas. Such specimens are figured on Pis. V. and VI.,
figs. 9 and 10, where the older deposit is shaded, while the
more recent is left unshaded.

Turning our attention to the development and structure of
the interambulacral areas, we find Jackson and Jaggar in their
paper on "Studies of Melonites multipora," making the
following statement: " The interambulacra of the adult, when
perfect, consist of two plates at the ventral termination, as
shown in three areas, A, C and I, of plate 2, figure 2." In
my researches, I find that ventrally the interambulacra always
terminate in three plates, when the specimen is perfect. In
all the specimens with the teeth in place, this is invariably the
case as may be readily seen from figs. 6, 8, 12 and 13. This
feature is shown most admirably by fig. 8, pi. IV., from which
specimen the drawing of the teeth (fig. 8 f, pi. IV.) was made.
The specimen shows plainly how the sides of the terminating
plates come close up to the jaws, making it impossible for any
plates to have dropped out. Besides the specimens I have
mentioned, I examined a large amount of material, only to
find that the aforesaid is always the case when the specimens

* Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7, p. 142.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoiclea. 3

are perfect. The statement of Jackson and Jaggar that areas
showing three plates ventral ly should be considered incom-
plete ventrally, and that, " when well preserved show at the
oral termination angles for the articulation of the lower most
missing row," * is easily refuted. When examining perfect
specimens, I have always found that immediately below the
three lowest plates were the teeth, thus precluding any possi-
bility of any plates having fallen out.

The same gentlemen assert further that the lower row of
plates does not really represent the initial plate, but that it
was a single plate, which, by the encroachment of the en-
larged actinostome, was gradually reabsorbed. As conclusive
evidence they make the following statement: f "In a speci-
men of Melonites multiporus in Yale University Museum
(diamond number 157, specimen C) we find an important fea-
ture bearing on the above consideration. In this specimen
(plate 3, fig. 10) the two ventral plates have each an angle
toward the median line, and these together with the straight
edges of the bottom enclose a triangular space which doubt-
less contained the single initial plate, as in a similar stage of
Strongylocentrotus . This specimen of Melonites does not
actually show the initial single plate, and obviously in its pe-
culiar position it would easily drop out after the death of the
individual or in the processes of fossilization. To our minds
the angles for its reception are almost as strong evidence as
the plate itself."

I see no proof from the figure that the plates numbered 1
and 2 were the terminating plates and no reason to assume
that the initial plate was triangular. Taking the drawing as
given on pi. 3, fig. 10, we can increase the number of
plates ad libitum, simply by completing the hexagons. Why
should we assume that the initial plate was triangular,
when perfect specimens show clearly that there were three
and that they were pentagonal or hexagonal? Furthermore,
if resorption took place (which I doubt very much) by what
law of nature could the plates twist themselves from the

* Bull. Geol. Soc Amer., vol. 7, p. 143.
t Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7, p. 144.

4 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

position indicated in fig. 11, pi. 3, to that shown in fig. 10,
pi 3? * It is plain that the form of the plates was constant
throughout the existence of the individual and that growth
took place by the enlargement of the individual plates and by
the addition of plates between the apical disk and the already
existing plates.

The next point, which may properly be discussed at this
stage, is the method of plate arrangement and the introduc-
tion of new columns. No adequate rule can be laid down as
to the normal arrangement of plates and the interval between
the introduction of new columns, as it is almost impossible to
find two specimens, or even two fields of the same specimen,
with the identical plate arrangement. A different rate of
development in two adjacent areas is not an uncommon thing,
being the rule rather than the exception. As an example take
the fields of fig. 13, pi. 6, which is a perfect specimen. In
section (a) the first column is introduced in the third row,
in section (b) in the sixth and in (c) in the fifth row. The
second column begins in (a) in the sixth, in (b) in the ninth
and in (c) in the eighth row. The third column starts in (a)
in the tenth, in (b) in the ninth and in (c) in the twelfth
row. The fourth column is introduced in the thirteenth row
in (a), in the twelfth in (b) and (c). In Fig. 8, PI. IV the
first column begins in the second row in (a), (b), (c), (e)
and in the fifth in (d). The second column starts
in the sixth row in (a), (b), (e), and (c) and in
the fifth in (d). The third column is introduced in the
ninth row in (a), (b), (e) and in the sixth in (c) and
(d). The fourth column begins in (a) and (b) in the twelfth
row, in (c) in the sixth, in (d) in the ninth and in (e) in the
thirteenth row. The fifth column is introduced in the
fifteenth row in (a), (b) and (e), in the ninth in (c) and in
the twelfth row in (d). The sixth column has its beginning
in the eighteenth row in (a), in the nineteenth in (b) and
(e), in the eleventh in (c) and in the fourteenth in (d).
Other specimens showing this feature plainly are figured on

* Jackson and Jaggar. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea.

Fig. 6

PL I., Figs. 2 and 3, PI. II., Figs. 4 and 5, and PL III.,

g. 6.

Jackson and Jaggar in their article on Melonites lay down
as a law that " newly added columns normally alter-
nate to left and right as introduced, even numbered columns
typically appearing on the right of odd ones." * While this
rule may apply to some isolated and imperfect specimens, the
contrary becomes quite evident by examining a large and com-
plete collection of perfect fossils, as in Fig. 4, PL II., where
the third column begins to the right of the second column in
(b) and (c) ; in Fig. 3 b where the second column appears to
the left of the first, and the fourth to the left of the third.
Other exceptions to the rule laid down by the aforesaid authors
appear in Figs. 2 b, c, d, Figs. 5 c, Figs. 6 c, d, e, Figs. 8

a, b, c, d, e, Figs. 10 a, b, c, Figs. 12 a, b, and Figs. 13 a,

b, c. If the rule given by Jackson and Jaggar were applica-
ble in all case, one should be able to determine, from a frag-
ment, whether the column introduced is an odd or an even
numbered one by its position to the left or right of the me-
dian line. But, since we find in specimens with all the plates
intact that columns very often fall to the opposite side from
the one established by Jackson and Jaggar, it is evident that
this rule is of no value in describing specimens. In Fig. 6
the second column introduced falls to the right in only two
areas, the third to the left of the second in only two fields;
the fourth to the right of the third in only three areas and
the fifth to the left of the fourth in only three areas.

Another feature, which will not stand a critical test, is the
suppositon of the above mentioned authors, that new col-
umns are always introduced by a pentagonal plate with the
apex pointing ventrally or toward the oral area. This rule
is subject to many variations, columns being introduced fre-
quently by hexagonal or heptagonal plates and occasionally
by square plates. In Fig. 8 c the second column is intro-
duced by a square plate, in Fig. 8 d by a heptagonal plate.
In Fig. Be the fifth column is introduced by a square plate.
In Figs. 7 b and c the first plate introducing a column is hex-

Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7, p. 145.

6 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

agonal. In Fig. 12 a the third column begins with a hexag-
agonal plate and in Fig. 4 a the first column introduced begins
with a hexagonal plate.

Then, again, the initial plate of a column when pentagonal
often has the apex pointing dorsally, and I am unable to
understand how this feature can be " an important aid in diag-
nosing the relative position of the axes in even fragmentary
specimens," as claimed by Jackson and Jaggar.* Having a
piece of perhaps only a dozen plates, it is impossible to de-
termine anything at all about it — such a specimen having no
value in the determination of characteristics. The only thing
which can fix the relative position of the axes positively is the
presence of the apical disk or the masticatory apparatus, or,
at least, of the space once occupied by those organs.

It is to be regretted that scientists are ever ready to create
new species from mere fragments, or because a specimen
shows an additional column, or because the individual plates
are larger or smaller than usual. All these features are of
only secondary importance and should never be considered of
generic or even specific value. Any feature to be truly of
importance in determining species must be constant and
typical in all specimens belonging to that species. The great-
est care should be exercised in basing new genera or even new
species on a single specimen or a fragment. Palaeontologists
very often, in their eagerness to describe their specimens,
cause a great deal of confusion by creating new species and
burden the literature with many synonyms, which it may take
years and the labor of a number of scientists to eradicate.
So Mr. Beede in describing his Oligoporus ? minutus says: f
" It will in all probability be found to belong to an entirely
different genus. It is referred to Oligoporus for convenience,
until better material can be secured." Since the author feels
almost sure that the specimen does not belong to that genus,
why burden the science with a meaningless name instead of
waiting for better material and then describing and placing
the fossil in its proper place? So Mr. Keyes adds to the list

* Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7, p. 149.

f Kansas University Quarterly, Series A, vol. 8, no. 3, p. 126.

Idem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 7

of synonyms by describing Eocidaris hallianus as Archaeo-
cidaris hallianus on the strength of some plates he found at
Kansas City, Mo., but, concerning whose identity he is not
very sure, as he adds: " If the identification of the Kansas
Citv specimen is correct, it seems probable that this form
should more properly come under Archaeocidaris than Eoci-
daris." * Why not leave species where placed until positive
of their proper place?

If writers would keep in mind, that, in all probability, the
laws of distribution in geological ages were about as they
are at present, they would not describe fifty or more species
of one genus from one and the same locality. If we look at
the distribution of plants and animals to-day, we find only a
very few species of one genus occurring at the same place.
Why should we not assume the most logical thing, namely,
that the same laws existed in the geological ages, and, when
we find only slight differences in our specimens, ascribe them
to abnornal development, at least, until we find that the fea-
ture first noticed, predominates in a large collection from the
same locality or from the same geological horizon.

Another feature, that should never be lost sight of, is the
probable condition under which the animal in question lived
and thrived. Just as living plants and animals develop more
rapidly under favorable conditions — such as plenty of light,
air and food — so, undoubtedly, the rapidity of development
in plants and animals during geological times was influenced
to a high degree by the surrounding conditions. No doubt, a
Melonite with an insufficient supply of food, light and air,
secreted only small plates, while under more favorable condi-
tions, the deposits would have been more rapid, and, conse-
quently, the plates larger. The specimen figured on PI. IV.,
Fig. 8,- is the same species as the one on PL V., Fig. 9,
although in the latter the plates are twice as large.

As we find a great variation in the size of the individual
plates, we must necessarily fiind as great a variation in the
number of plates composing a column and also in the number
of rows. It is not an uncommon thing to find a great differ-

* Missouri Geological Survey, vol. 4, p. 129.

8 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

ence in the size of the individual plates, in the number of
plates in a column and in the number of column? in two
specimens of about the same size.

In the examination of the large material at my command, I
have become fully convinced that the number of columns, the
number of plates composing a column and the size of the in-
dividual plates are such variable features that they cannot be
considered of primary specific importance. Of much greater
value are the ornamentation of the plates, the general shape
of the specimen and the number of columns in the ambulac-
rum. The ambulacral areas are much more important struc-
turally, as they always show a definite number of columns,
which forms a very good basis for generic separation. The
sole object of the interambulacral areas, as of the interradials
in Crinoideae, seems to be to fill out space. For this reason
interambulacral plates should be considered of secondary
importance.

Having discussed the interambulacral plate arrangement, I
beg now to call the reader's attention for a few moments to
the ornamentation of the plates, which is a very important
feature in classification. All species belonging to the Meloni-
tidae are covered evenly with small short spines, which in
some cases show surface ornamentations. Spines are a very
good feature for specific distinction. In Melonites multiporus
the spines of the interambulacra and those of the ambulacra
are about the same size, while in Melonites crassus, those of
the interambulacra are only about half as long as those of the
ambulacra. This feature gives the specimen quite a charac-
teristic appearance. If the difference in the length of the
spines were the result of erosion, as Jackson and Jaggar*
claim, we should find the same thing in Melonites multiporus,
where, however, the spines of both fields are always practically
one size. After examining the type specimen of Melonites
crassus from which Dr. Hambach's figure t was made, and
after a very careful comparison with numerous specimens of
Melonites multiporus, I am fully convinced that the professor

* Bull. Amer. Geol. Soc, vol. 7, p. 133.

t Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 4, PI. C, Fig. 1.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 9

was amply justified in considering the size of the spines of
specific importance.

In connection with the ornamentation, must be considered
the imbrication of plates, which is also a very characteristic
feature. In the Melonitidae the imbrication is very slight,
while it is very marked in Lepidocentrus, Lepidechinus and
their allies. The imbrication of plates or the lack of it is a
very good feature for separation, as its presence or absence
gives the specimen a peculiar appearance.

In concluding this general discussion, I wish to say a few
words about the genital and ocular plates.

Among the Palaeozoic Echini the apical system of several
genera is known, showing very different types. In Echino-
cystis the apical disk is unknown. The madreporic plate is
separated from the apex and is interambulacral. The anus
is excentric and interambulacral, but near the apex.

In Perischodomus , Perischocidaris and Palaechinus spheri-
cus, the oculars are wanting, the five genitals forming a closed
rino- around the anus. In Perischocidaris there are sixteen
pores to each genital plate. In Perischodomus the genitals
are perforated by six or eight pores.

In Bothriocidaris there are five large ocular plates around
the anus with small three-cornered pieces inserted between.
The apical system consists of ten plates and a ring of ten
smaller plates within these.

In Palaechinus, Oligoporus, and Melonites the oculars and
genitals form a circle of ten pieces. In Palaechinus elegans
there are two rings of ten pieces each. Each genital plate is
pierced by three pores and each ocular by two pores. This
feature, however, is subject to great variations. In some
cases the oculars are without any trace of pores, and in others
there is a single pore in two of them. The genitals vary even
more than the oculars. In some three plates are pierced by
four pores, and the other two by five ; or three may have four
pores and the other two, three pores each.

10 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Synopsis of the Orders, Families, Genera and Species
of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea.

The mistake of considering the variations in the different
parts of the corona of specific importance has led to the crea-
tion of many new species throughout the subkingdom of the
Radiates, which, in reality, are mere deviations of already ex-
isting species. It is a well established fact that no subking-
dom is so subject to variations as that of the Radiates.
Deviations from the pentamerous arrangement are the rule
rather than the exception. In the light of this knowledge
authors should be very chary about describing new species
with variable features as a basis. Any classification to be of
value must rest on features which are constant and typical.
Among the Palaeechinoidea the prevailing characters which
may be taken as a basis for classification are the following : —

1. Number of columns in the ambulacra.

2. Position and number of the ambulacral pores.

3. Ornamentation of the plates.

4. Imbrication of the plates.

5. Apical system.

6. General shape of the body.

7. Geological position.

Classification.

Class ECHINOIDEA.

Subclass Palaeechinoidea.

Order A. CYSTOCIDAROIDA.

Fam. I. Palaeodiscidae.

Genus a. Palaeodiscus.
Fam. II. Echinocystidae.

Genus a. Echinocystis.

Order B. BOTHRIOCLDAROIDA.

Fam. I. BOTHRIOCIDARIDAE.

Genus a. Botliriocidaris.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 11

Order C. PERISCHOECHINOIDA.

Fam. I. Lepidocentridae.

Genus a. Lepidocentrus.

b. Perischodomus.

c. Lepidechinus.
Fam. II. Lepidesthidae.

Genus a. Pholidocidaris.
b. Lepidesthes.
Fam. III. Melonitidae.

Genus a. Rhoechinus.

b. Palaechinus.

c. Oligoporus.

d. Melonites.
Fam. IV. Archaeocidaridae.

Genus a. Archaeocidaris.

b. Eocidaris.

c. Lepidocidaris.

DOUBTFUL GENERA.

1. Discocystis.

2. Echinodiscus.

3. Eotiaris.

4. Koninckocidaris.

5. Leptechinus.

6. Mvriastiches.

7. Permocidaris.

8. Proterocidaris.

9. Protocidaris.

10. Protoechinus.

11. Spatangopsis.

12. Xenocidaris.

Palaeectaiiioidea Zittel 1879.*

Body composed of more than twenty columns of plates,
except one order, Bothriocidaroida, which has less than
twenty columns. Plates imbricating or not imbricating.

* Handbuch der Palaeontologie Bd. 1, p. 478.

12 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Apical disk composed of five or ten plates, which may or may
not be perforated. In all, except in Echinocystis, the anus
is central and surrounded by the apical disk.

A. CYSTOCIDAROIDA Zittel 1879.*

Test composed of tbin, spine-bearing plates. Ambulacral
area consists of two or four columns of plates, each plate
pierced by a central pair of pores. Interambulacrum broad,
composed of numerous columns of irregular, scale-like plates,
each plate bearing a small primary tubercle, surrounded by a
scrobicule. Anus aboral, in Echinocystis in the posterior
interambulacrum. Peristome small with highly developed
jaws. Mouth central. No apical plates.

I. Palaeodiscidae Gregory 189 7. f

Body depressed, discoid. Ambulacra composed of two
columns of plates crowded together. On the oral surface they
are imperforate, while near the aboral pole pores occur. Anus
central.

a. Palaeodiscus Salter 1857 4

Body discoid, test thin, flexible. Ambulacra broad with a
series of single pores on each side on the aboral surface. On
the oral surface, the ambulacral plates are simple, thin and
bar-shaped. On the aboral surface there are two alternate
series of simple, thin, bar-shaped plates. The interambulac-
ral plates are angular, irregular and scale-like, covered with
numerous short spines. Apical plates not known.

1. Palaeodiscus ferox Salter.

1857. Palaeodiscus ferox. Salter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 2, vol. 20, p. 332, pi. 9, fig. 6.

* Handbuch der Pdaeontologie Bd. 1, p. 480.

f Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 53, pt. 1, p. 133.

X Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 20, p. 332.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea . 13

1881. Palaeodiscus ferox. Neumayr, Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss.

Wien, Bd. 84, Abth. 1, p. 155, taf. 1, fig. 8.
1897. Palaeodiscus ferox. Gregory, Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. London, vol. 53, pt. 1, p. 129, pi. 7, fig. 5.
1899. Palaeodiscus ferox. Sollas, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

London, vol. 55, pt. 4, p. 701, figs. 6-11.
Body composed of large plates furnished with spines.
Seven or eight columns in each interambulacrum. Ambulacra
composed of long, thin plates in two rows. Powerful teeth
known.

Geological formation and locality : Lower Ludlow, Leint-
wardine Flags.

II. Echinocystidae Gregorv 1897.*

Body spherical. Ambulacral plates perforated by a pore pair
each. Pore pairs biserial. Most of the plates low primaries,
but demi-plates occur. Mouth central, anus excentric, opening
in posterior interambulacrum and protected by a group of
large plates. Apical plates absent. Jaws large and powerful.

a. Echinocystis Thomson 1861. f

Syn. Cystocidaris Zittel 1879.$

Body spheroidal, test thin and flexible. Ambulacra consist
of four columns of small, simple, demi-plates with biserial
pore pairs. The interambulacra consist of ten columns each
usually of numerous, irregular, angular plates, most of which
bear small granules, supporting short, sharp, movable spines.

1. Echinocystis pomum Thomson.

1861. Echinocystis pomum. Thomson, Edin. New. Phil.

Journ., n. s. vol. 13, p. 106, pi. 3, 4.
1861. Echinocystis uva. Thomson, Edin. New Phil. Journ.,

n. s. vol. 13, p. 106, pi. 4.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 53, pt. 1, p. 133.
t Edin. New Phil. Journ., n. s. vol. 13, p. 10G.
X Handbuch der Palaeontologie Bd. 1, p. 480.

14 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1897. Echinocystis pomum. Gregory, Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. London, vol. 53, pt. 1, p. 124, pi. 7, fig. 4.
1899. Echinocystis pomum. Sollas, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. London, vol. 55, pt. 4, p. 707, tigs. 12-14.

A row of minute tubercles border the ambulacra on the
outer margin, and si double row of even smaller tubercles runs
along each side of the middle line. Porepairs lie in an oval
depression.

Geological formation and locality: Leintwardine Flags,
Lower Ludlow, near Leintwardine, Shropshire.

B. BOTHRIOCIDAROIDA Zittel 1879.*

Test regular, spherical. Two columns of plates in the
ambulacral area and a single column in each interambulacral
area. Plates do not imbricate. Periproct in the apical system.

I. Bothriocidaridae Schmidt 1874. f

Body round, regular. Anal within the apical disk.
Apical disk composed of a ring of five large and five small
plates. Two pores in each ambulacral plate. Mouth sur-
rounded by ten perforated plates in front of which are
three-cornered small plates.

a. Bothriocidaris Eichwald 1860.J

Body round, anus within the apical system, mouth
opposite.

Plates not flexible. Apical system composed of five large
and five small plates, within which is the anus closed by six
or eight linear or oval plates, each of which has a spine on
the end. Two pores in each of the larger plates, while the
smaller plates are imperforate.

* Handbuch der Palaeontologie Bd. 1, p. 480.

t Mem. Acad. Imp. St. Petersburg, (7) vol. 21, no. 11, p. 36.

t Lethaea Rossica, p. 654.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 15

1. Bothriocidaris globulus Eichwald.

1860. Bothriocidaris globulus. Eichwald, Lethaea Ross. anc.

Per., p. 655, taf. 32, fig. 22 a, b.
1874. Bothriocidaris globulus. Schmidt, Mem. Acad. Imp.

Sci. St. Petersbourg, serie 7, tome 21, no. 11, p. 37.
1894. Bothriocidaris globulus. Jaekel, Sitz. Gesell. Naturfor.

Freunde, Berlin, p. 245.
Each ambnlacral plate bears four perforated spines, and
each interambulacral plate from one to three perforated
spines. The genital plates are separated by the ocular
plates.

Geological formation and locality: Silurian, Dago, Russia.

2. Bothriocidaris phaleni Schmidt.

1874. Bothriocidaris Phaleni. Schmidt, Mem. Acad. Imp.
Sci. St. Petersbourg, serie 7, tome 21, no. 11, p. 34,
tab. 4, figs. 1 a-g.

1892. Bothriocidaris Phaleni. Agassiz, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 17, no. 2, p. 72, pi. 29, fig. 1.

1894. Bothriocidaris Phaleni. Jaekel, Sitzb. Gesell. Natur-
for. Freunde, Berlin, p. 246.
Each ambulacral plate bears two perforated spines. No

spines on the interambulacral plates. The five genital plates

are in contact with each other.

Geological formation and locality: Lower Silurian,

Nommis, Russia.

C. PERISCHOECHINOIDA M'Coy 1849.*

Syn. Tessellati Desor 1858. f

Body round or elliptical. More than two columns of plates
in the interambulacrum (sometimes also in the ambulacrum).

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), vol. 3, p. 251.
f Synopsis des Echinides 1858, p. 152.

16 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

Plates imbricate more or less, the interambulacral aborally,
the ambulacral adorally. Mouth and anus opposite, the anus
within the apical disk. Apical system consists of five genital
plates, each pierced by from two to five pores, and five ocular
plates, which are sometimes pierced by two pores.

I. Lepidocentridae Loven 1874.*

Interambulacral plates imbricate aborally and outward.
Adambulacral plates larger and bearing more and larger
tubercles. More than two columns of plates in the interam-
bulacrum. Ambulacral pore pairs usually in a single series.

a. Lepidocentrus Miiller 1856. t

Usually five columns in the interambulacrum. Edges of
the middle row beveled, side columns rather four than six
sided. Adambulacral plates large with rounded edges. Am-
bulacral plates small, two columns of low six-sided inflexible
plates. Two pores to each plates in vertical rows. Spines very
small and pointed. Tubercles small and far apart. Masti-
catory apparatus present.

1. Lepidocentrus eifelianus Miiller.

1856. Lepidocentrus eifelianus. Miiller, Abhandl. K. Akacl.

Wiss. Berlin, p. 258, pi. 3, figs. 1-8.
1858. Lepidocentrus eifelianus. Miiller, Monatsber. K.

Preuss. Akad. Wiss., p. 197.
1866. Lepidocentrus Eifelianus. Schultze, Denkschrift K.

Akad. Wiss., Wien, Math. -Natur wiss. CI., No. 26, p.

123, tab. 13, fig. 2.
1871. Lepidocentrus eifelianus. Kayser, Zeitsch. deut. geol.

Gesell. Bd. 33, p. 340, 371.
1874. Lepidocentrus eifelianus. Loven, Kongl.Svens.Vetens.

Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 40.

* Kongl. Svens. Vetens. Akad. Handl. Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 39.
t Abhandl. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1856, p. 258.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 17

1875. Lepidocentrus Eifelianus. Quenstedt, Petrefact.
Deutsch., Bd. 3, Abth. 1, p. 374, tab. 75, figs.
14-17.
1896. Lepidocentrus eifelianus. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 225.
Plates thin and quite round. Interambulacral plates scale-
like with rounded sides. Spines small, acicular, swollen at
the base. Most plates have one large tubercle, convex, per-
forated, with a smooth ring.

Geological formation and locality : Devonian, Rommers-
heim.

2. Lepidocentrus mulleri Schultze.

186(3. Lepidocentrus Mulleri. Schultze, Denkschrift K.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, No. 26, p. 124, tab. 13, fig. 1.
1874. Lepidocentrus Mulleri. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 40.
1896. Lepidocentrus mulleri. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 223, fig. 2.
Ambulacral areas composed of two columns of low narrow
regular plates, each perforated by two pores. Interambu-
lacral plates imbricating strongly adorally and laterally. In-
terambulacral plates nearly rhombic with one large primary
boss. Secondary spine bosses scattered over the surface j
Spines small, acicular and swollen at the base.

Geological formation and locality: Devonian, Rommers-
heim near Prom, Eifel; Gerolstein, Eifel.

3. Lepidocentrus rhenanus Beyrich.

1856. Palaechinus rhenanus. Beyrich, Zeitschrift Deut.

Geol. Gesell., Bd. 9, p. 4.
1856. Lepidocentrus rhenanus. Muller, Abhandl. K. Akad.

Wiss. Berlin, p. 264, pi. 4, figs. 4-6.

1874. Lepidocentrus rhenanus. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vet-
ens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 40.

1875. Palaeocidaris Rhenanus. Quenstedt, Petrefact.
Deutschl., p. 377, tab. 75, fig. 30-37.

18 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1896. Lepidocentrus rhenanus. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 224.

Interambulacral plates nearly hexagonal, with the corners
rounded. Five columns in each intrambulacrum, and two in
each ambulacrum.

Geological formation and locality: Devonian, Wipper-
fiirth.

b. Perischodomus M'Co}r 1849.*

Syn. Perischocidaris Neumayr 1881. t

Homotoechus Sollas 1892 4

Tretechinus Tornquist 1897. §

Body round or nearly so. Interambulacra broad, consist-
ing of five columns of irregular plates. Adambulacral plates
larger and bearing one perforated tubercle near the ambu-
lacral edge. Other plates covered with small granulated
tubercles close together. Ambulacra consist of two columns
(sometimes more) of small, low plates pierced by a pair of
pores each. Spines smooth and cylindrical. Mouth and
anus small, both central. Genital plates pierced bv six or
eight pores. Plates imbricate.

1. Perischodomus biserialis M'Coy.

1849. Perischodomus biserialis. M'Coy, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., ser. 2, vol. 3, p. 253.
1854. Perischodomus biserialis. M'Coy, Cont. Brit. Pal.,

p. 115.
1858. Perischodomus biserialis. Desor, Syn., p. 157.
1862. Perischodomus biserialis. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-

dermes, p. 466.
1874. Perischodomus biserialis. Loven, Konsd. Svens. Vet-

ens. Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 40.

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 3, p, 253.

t Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. Naturw. CI., bd.84, abth. 1, p, 174,

X Scient. Proc. Roy. Dub. Soc, n, s. vol, 7, pt. 3, p. 153,

§ Abhdl. Geol, Karte Elsass-Lotbriugen, Bd. 5, heft 6, p. 784.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechihnoidea. 19

1875. Perischodomus biserialis. Quenstedt, Petrefact.
Deutschl., bd. 3, abth. 1, p. 374, tab. 75, fig. 13.

1876. Perischodomus biserialis. Keeping, Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc, vol 32, pt. 1, p. 36, pi. 3, figs. 1-5.
1896. Perischodomus biserialis. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 226.
Interambulacra consist of five columns of irregular, very
finely granulated plates. Adambulacral plates bear small,
mammillated, perforated, primary tubercles. Two columns
of small plates in each ambulacrum.

Geological formation and locality : Lower Carboniferous,
Hook Head, Wexford, England.

2. Perischodomus hartei Baily.

1864. Harte, Dub. Quart. Journ. Sci., vol.

5, p. 265, pi. 9.
1864. Harte, Journ. Koy. Geol. Soc. Ireland,

ser. 2, vol. 1, pt. 1, p. 67, pi. 5.

1874. Arcliaeocidaris Harteiana. Baily, Journ. Geol. Soc.
Ireland, n. s. vol. 4, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 4, figs. a-c.

1875. Quenstedt, Petrefact. Deutschl., vol.

1, p. 379.

1875. Arcliaeocidaris Harteiana. Baily, Char. Brit. Foss.,
vol. 1, p. LXVIII.

1881. Perischocidaris Hartei. Neumayr, Sitzb. K. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Math.-Naturw. CI., Bd. 84, Abth. 1, p.
174, taf. 1, fi£. 7.

* ' CD

1892. Homotoechus Hariii. Sollas, Scient. Proc. Roy. Dub.
Soc, n. s. vol. 7, pt. 3, p. 153.

Genital plates have each a large perforated tubercle, sur-
rounded by a depressed ring, which is further surrounded by
sixteen pores. Adambulacral plates bear tubercles on the
first, second, fourth and seventh, while the third, fifth and
sixth plates are plain. Ambulacra large, pores in two depres-
sions, with three pair of pores in each ambulacra] depression.
One small tubercle on each ambulacra! plate.

Geological formation and locality: Yellow sandstone,
Donegal, Ireland.

20 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

3. Perischodomus illinoiensis Worth en and Miller.

1883. Perischodomus Illinoiensis. Worthen and Miller, Geol.

Surv. 111., vol. 7, p. 333, pi. 31, fig. 8.
1889. Perischodomus illinoisensis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal., p. 269.
1895. Perischodomus ?? illinoisensis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa

Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 191.
1897. Tretechinus illinoiensis. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte

Elsass-Lothringen, Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 784.
Interambulacra consist of five ? rows of irregular plates,
imbricating upward and outward. Ambulacra composed of
five columns of narrow depressed plates overlapped by the in-
terambulacral plates. Ambulacral plates pierced by a single
pair of pores each, and imbricating slightly from above down-
ward. Two kinds ot spines present. The central supporting
tubercle moderately large, smooth and perforated. Second-
ary spine bosses small, conical elevations with a minute per-
foration in each.

Geological formation and locality: Chester Limestone,
Bay City, Pope Co., 111.

INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Perischodomus magnus Tornquist.

1893. Perischodomus magnus. Tornquist, Mitth. Geol. Land-
esanst., Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 4, Heft. 2, p. 103.
Geological formation and locality: Devonian, Ober-Elsass,
Germany.

c. Lepidechinus Hall 1861.*

General form subspheroidal. Interambulacra consist of
from nine to eleven columns of plates imbricating aborally
and side wise. Ambulacra consist of two columns of plates
imbricating in the opposite direction from those of the inter-

* Desc. New Species Crinoids, p. 18.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 21

ambulacra. Plates narrow and pierced near the opposite
extremity by two pores. Surface granulose. On the aboral
side the adambulacral plates bear the smallest tubercles, the
tubercles growing larger on the columns toward the center.
On the oral side the ambulacra alone bear tubercles.

1. Lepidechinus imbricatus Hall.

1861. Lepidechinus imbricatus. Hall, Desc. New Spec.

(Jrin., p. 18.
1874. Lepidechinus imbricatus. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Ve-

tens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 44.
1889. Lepidechinus imbricatus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 258.
1895. Lepidechinus imbricatus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.

Sci., vol. 2, p. 192.
Eight columns in each interambulacrum, plates imbricating.
Ambulacra narrow, composed of short wide plates, deeply
interlocking at the joined edges and imbricating in the oppo-
site direction from those of the interambulacrum. The upper
adjacent angles of the interlocking edges are neatly rounded,
giving a curved outline to nearly half their width on the ex-
posed edge. Two small pores pierce each plate near its outer
extremity. Surface granulose.

Geological formation and locality : Burlington Limestone,
Burlington, Iowa.

2. Lepidechinus rarispinus Hall.

1867. Lepidechinus rarispinus. Hall, 20th Rep. N. Y. State

Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 295, pi. 9, fig. 10.
1870. Lepidechinus rarispinus. Hall, 20th Rep. N. Y. State

Cab. Nat. Hist. (rev. ed.), p. 340, pi. 9, fig. 10.
1874. Lepidechinus rarispinus. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Ve-

tens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 44.
1889. Lepidechinus rarispinus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal., p. 258.
1895. Lepidechinus rarispinus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.

Sci., vol. 2, p. 192.

22 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1896. Lepidecliinus rarispinus. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 226, pi. 7, figs. 1, 2.

Test spherical or depressed spheroidal. Interambulacrum
composed of from seven to nine columns of plates, which
imbricate from below upward and from the middle outward.
Large central tubercle on each plate. In this species there is
a central range of vertically imbricating plates which cover
the lateral margins of the adjoining columns, making the lat-
eral imbrication pass beneath, instead of showing an alter-
nation along the middle line. Ambulacra narrow, composed
of two rows of small low plates, each pierced by two pores
near the distal extremity.

Geological formation and locality: Chemung, Meadville,
Pa.; Waverly, Licking Co., Ohio.

II. Lepidesthidae Jackson 1896.*

Spherical or subspheroidal test. Six or more columns in
each ambulacrum and generally ten in each interambulacrum.
Plates imbricate. Pores in the center of each ambulacral
plate.

a. Pholidocidaris Meek and Worthen 1869. f

Ambulacra quite broad composed of six columns of small
irregular oval or rhombic plates, imbricating aborally and
provided each with a tubercle and two pores in a deep furrow.
Interambulacrum consists of five or more columns of thin,
rounded, arched, granulated, irregular plates, imbricating
aborally and outward. Adambulacral plates three or four
times as large as the others. On the lower (?) side the in-
terambulacral plates have a central, perforated primary
tubercle. Spines large and striated.

1. Pholidocidaris irregularis Meek and Worthen.

1869. Ltpidocentriis irregularis. Meek and Worthen, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 78.

* Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7, p. 241.
t Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1869, p. 78.

Klein — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 23

1873. Pholidocidaris irregularis. Meek and Worthen, Geol.
Surv. 111., vol. 5, p. 512, pi. 15, fig. 9.

1874. Pholidocidaris irregularis. Meek, Amer. Journ. Sci.,
ser. 3, vol. 7, p. 375.

1874. Pholidocidaris irregularis. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7. p. 40.

1889. Pholidocidaris irregularis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.
Pal., p. 269.

1895. Pholidocidaris irregularis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 180.

1896. Pholidocidaris meeki. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 210, pi. 9, fig. 54.

Interambulacral plates thin and sharp at the edges. Pri-
mary tubercle present on lower (?) part only and on the
marginal plates, in the upper (?) part. Ambulacral plates
very irregular, six or more columns. Pores in pits in the
center of each plate, surrounded by a circular depression.
Primary spines taper gradually, are rounded, nearly straight,
and marked with minute, crowded longitudinal striae.

Geological formation and locality : Keokuk and Hamilton
Groups, near Nauvoo and Warsaw, 111.

INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1 . Pholidocidaris gaudryi Julien.

1874. Lejndocentrus Miinsterianus . Julien, Compt. Rend.
Acad. Sci. Paris, T. 78, p. 76.

1890. Melonites Gaudryi. Julien, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris, T. 110, p. 737.

1896. Pholidocidaris Gaudryi. Julien, Terr. Carb. Marin
de la France Centrale, p. 131, pi. 6, figs. 1, 2, 6, 7.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous, l'Ar-
doisiere.

2. Pholidocidaris tenuis Tornquist.

1897. Pholidocidaris tenuis. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol.
Karte Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 767, taf. 21,
figs. 8, 9; taf. 22, fig. 8.

24 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Geological formation and locality : Lower Carbonifer-
ous, Hunsriickenwald, Elsass, Germany.

b. Lepidesthes Meek and Worthen 1868.*

Syn. Hybochinus Worthen and Miller 1883. t

Test subspheroidal. Interambulacra composed of 6-7
columns of plates, imbricating aborally. Ambulacra very
wide, composed of ten columns of small plates, imbricating
adorally. Two pores to each ambulacral plate, placed cen-
trally. Surface covered with small granules.

1. Lepidesthes colletti White.

1878. Lepidesthes Colletti. White. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phil., p. 33.
1880. Lepidesthes colletti. White, Cont. to Inv. Pal. No.

8, p. 163, pi. 40, figs. 2a-b.
1882. Lepidesthes colletti. White, 11th Rep. Geol. Surv.

Ind., p. 362, pi. 41, figs. 2, 3.
1889. Lepidesthes colletti. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p.

258.

1895. Lepidesthes colletti. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 184.

1896. Lepidesthes colletti. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 7, p. 210.

General form ovate. Interambulacra very narrow, com-
posed of four or five columns of small plates. Ambulacra
broad, composed of from eighteen to twenty rows of small
imbricating plates. Two round pores near the upper angle
of each ambulacral plate. Surface covered with small
granules.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Group, Sa-
lem, Washington Co., Ind.; Crawfordsville, Ind.

* Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 3, p. 522.
t Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 7, p. 331.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 25

2. Lepidesthes coreyi Meek and Wortheu.

1868. Lepidesthes Coreyi. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv.
111., vol. 3, p. 525, fig. A.

1873. Lepidesthes Coreyi. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv.
111., vol. 5, pi. 16, figs. 2 a-b.

1874. Lepidesthes Coreyi. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 42.

1889. Lepidesthes coreyi. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p.
258, fig. 350.

1895. Lepidesthes coreyi. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 184.

1896. Lepidesthes coreyi. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 7, p. 209.

General form subspheroidal. Interambulacra narrow, lan-
ceolate, slightly convex, composed of six or seven columns.
Ambulacra flat, broadly lanceolate and one and a half or twice
as wide as the interambulacra, composed of ten or eleven
columns of plates, all imbricating. Two small round pores
in the center. Surface covered with fine granules, from
eighteen to twenty-five to the larger interambulacral pieces.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Group, Craw-
fordsville, Indiana.

3. Lepidesthes formosus Miller.

1879. Lepidesthes formosus. Miller, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat.

Hist., vol. 2, p. 41, pi. 8, fig. 4.
1889. Lepidesthes formosus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 258.

1895. Lepidesthes formosus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 184.

1896. Lepidesthes formosus. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 210.

General form subspheroidal. Interambulacra composed of
five columns of plates, imbricating upward and outward.
Ambulacra occupied by eight or nine columns each of many
rhombic or irregularly hexagonal plates, imbricating down-
ward. Two pores in the center of each ambulacral piece.

26 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Geological formation and locality : Kaskaskia Group,
Pulaski Co., Ky. Keokuk Shales, Crawforclsville, Ind.

4. Lepidesthes spectabilis Worthen and Miller.

1883. Hybochinus spectabilis. Worthen and Miller, Geol.

Surv. 111., vol. 7, p. 332, pi. 31, figs. 5 a-d, 6, 7.
1889. Hybochinus spectabilis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 255.
1895. Lepidesthes spectabilis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,

vol. 2, p. 184.
Test subspheroidal. Five columns of plates in each inter-
ambulacrum, plates imbricating downward and outward.
Ambulacrum composed of ten columns of plates imbricating
from below upward. Two pores in the center of each am-
bulacral plate. Surface covered with small granules.

Geological formation and locality: Chester Limestone,
Prairie du Long Creek, Monroe Co., 111. ; Pope Co., III.

5. Lepidesthes wortheni Jackson

189(5. Lepidesthes wortheni. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 207, pi. 9, fig. 53.

Interambulacral areas consist of three or four columns of
quite large hexagonal pieces. Ambulacra have seven or eight
columns of many small imbricating pieces with two pores in
the center of each piece.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Group,
Crawforclsville, Ind. (?).

INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Lepidesthes devonicans Whidborne.

1898. Lepidesthes devonicans. Whidborne, Pal. Soc. Mon.,
vol. 52, p. 200, pis. 24, 25.
Geological formation and locality : Pilton Beds, North
Devon and Croyde.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 27

2. Lepidesthes laevis Trautschold.

1879. Lepidesthes laevis. Trautschold, Mem. Soc. Imp.
Nat. Moscow, t. 14, p. 8.
Geological formation and locality : Subcarboniferous,
Mjatschkowa, Russia.

III. Melonitidae Zittel, 1879.*

Syn. Palaechinidae M'Coy 1849. f

Melonechinidae Lambert 1900.$

Test spherical with never less than five columns of plates
in each interambulacrum. Surface of the whole body cov-
vered evenly with fine short spines.

a. Rhoechinus Keeping 1876. §

From five to nine columns of plates in each interambu-
lacrum and two columns in each ambulacrum. Two pores in
each ambulacral plate.

1. Rhoechinus burlingtonensis Meek and Worthen.

1860. Palaechinus Burlingtonensis. Meek and Worthen,

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 396.
1866. Palaechinus burlingtonensis. Meek and Worthen

Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 2, p. 230, pi. 16, figs. 3a-c.
1874. Palaechinus burlingtonensis. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 41.
1889. Palaechinus burlingtonensis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal., p. 266, fig. 382.
1895. Palaechinus burlingtonensis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa

Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 180.

* Handbuch der Palaeontologie, bd. 1, p. 484.
t Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 3, p. 251.
J Bull. Soc. Sci. Hist. Nat. L'Yonne, vol. 53, p. 53.
§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 32, p. 37.

28 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1896. Rhoechinus burlingtonensis . Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 203.

Test spherical with four (?) columns of plates in each inter-
ambulacrum. Ambulacra narrow, composed of a double row
of alternating large and small pieces, twice or three times as
wide as long. Pores in a double zigzag row. Surface orna-
mentation small granules, from thirty to forty to each inter-
ambulacral plate.

Geological formation and locality : Burlington Limestone,
Burlington, Iowa.

2. Rhoechinus elegans M'Coy.

1844. Palaechinus elegans. M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland, p.

172, pi. 24, fig. 2.
1850. Palaechinus elegans. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1852. Palaechinus elegans. Roemer, inBronn's Leth.Geog.,

Bd. 1, Th. 2, p. 287, tab. 41, fig. 1 a-d.
1858. Palaechinus elegans. Desor, Syn., p. 158.
1862. Palaechinus elegans. Dujardin et Hupe Echino-

dermes, p. 463.
1865. Palaechinus elegans. Baily, Dub. Quart. Journ. Sci.,

vol. 5, p. 261, pi. 7.
1865. Palaechinus elegans. Baily, Geol. Mag., vol. 2, p. 44.
1865. Palaechinus elegans. Baily, Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc.

Ireland, p. 63, pi. 4.
1874. Palaechinus elegans. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 41.

1874. Palaechinus elegans. Etheridge, Jr., Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, pi. 24.

1875, Palaechinus elegans. Bail}', Char. Brit. Foss., vol.
1, p. lxviii., pi. 36, figs. 11 a-d.

1875. Palaechinus elegans. Quenstedt, Petrefact. Deutschl.,

p. 380, tab. 75, fig. 43.
1889. Rhoechinus elegans. Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 6, vol. 3, p. 204.
1892. Palaechinus elegans. Agassiz A., Mem. Mus. Comp.

Zool., vol. 17, no. 2, p. 73, pi. 29, fig. 2.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 29

1894. Palaechinus elegans. Tornquist, Mitth. Geol. Landes-
anst. Elsass. Bd. 4, p. 100.

1896. Rhoechinus elegans. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 205, pi. 7, fig. 40.

1897. Rhoechinus elegans. Tornquist, AbhdI. Geol. Spe-
cialkarte Elsass. Loth., Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 757, taf. 20,
figs. 10, 11, 12, taf. 21, fig. 6.

General shape ovate. Interambulacra composed of five
columns each of mammillated plates, covered with very
minute tubercles. Ambulacra lar<re and convex. The lateral
interambulacral plates equal five ambulacral plates in width.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Hook Head, Fethard, Wexford, England.

3. Rhoechinus gracilis Meek and Worthen.

1869. Palaechinus gracilis. Meek and Worthen, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 82.

1873. Palaechinus gracilis. Meek and Worthen, Geol.
Surv. III., vol. 5, p. 473, pi. 10, fig. 2.

1874. Palaechinus gracilis. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 41.

1889. Palaechinus gracilis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,
p. 266.

1895. Palaechinus gracilis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 180.

1896. Rhoechinus gracilis. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 201, pi. 7, figs. 36, 37.

Body small. Seven columns in each interambulacrum.
Plates ornamented with fine granules. Ambulacra wide in
proportion, slightly convex, composed of very short pieces.
Two pores at the outer end of each piece, arranged in two
zigzag rows along the lateral margins of each ambulacral
area. Plates ornamented with fine granules.

Geological formation and locality : Burlington Limestone,
Burlington, Iowa. Waverly Group, Bever Creek, Menifee
Co.,Ky.

30 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

4. Rhoechinus irregularis Keeping.

1876. Rhoechinus irregularis. Keeping, Quart. Journ. GeoJ.
Soc. Lond., vol. 32, pt. 1, p. 37, pi. 3, figs. 6-8.

Small and depressed at poles. Interauibulacra composed
of plates which are covered with minute sharp granules.
Ambulacral areas sunk and narrow. The plates are trans-
versely elongate with the pores in the center. One inter-
ambulacral plate is equal to four or five ambulacral plates.
Both interambulacral and ambulacral plates imbricate.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Hook
Head, Wexford Co., England.

5. Rhoechinus quadriserialis Wright.

1865. Palaechinus quadriserialis. Wright, Dub. Quart.

Journ. Sci., vol. 5, p. 260, pi. 8, fig. 1.
1874. Palaechinus quadriserialis. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 41.
1889. Palaechinus quadriserialis. Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., ser. 6, vol. 3, p. 204.
General form elliptical. Interambulacral areas composed of
four columns. One adambulacral plate equals in width six or
seven ambulacral plates. Two rows of pores on each side of
the ambulacra.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Ireland.

UNDETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Rhoechinus sp. Duncan.

1889. Rhoechinus sp. Duncan Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6,
vol. 3, p. 204.

2. Rhoechinus (?) Tornquist.

1897. Rhoechinus (?). Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Special Karte
Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 5, heft. 6, p. 763, taf. 20, fig. 8.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 31

Geological formation and locality: Lower Carboniferous,
Hunsriickenwald, Ober-Elsass, Germany.

b. Palaechinus (Scouler) M'Coy 1844.*

Syn. Typhlechinus Neumayr 1889. t

From five to nine columns of plates in each interambulac-
rum and two columns in each ambulacrum. Four pores in
each ambulacral plate.

1. Palaechinus ellipticus Scouler.

1844. Palaechinus ellipticus. Scouler, M'Coy Foss. of Ire-
land, p. 172, pi. 24, fig. 3.
1847. Echinocrinus ellipticus. D'Orbigny, Gourde Pal., vol.

2, p. 126, fig. 278.
1850. Palaechinus ellipticus. D'Orbigny, Prodome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1854. Palaeocidaris ellipticus. Vogt, Lehrbuch d. Geol. u.

Petref., Aufl. 2, Bd. 1, p. 332, figs. 212-214; Bd. 2.

p. 482, fig. 928.
1858. Palaechinus ellipticus. Desor, Syn., p. 158.
1862. Palaechinus ellip>ticus. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-

dermes, p. 464.
1865 . Palaechinus ellipticus. Baily , Dub . Quart . Journ . Sci . ,

vol. 5, p. 263, pi. 8, tig. 2.
1865. Palaechinus ellipticus. Baily, GeoJ. Mag., vol. 2, p.

217.

1874. Palaechinus ellipticus. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 41.

1875. Palaechinus ellipticus. Quenstedt, Petrefact.
Deutschl., p. 380, tab. 75, fig. 42.

1889. Palaechinus ellipticus. Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 6, vol. 3, p. 200, tig. 8.
1893. Palaechinus ellipticus (?). Tornquist, Mitth. Geol.

Landesanst. Elsass, Bd. 4, Hft. 2, p. 103.

* Foss of Ireland, p. 171.

t Die Staname des Thierreiches. Wirbellose Thiere, Bd. 1, p. 362.

32 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

General form elliptical. Interambulacra composed of five
columns of plates, regularly marked with numerous tubercles.
Ambulacra prominent, convex, with two rows of pores on
each side. One lateral interambulacral plate is as wide as
seven ambulacra! plates.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Betty ville, Limerick Co., Ireland.

2. Palaechinus gigas M'Coy.

1844. Palaechinus gigas. M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland, p. 172,

pi. 24, fig. 4.
1850. Palaechinus gigas. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1, p.

154.
1858. Palaechinus gigas. Desor, Syn., p. 158.
1862. Palaechinus gigas. Dujardin et Hupe, Echinodermes,

p. 463.
1874. Palaechinus gigas. Baily, Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc.

Ireland, ser. 2, vol. 4, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 3.

1874. Palaechinus gigas. Love'n. Kongl. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 41.

1875. Palaechinus gigas. Quenstedt, Petref. Deutschl., p.
380, tab. 75, fig. 40.

1876. Palaechinus gigas. Keeping, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. Lond., vol. 32, pt. 1, p. 38, pi. 3, figs. 12, 13.

1889. Palaechinus gigas. Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 6, vol. 3, p. 198, fig. 1.
1896. Palaechinus gigas. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,

vol. 7, p. 204, pi. 7, figs. 38, 39.
1896. Palaechinus gigas. Julien, Terr. Carb. France Cen-

trale, p. 130.
General form orbicular, depressed. Interambulacra com-
posed of six columns of plates. Pores in four rows on each
side of the ambulacrum. One adarabulacrum plate is as wide
as seven ambulacral plates. Tubercles large, each surrounded
by a ring. Space between the tubercles smooth.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Hook Head, Fethard, Rahan's Bay, Dunkineely, Great
Britain; Re'gny, France.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 33

3. Palaechinus intermedius Keeping.

1876. Palaechinus intermedius. Keeping, Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. Lond., vol. 32, pt. 1, p. 37, pi. 3, figs. 9-11.
1889. Palaechinus intermedius. Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 6, vol. 3, p. 203, figs. 9, 10.

Body spheroidal. Interanibulacral areas composed of five
columns of regular plates, which are uniformly granulated
with small tubercles surrounded by a smooth ring each. Am-
bulacra narrow, composed of wedge-shaped plates granulated
like the interanibulacral plates. Pores in two series near the
outer edge of the plates. Both interanibulacral and ambulac-
ral plates imbricate slightly.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Hook
Head, Fethard.

4. Palaechinus konincki M'Coy.

1844. Palaechinus (?) Konigii. M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland,

p. 172, pi. 24, fig. 19.
1850. Palaechinus Koenigii. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1858. Palaechinus Konigii (?). Desor, Syn., p. 159.
1862. Palaechinus Koninckii. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-

dermes, p. 464.
1874. Palaechinus ? Konigi. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Acad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 41.

1896. Palaechinus Konincki. Julien, Terr. Carb. Marin
France Centrale, p. 130, pi. 10, fig. 20; pi. 11, fig. 27.

1897. Palachinus konincki. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte
Elsass, Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 753.

Test composed of numerous plates covered with large com-
pressed tubercles, between which are numerous small tubercles
irregularly placed.

Geological formation and locality: Yellow sandstone,
Rahan's Bay, Dunkineely ; Carboniferous, Regny, Neronde,
St. Germain Laval, Central France.

34 Trans. Acad. JSci. of St. Louis.

5. Palaechinus lacazei Julien.

1890. Palaechinus Lacazei. Julien, Conipt. rend. Acad.
Sci. Paris, T. 110, p. 737.

1896. Palaechinus Lacazei. Julien, Terr. Carb. Marin
France Centrale, p. 128, pi. 16, figs. 3, 4, 5.

1897. Palaechinus Lacazei. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte
Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 742, taf. 20, figs.
1-4; taf. 21, fig. 1.

Interambulacrum composed of four columns of broad plates
which' do not imbricate and are covered with numerous small
tubercles. Each ambulacral plate has one large tubercle and
one pair of pores (?) In the primary plates the pores occupy
the outer third of the ambulacrum, while in the secondary
plates the}' are placed on the outer edge of the ambulacrum.
Each pair of pores is placed in an oval depression. Ambu-
lacral plates imbricate slightly.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, l'Ar-
doisiere, Central France; Hunsriickenwald, Elsass, Germany.

6. Palaechinus sphericus Scouler.

1844. Palaechinus sphaericus. Scouler, M'Coy, Foss. of Ire-
land, p. 172, pi. 24, fig. 5.

1850. Palaecltinus sphaericus. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,
p. 154.

1858. Palaechinus sphaericus. Desor, Syn., p. 158.

1862. Palaechinus sphaericus. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-
dermes, p. 464.

1869. Palaechinus sphaericus. De Koninck, Bull. Acad.
Bruxelles, ser. 2, vol. 28, p. 546, fig. 1.

1870. Palaechinus sphaericus. De Koninck, Geol. Mag., vol.
7, p. 259, pi. 7, fig. 1.

1874. Palaechinus sphaericus. Baily, Journ. Koy. Geol.

Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. 4, pt. 1, p. 41.
1874. Palaechinus sphaericus. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 41.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 35

1876. Palaechinus sphaericus. Keeping, Quart. Journ.Geol.

Soc. Lond., vol. 32, pt. 1, p. 38.
1889. Palaechinus sphaericus. Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., ser. 6, vol. 3, p. 196, figs. 2-7.
1889. Typhlechinus sphaericus. Neumayr, Stamme des

Thierreickes Wirbellose, Bd. 1, p. 362.
1892. Palaechinus sphaericus. Lohest, Bull. Soc. Geol.

Belgique, T. 19, p. 93.

1897. Palechinus sphaericus. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte
Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 738, taf. 21, fig. 3.

1901. Palaechinus sphericus. Smith, Fauna, Flora, Geol.

Clyde Area, p. 285.
1901. Palaechinus sphericus. Hind and Howe, Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 57, p. 352, 355.
General form spherical. Interambulacra consist of six or
seven columns each. Ambulacra prominent, convex, with two
rows of pores on each side. Surface ornamentation minute
tubercles. No ocular plates, the five genital plates forming a
closed ring. Four of the genital plates have three pores each,
while the fifth has only one.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Kirkby-Stephen, Westmoreland.

UNDETERMINED OR INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Palaechinus paradoxus Stuckenberc.

1898. Palaechinus pai-adoxus. Stuckenberg, Allgemeine
Geol. Karte Russland, Blatt 27, p. 231, 343.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Kama
Basin, Russia.

2. Palaechinus phillipsiae Forbes.

1848. Palaechinus Phillipsiae. Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv.

Great Brit., vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 384, tab. 29, fig. 1.
1852. Palaechinus Phillipsiae. Roemer, Bronn's Leth.

Geog. bd. 1, th. 2, p. 288.
1858. Palaechinus Phillipsiae. Desor, Syn., p. 159.

36 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1862. Palaechinus Phillipsiae. Dujardin et Hupe\ Echino-
derines, p. 463.

1874. Palaechinus Phillipsiae. Loven, Kongl. Svens.
Veteus. Akad. Hand]., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 41.

1875. Palaechinus Phillipsiae. Quenstedt,Petref . Deutschl.,
bd. 3, abtb. 1, p. 379, tab. 75, fig. 41.

1889. Palaechinus Phillipsiae. Duncan, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 6, vol. 3, p. 203.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Ire-
land.

3. Palaechinus robineti Julien.

1896. Palaechinus robineti. Julien, Terr. Carb. Marin
France Centrale, p. 129, pi. 3, fig. 19b.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, La
Varville, Siguret, Central France.

4. Palaechinus rutoti Julien.

1896. Palaechinus Rutoti. Julien, Terr. Carb. Marin
France Centrale, p. 129, pi. 6, fig. 8.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Sa-
vigny, Poil-Fol, France.

5. Palaechinus nov. sp. Julien

1874. Palaechinus nov. sp. Julien, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris, T. 78, p. 76.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, l'Ar-
doisiere, France.

6. Palaechinus sp. Mitchell.

1897. Palaechinus sp. Mitchell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.,
vol. 22, pt. 2, p. 258.

Geological formation and locality: Upper Silurian,
Browning Village, County Harden, New South Wales.

Klera — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 37

7. Palaechinus sp. Tornquist.

1897. Palaechinus sp. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte
Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 763, taf. 20, fig. 6.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Huns-
riickenwald, Elsass, Germany.

c. Oligoporus Meek and Worthen I860.*

From five to nine columns of plates in each interambu-
lacrum, and four columns in each ambulacrum. Two pores
in each ambulacral plate.

1. Oligoporus danae Meek and Worthen.

1860. Melonites Danae. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 397.
1860. Oligoporus Danae. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 472.
1866. Oligoporus Danae. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv.

111., vol. 2, p. 249, pi. 17, fig. 8.
1874. Oligoporus Danae. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 42.
1889. Oligoporus danae. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p.

263, fig. 373.
1894. Oligoporus danae. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. 4,

p. 126, pi. 17. figs. 2 a, b.
1894. Oligoporus bellulus. Miller and Gurley, Bull. No. 3

111. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 7, pi. 1, fig. 3.

1894. Oligoporus blairi. Miller and Gurley, Bull. No. 3 111.
State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 6, pi. 1, figs. 2, 6; pi. 2,
fig. 7.

1895. Oligoporus danae. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 182, pi. 20, figs. 2 a, b.

1896. Oligoporus danae. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 7, p. 193, pi. 6, figs. 30-34.

Test large, subglobose. Interambulacral areas lance-ovate,

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1860, p. 474.

38 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

composed of nine columns each. Ambulacral areas half as
wide as the interambulacral. Pores circular, two to each
ambulacral piece, arranged in four vertical rows, the outer
rows more or less zigzag. Surface covered with granules,
about twenty-five to each larger interambulacral plate.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Group, Jersey
Co., near Warsaw and Alton, 111.; Fenton, Curryville and
Boonville, Mo. ; Keokuk, Iowa.

2. Oligoporus coreyi Meek and Worthen.

1870. Oligoporus Coreyi. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 34.
1874. Oligoporus Coreyi. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 42.
1889. Oligoporus Coreyi. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p.

263.

1895. Oligoporus coreyi. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 183.

1896. Oligoporus coreyi. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 7, p. 186, pi. 6, fig. 25-29.

Body small, globose. Interambulacra twice the width of
the ambulacra, composed of six columns each. Interambu-
lacral plates covered with small tubercles. Ambulacral areas
quite deeply furrowed. Pores of the ambulacral plates near
the outer edo;e.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Group, Craw-
fords ville, Ind.

3. Oligoporus missourtensis Jackson.

1896. Oligojjorus missouriensis . Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 184, pi. 9, figs. 50-52.
Interambulacral areas composed of six columns each. In-
terambulacral plates about five times as long as the ambulacral
and curving slightly at the junction with the ambulacral.
No accessory ambulacral plates. Each ambulacral plate pro-
vided with two pores. Ambulacral plates lying opposite the
horizontal sutures between the interambulacral plates spread
fan-shaped on the outer border.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 39

Geological formation and locality : Augusta Limestone,
Webb City, Mo.

4. Oligoporus mutatus Keyes.

1894. Oligoporus mutatus. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol.
4, p. 126, pi. 15, figs. 4 a, b.

1895. Oligoporus mutatus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., vol.
2, p. 183, pi. 18, figs. 4 a, b.

Test large, spherical. Interambulacral areas broad, com-
posed of five columns of plates each. Ambulacra only about
half as wide, very convex, elevated centrally, with shallow
bordering furrows. Surface covered with fine spines.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Limestone,
Keokuk, Iowa.

5. Oligoporus nobilis Meek and Worthen.

1868. Oligoporus nobilis. Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 358.

1873. Oligoporus nobilis. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv.
111., vol. 5, p. 476, pi. 11, fig. 3.

1874. Oligoporus nobilis. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 42.

1889. Oligoporus nobilis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p.
263.

1895. Oligoporus nobilis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 182.

1896. Oligoporus nobilis. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 7, p. 198, pi. 6, fig. 35.

Body large, subglobose. Interambulacra composed of five
columns of plates, moderately convex. Ambulacra nearly flat,
narrow, lanceolate, not furrowed, about two-thirds as wide as
the interambulacral areas. Two pores to each ambulacral
piece, forming four double rows. Entire surface ornamented
with coarse granules, from forty to sixty to each of the larger
interambulacral plates.

Geological formation and locality : Burlington Limestone,
Calhoun Co., and Warsaw, 111. ; Keokuk, Iowa.

40 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Lords.

6. Oligoporus parvus. Hambach.

1884. Oligoporus parvus. Hambach, Trans. St. Louis Acad.

Sci., vol. 4, p. 550, pi. C, fig. 3.
1889. Oligoporus parvus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 263.

1894. Oligoporus parvus. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. 4,
p. 127.

1895. Oligoporus parvus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 183.

Interambulacra composed of five columns of plates each,
nearly one-third wider than the ambulacral areas. Ambu-
lacra narrow with an elevated rido;e in the center. Each
plate has two pores near the outer margin, giving two double
rows of pores to each side of the ridge. Plates coarsely
granulated and covered with fine short spines.

Geological formation and locality : St. Louis Limestone,
St. Louis, Mo., and Hardin Co., Ky.

INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Oligoporus? minutus Beede.

1899. Oligoporus? minutus. Beede, Kas. Univ. Quart., ser.
A, vol. 8, no. 3, p. 126, pi. 32, fig. 3.

1900. Oligoporus? minutus. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv. Kas.,
vol. 6, p. 49, pi. 7, fig. 3.

Geological formation and locality : Deer Creek Lime-
stone, northeast of Topeka, Kas.

d. Melonites Owen and Norwood 1846.*

Syn. Melonechinus Meek and Worthen 1860. f

Melechinus Quenstedt 1875.$

From five to nine (sometimes more) columns of plates in
each interambulacrum and ten columns in each ambulacrum.
Two rows of pores to each ambulacrum.

* Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 2?5.

t Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 396.

t Petref. Deutscb.1., abth. 1, bd. 3, p. 381, pi. 75, figs. 44-50.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Pulae'echinoidea. 41

1. Melonites crassus Hauibach.

1884. Melonites crassus. Hambach, Trans. St. Louis Acad.

Sci., vol. 4, p. 548, pi. C, fig. 1.
1889. Melonites crassus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 261.

1894. Melonites crassus. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. 4,
p. 126.

1895. Melonites crassus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., vol.
2, p. 182.

Body large, globose, composed of very thick plates. Inter-
ambulacra lanceolate, moderately convex, with five columns
of plates each. Ambulacra twice as wide as the interambu-
lacra, with a very high ridge in the center of each field.
Each plate is perforated by two pores. Surface of the ambu-
lacra covered with small spines about -f- inch long, and that of
the interambulacra with spines about -^ inch long." From
forty-five to sixty-eight may be counted to each of the larger
interambulacral plates.

Geological formation and locality : Lower St. Louis
Limestone, St. Louis, Mo.

2. Melonites dispar Fischer.

1848. Palaecliinus dispar. Fischer, Bull. Soc. Imp. Mos-
cow, T. 21, p. 243, pi. 3, figs. 4 a-d.
1862. Palaecliinus dispar. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-

dermes, p. 464.
1874. Melonites dispar. Loven,Kongl. Svens. Vetens. Akad.
Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 42.
Body spherical, convex. Pores piercing the ambulacral
plates unequal, one being larger than the other. Tubercles
very small and few.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Ratofka, Moscow, Russia.

3. Melonites irregularis Hambach.

1884. Melonites irregularis. Hambach, Trans. St. Louis
Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 549, pi. C, fig. 2.

42 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1889. Melonites irregularis. Miller, N. Aroer. Geol. Pal.,
p. 261.

Body globose and very small. Interambulacral areas
composed of from five to seven columns of very small and
irregular plates. Ambulacra not quite as wide as the inter-
ambulacra, with a shallow ridge in the center of each field.
Surface ornamented with coarse granules.

Geological formation and locality : Upper St. Louis
Limestone, St. Louis, Mo.

4. Melonites multiporus Norwood and Owen.

1846. Melonites multipora. Norwood and Owen, Amer.
Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 225, figs. 1-3.

1847. Melonites multipora. Engelmann, Amer. Journ. Sci.,
ser. 2, vol. 3, p. 124.

1850. Palaechinus multipora. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol.

l,p. 154.
1852. Melonites multipora. Roemer, Bronn's Leth. Geog.,

Bd. 1, Th. 1, p. 288.
1858. Melonites multipora. Desor, Syn., p. 159.

1861. Melonites multipora. Roemer, Archiv Naturgesch.,
Jahrg. 21, Bd. 1, p. 312, pi. 12.

1862. Melonites multipora. Dujardin et Hupe, Echinoder-
mes, p. 464.

1863. Palaechinus multipora. Dana, Man. Geol., p. 313,
fig. 536.

1866. Melonites multipora. Meek and Worthen, Geol. Surv.
111., vol. 2, p. 227, figs. 21, 22.

1867. Palaechinus (Melonites) multipora. Dana, Man.
Geol., p. 313, fig. 536.

1869. Melonites Stewartii. Safford, Geol. Tenn., p. 346,
pi. 6, figs. 1 a-d.

1874. Melonites multipora. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 42.

1875. Melonites multipora. Quenstedt, Petref. Deutschl.,
p. 380, tab. 75, figs. 44-50.

1889. Melonites multiporus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,
p. 261, figs. 364-366.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 43

1894. Melonites multipora. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol.4,
p. 125, pi. 16, figs. 1 a, b; pi. 17, figs. 1 a-c.

1894. Melonites indianensis. Miller and Gurley, Bull. No.
3, 111. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 5, pi. 1, fig. 1.

1894. Oligoporus sulcatus. Miller and Gurley, Bull. No. 3,
111. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 8, pi. 1, figs. 4, 5.

1895. Melonites multipora. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 181, pi. 19, figs, la, b; pi. 20, figs. la-c.

1896. Melonites multiporus . Jackson and Jaggar, Bull.
Geol. Soc. Arner., vol. 7, p. 135, pi. 2, figs. 1-7; pi.
3, figs. 10-17; pi. 4, fig. 18; pi. 5, fig. 20.

1896. Melonites giganteus. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 7, p. 172, pi. 4, fig. 19; pi. 5, figs. 21-24.

Test large and spherical. Interambulacrum composed of
from seven to ten or even more columns of plates. Ambu-
lacrum about two-thirds as wide as the interambulacrum,
composed of very irregular plates. Surface covered with
numerous small granules, about thirty to each interambulacral
plate.

Remarks. After examining a number of specimens as
large as that figured by Mr. Jackson as Melonites giganteus,
and comparing them with specimens of Melonites multiporus,
I feel that Melonites giganteus should be considered an accel-
erated development of Melonites multiporus, and therefore
synonymous with it. Its claim to validity rests on its large
size and upon the fact that there are ten or eleven columns in
each interambulacral area. In a collection of several hundred
specimens of Melonites multiporus one can find any number
with ten, eleven and even twelve columns in one or more in-
terambulacral areas, but which agree in every other essential
feature with Melonites multiporus.

Geological formation and locality : St. Louis Limestone,
St. Louis, Mo.; Clarksville and Charlotte, Tenn. ; Greenville,
Harrison Co., Indiana; Bowling Green, Ky.

5. Melonites septenarius Jackson.

1896. Melonites septenarius. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 182, pi. 9, fig. 49.

44 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Body quite small, wider at the lower end and the sides
tapering, giving more of a pear shape to the body. Seven
columns of plates in each interambulacrum and only eight in
each ambulacrum.

Geological formation and locality: Warsaw Group, Buz-
zard's Roost, Franklin Co., Ala.

UNDETERMINED OR INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Melonites etheridgii Keeping.

1876. Melonites JEtheridgii. Keeping, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. Lond., vol. 32, pt. 4, p. 398, figs. 1-6.

1896. Melonites etheridgii. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 7, p. 240.

Mr. Keeping made his description from such fragments
that the species' claim to validity does not rest on a firm basis.
As Prof. Morris justly remarked in the discussion following
the reading of Mr. Keeping's paper, " the specimen was in too
imperfect a state of preservation to show whether the valleys
described by the author as dividing the ambulacral areas
really existed."

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Derby-
shire.

2. Melonites nov. sp. Julien.

1874. Melonites nov. sp. Julien, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris, T. 78, p. 76.
Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous, L'Ar-
doisiere, France.

3. Melonites Tornquist.

1897. Melonites. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. KarteElsass, Bd.
5, Hft. 6, p. 763, taf . 20, fig. 7.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Huns-
riickenwald, Elsass, Germany.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 45

IV. Archaeocidaridae M'Coy 1844.*

Test spherical, more or less compressed or flattened.
Never less than four columns of plates in each interambu-
lacrum. Each interambulacral plate is provided with a large
tubercle for the attachment of a long spine. Two columns
of plates in each ambulacrum, each plate pierced by two
pores. Plates imbricate slightly.

a. Archaeocidaris M'Coy 1844. f

Syn. Echinocrinus Agassiz 18414

Palaeocidaris Desor 1846. §

Each primary tubercle is surrounded by a flat scrobicule
and a circlet of granules.

1. Archaeocidaris aculeatus Shumard.

1858. Archaeocidaris verneuiliana. Swallow. Trans. St.
Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, 180.

1858. Archaeocidaris aculeatus. Shumard, Trans. St. Louis
Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 223.

1874. Archaeocidaris aculeatus. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vet-
ens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 43.

1889. Archaeocidaris aculeata. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,
p. 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris aculeata. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol.
4, p. 130, pi. 15, tig. 3.

1895. Archaeocidaris aculeata. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci. vol. 2, p. 188, pi. 18, fig. 3.

The primary tubercles are small but prominent, situated
on an elevated smooth boss with deep circular canal. The

* Foss. of Ireland, p. 173.

t Foss of Ireland, p. 173.

X Monograpbies des Echinodt-rmes, 2de liv., p. 15.

§ Catalogue raisson^, p. 36.

46 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

areola is broad with the exterior margin marked with very
obscure radiating striae. Around the areola is a ring of sec-
ondary tubercles, succeeded by many fine granules and sec-
ondary tubercles.

The primary spines are elongate, fusiform, with strongly
curved bases. Some are also slightly curved at the apex.
The base ring is small and finely milled. Surface finely stri-
ated longitudinally and covered with uiauy short spines set
obliquely to the main axis.

Geological position and locality : Middle Permian, west of
Council Groves, Kansas; Upper Coal Measures, Verdigris
River Valley, and Santa Fe Road; Fort Belknap, Texas;
New Point, Jackson County, Missouri.

2. Archaeocidaris agassizi Hall.

1858. Archaeocidaris agassizi. Hall, Geol. Iowa, vol. 1,
pt. 2, p. 698, pi. 26, figs. 1 a-d.

1874. Archaeocidaris Agassizi. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vet-
ens. Akad. Haudl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 43.

1889. Archaeocidaris agassizi. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.
Pal., p. 225, fig. 249.

1894. Archaeocidaris agassizi. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 127, pi. 15, fig. 5.

1895. Archaeocidaris agassizi, Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 185, pi. 18, fig. 5.

1896. Archaeocidaris agassizii. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 213.

1897. Archaeocidaris agassizi. Beede, Trans. Acad. Sci.
Kas., vol. 16, p. 77.

1900. Archaeocidaris agassizi. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv.,
Kas., vol. 6. p. 48, pi. 8, figs. 6-6 e.

Primary tubercle slender, tubuliform, projecting above the
surrounding annulation. Deep concavity between the tubercle
and the inner edge of the annulation. Distinct annular
ridge followed by a depression and a second elevation toward
the margin which is ornamented with nodes.

Primary spines, elongated and compressed. Below they

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 47

contract and taper gradually toward the summit. Surface of
the lower portion smooth ; the upper part muricated, having
small spiniform tubercles in quincunx order. Point of attach-
ment somewhat elongate. Ambulation strongly striated.

Geological formation and locality : Burlington Limestone,
Burlington, Iowa; Hannibal, Mo.; Upper Coal Measures,
Topeka, Kas.

3. Archaeocidaris biangulatus Shumard.

1858. Archaeocidaris biangulatus. Shumard, Trans. St.

Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 224.
1874. Archaeocidaris biangidata. Love'n, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 44.
1889. Archaeocidaris biangidata. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal. p., 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris biangidata. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 130, pi. 15, figs. 1 a-c.

1895. Archaeocidaris biangidata. Keyes, Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 185, pi. 15, figs. la-c.

Areola subhexagonal, covered with very minute radiating
striae, inner ring narrow and prominent.

Primary spines very long and slender, marked with tine
longitudinal striae. Immediately above the base the spines
are cylindrical, but soon become flattened and angular. The
edges are ornamented with short flattened projections, set
obliquely to the main axis. The expanded part of the base
of the spines is strongly striated.

Geological formation and locality : Middle and Upper Coal
Measures, Lexington and Kansas City, Mo.

4. Archaeocidaris cratis White.

1876. Archaeocidaris cratis. White, Powell's Rep. Geol.

Uinta Mts., p. 109.
1880. Archaeocidaris cratis. White, Cont. to Inv. Pal.,

No. 6, p. 130, pi. 33, fig. 2 a.
1889. Archaeocidaris cratis. Miller N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 225.

48 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1895. Archaeocidaris oralis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,

vol. 2, p. 188.
1903. Archaeocidaris cratis. Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv.,
Professional Paper No. 16, p. 331.

Spines slender, tapering gradually to the apex, ornamented
with well defined spinules some distance apart. Basal ring
prominent with finely crenulated edges, otherwise plain.

Geological formation and locality: Middle Carboniferous,
confluence of the Grand and Green Rivers, Utah; Crested
Butte district, Leadville district and Ouray, Colo.

5. Archaeocidaris dininni White.

1880. Archaeocidaris dininni. White, Proc. U. S. Nat.

Mus., vol. 2, p. 260, pi. 1, figs. 13-15.
1880. Archaeocidaris dininni. White, Cont. to Inv. Pal.,

No. 6, p. 131, pi. 35, figs. 6 a-c.
1889. Archaeocidaris dininni. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris dininni. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 130, pi. 15, figs. 6 a-c.

1895. Archaeocidaris dininni. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 190, pi. 18, figs. 6 a-c.

Primary spines fusiform and strong. Neck short and plain,
the rest of the spine studded with many spinules at nearly
right angles to the main axis, except near the summit where
they stand obliquely upward. Spinules most numerous and
strongest near the base. Smaller spines more slender and
some without a basal ring.

Geological formation and locality: Upper Coal Measures,
near Tecumseh, Neb. ; Kansas City, Mo. ; Red Oak, Iowa.

6. Archaeocidaris edgarensis Worthen and Miller.

1883. Archaeocidaris edgarensis. Worthen and Miller,
Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 7, p. 337, pi. 30, figs. 15 a-c.

1889. Archaeocidaris edgarensis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.
Pal., p. 225.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 49

1891. Archaeocidaris edgarensis. Keyes, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phil., p. 245.

Primary spines long, cylindrical, tapering gradually.
Strongly striated ring at the base. Upper portion of the
spines for about three-fourths of their length are set with
short lateral spinules pointing upward. Spine terminates in
a mucronate point.

Geological formation and locality: Upper Coal Measures,
near Baldwinsville, Edgar Co., 111.; Lower Coal Measures,
Des Moines, Iowa.

7. Archaeocidaris gracilis Newberry.

1861. Archaeocidaris gracilis. Newberry, Ives' Colo. Expl.

Exped., pt. 3, p. 117, pi. 1, figs. 4, 4 a.
1874. Archaeocidaris gracilis. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vet-
ens. Akad. Handl., bd. 11, No. 7, p. 44.
1889. Archaeocidaris gracilis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,
p. 225.
Circle of small tubercles around the primary tubercle, which
is deeply perforated. Spines slender, conical, circular in sec-
tion, set with fine granulations, scattered toward the apex.
Basal ring crenulated and prominent.

Geological formation and locality: Upper Carboniferous,
Banks of the Colorado River.

8. Archaeocidaris illinoisensis Worthen and Miller.

1883. Archaeocidaris illinoiensis. Worthen and Miller,

Geol. Surv. III., vol. 7, p. 338, pi. 31, figs. 1 a-b.
1889. Archaeocidaris illinoisensis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal., p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris illinoisensis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 187.
Primary spines stout, cylindrical, tapering gradually.
Articulating ring subangular, just above which the spines are
slightly curved. Above this they are studded with short sharp
spinules directed outward and slightly upward.

50 "Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Geological formation and locality: St. Louis Limestone,
Hardin Co., 111.

9. Archaeocidaris keokuk Hall.

1858. Archaeocidaris keokuk. Hall, Geol. Iowa, vol. 1, pt.

2, p. 699, pi. 26, figs. 2 a, b.
1874. Archaeocidaris Keokuk. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 43.

1889. Archaeocidaris keokuk. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,
p. 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris keokuk . Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol.
4, p. 128.

1895. Archaeocidaris keokuk. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,
vol. 2, p. 186.

Central tubercle papillif orm with a depressed space between
it and the annulation. Beyond the annulation is a flattened
elevation. Surface between this and the nodulose rim concave.

Primary spines round, muricate, ridged and having spini-
form tubercles. Spines expand near the base into a subangu-
lar annulation.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Limestone,
Warsaw, 111.; Clark Co. and Boonville, Mo.

10. Archaeocidaris legrandensis Miller and Gurley.

1890. Archaeocidaris legrandensis. Miller and Gurley, 16th
Kep. Geol. Surv. Ind., p. 373, pi. 10, fig. 15.

1895. Archaeocidaris legrandensis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 185.

Primary tubercles large, occupying about half the plate.
Annular ring obscure, with a concave depression around it
and a distinct elevation toward the margin. Margin studded
with obscure nodes.

Primary spines very long, cylindrical and smooth. At the
base the spine is contracted a little with a slight swelling
immediately above. Spines taper gradually.

Geological formation and locality : Kinderhook Group, Le
Grand, Iowa.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 51

11. Archaeocidaris longispinus Newberry.

1861. Archaeocidaris longispinus. Newberry, Ives' Colo.

Expl. Exped., pt. 3, p. 116, pi. 1, fig. 1, 1 a.
1874. Archaeocidaris longispina. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Haudl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 44.
1889. Archaeocidaris longispina. Miller, N. Amer. GeoL

Pal., p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris longispinus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.

Sci., vol. 2, p. 191.
Primary spines elongate, fusiform, cylindrical in section.
Surface smooth or finely striated lengthwise. Basal ring small
and crenulated slightly. Spines curve slightly above the ring,
otherwise straight throughout.

Geological formation and locality : Upper Carboniferous,
Banks of the Colorado River.

12. Archaeocidaris megastylus Shumard.

1858. Archaeocidaris megastylus. Shumard, Trans. St. Louis

Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 225.
1874. Archaeocidaris megastylis. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 44.
1889. Archaeocidaris megastylus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal., p. 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris megastylus. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 129, pi. 15, figs. 2 a, b.

1895. Archaeocidaris megastylus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 189, pi. 18, figs. 2 a-b.

1900. Archaeocidaris megastylus. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv.
Kas., vol. 6, p. 49, pi. 8, fig. 7.

Boss broad and smooth. Areolar surface very broad,
slightly coucave at the exterior part and surrounded by a row
of small secondary tubercles.

Primary spines long, robust, fusiform, very finely striated
longitudinally and studded with fine granules or minute short
spines. Basal ring oblique to the axis with crenulated border.

Geological formation and locality: Upper Coal Measures,

52 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Headwaters of the Verdigris River and in the valley of the
Cottonwood Creek, Kansas; Independence, Mo.

13. Archaeocidaris mucronatus Meek and Worthen.

1860. Archaeocidaris mucronata . Meek and Worthen, Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 395.
1866. Archaeocidaris mucronata. Meek and Worthen, Geol.

Surv. 111., vol. 2, p. 295, pi. 23, figs. 3 a-c.
1874. Archaeocidaris mucronata. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
1889. Archaeocidaris mucronata. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal., p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris mucronata. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.

Sci., vol. 2, p. 188.
Central tubercle prominent with a distinct annular groove.
Primary spines long and tapering with a slight curvature
above the articulating extremity. Ring very distinct, smooth,
somewhat angular. Spines armed with sharp short lateral
spinules directed obliquely outward and upward. Spines
marked with very fine obscure longitudinal striae.

Geological formation and locality: Chester Limestone,
Liberty, Randolph Co., and Chester, 111.

14. Archaeocidaris nerii Minister.

1840. Cidarites Nerei. Miinster, Beitr. I., p. 40, tab. 3,

figs. 6 a-d.
1840. Cidarites Protei. Miinster, Beitr. I., p. 40.

1842. Cidaris Protei. Koninck, Desc. Ann. Foss., p. 34,
tab. E, figs. 1 a-i.

1843. Cidaris Nerei. Portlock, Geol. Rep., p. 352.
1847. Palaeocidaris Nerei. Desor et Agassiz, Cat. Rais.,

p. 36.
1847. Palaeocidaris Protei. Desor et Agassiz, Cat. Rais.,

p. 36.
1850. Echinocrinas Nerei. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 53

1850. Echinocrinus Protei. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1854. Palaeocidaris Nerei. Vogt, Lehrbuch d. Geol. u.

Petref., Aufl. 2, Bd. 1, p. 314.
1858. Archaeocidaris Nerei. Desor, Syn., p. 154, tub. 1,

fig. 6.
1862. Archaeocidaris Nerei. Dujardin et Hupc, Echinoder-

mes, p. 465.
1874. Archaeocidaris Nerei. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.

1896. Archaeocidaris Nerei. Julien, Terr. Carb. de la
France Centrale, p. 126, pi. 6, figs. 6, 7.

1897. Archaeocidaris Nerei. Leyh, Zeitsch. Deut. Geol.
Gesell., Bd. 49, p. 540.

Ring around each primary tubercle very marked. Scrobi-
cule surrounded by a circle of small radiating ridges instead
of granules. Spines cylindrical, sometimes striated, some-
times finely spinous with a tendency to branch near the apex.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous, Reguitz-
losau and Tournay, Belgium ; La Varville and Siguret,
France.

15. Archaeocidaris newberryi Hambach.

1884. Archaeocidaris newberryi. Hambach, Trans. St. Louis
Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 551, pi. D, fig. 1.

1889. Archaeocidaris newberryi. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.
Pal., p. 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris newberryi. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 129.

1895. Archaeocidaris newberryi. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 187.

Primary tubercle papilliform with a double annulation,
and a ring of granules beyond. Spines elongate, slightly
compressed toward the summit and bent just above the cren-
ulated annulation. Surface of the spines finely striated and
ornamented with small ascending spinules.

Geological formation and locality: St. Louis Limestone,
St. Louis, Mo.

54 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

16. Archaeocidaris norwoodi Hall.

1858. Archaeocidaris norwoodi. Hall, Geol. Iowa, vol. 1,

pt. 2, p. 701, pi. 26, figs. 5 a-e.
1867. Archaeocidaris Norwoodi '. Dana, Man. Geol., p. 312,

fig. 535.
1874. Archaeocidaris N~omvoodi. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl. Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
1889. Archaeocidaris norivoodi. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

Pal., p. 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris norivoodi. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 129.

1895. Archaeocidaris norwoodi. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 188.

Primary tubercles papilliforni with thickened sides raised
above the annulation. Margin of the annulation thickened,
rounded and spreading into a flattened disk. Space between
slightly depressed and sometimes having radiating ridges.

Primary spines slender, elongated, slightly curving, longi-
tudinally striated below and muricate above. Fine sharply
elevated denticles and short round divergmo; spinules at inter-
vals along the spines. Intermediate surface granulose.

Geological formation and locality: Kaskaskia Limestone,
Chester and Kaskaskia, 111. ; near St. Louis, Mo.

17. Archaeocidaris ornatus Newberrv.

1861. Archaeocidaris ornatus. Newberry, Ives' Colo. Expl.

Exped., p. 116, pi. 1, fig. 2, 3, 3 a.
1874. Archaeocidaris ornata . Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 7, p. 44.
1877. Archaeocidaris ornatus. White, U. S. Geog. Surv.

W. 100 Merid., vol. 4, page 104, pi. 6, fig. 7.
1889. Archaeocidaris ornata. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris ornatus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.

Sci., vol. 2, p. 191.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechiiioidea. 55

1903. Archaeocidaris omata. Girty,U. S. Geol. Surv. Pro-
fessional Paper No. 16, p. 331.

Primary spines fusiform and strong. For a short dis-
tance above the basal ring the, surface is plain or not conspic-
uously marked. Above this it is thickly set with spinules
arranged in an imperfect spiral line. Basal rings rather large
with crenulated border.

Geological formation and locality: Upper Carboniferous
Limestone, Banks of the Colorado River; Ojo del Oso, near
Fort Wingate, New Mexico; San Juan region, Leadville dis-
trict, Colo.

18. Archaeocidaris rossicus von Buch.

1842. Cidaris Rossicus. von Buch, Karsten's Archiv, Bd.

16, p. 523.
1845. Oidarites Rossicus. Murchison, Verneuil, Keyserling,

Geol. Russ. d'Europe, vol. 2, p. 16, 396, pi. 1, figs.

2 a-e.
1847. Palaeocidaris Rossica. Desor et Agassiz, Cat. Rais.,

p. 36.
1850. Echinocrinus Rossica. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1854. Palaeocidaris rossica. Vogt, Lehrbuch d. Geol. u.

Petref., 2 Aufl., Bd. 1, p. 314.
1858. Eocidaris Rossica. Desor, Syn., p. 156, pi. 21, figs.

3-6.
1860. Echinocrinus Duecalionis. Eichwald, Leth. Ross., T.

1, p. 652.
1860. Echinocrinus ornaius. Eichwald, Leth. Ross., T. 1, p.

654, tab. 32, fig. 24.
1862. Eocidaris rossica. Dujardin et Hupe, Echinodermes,

p. 467.
1866. Eocidaris Rossicus. Geinitz, Carb.u. Dyas in Nebr.,

p. 61.
1868. Archaeocidaris rossicus. Trautschold, Bull. Soc. Nat.

Moscou, vol. 41, p. 467, pi. 9.
1874. Archaeocidaris rossica. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.

56 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1879. Archaeocidaris rossica. Trautschold, Nouv. Mem.

Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, t. 14, liv. 1, p. 5, tab. 2, figs.

1 a-e.
1896. Archaeocidaris rossica. Tornquist. Neu. Jahrb. Miner.

Geol. u. Pal., bd. 2, p. 27, taf. 4, figs. 1-8.
1900. Archaeocidaris rossica. Hesse, Neu. Jahrb. Miner.

Geol. u. Pal., beil.-bd. 13, p. 213.
Scrobicule large, embracing nearly the whole plate. Edges
ornamented with small granules. Spines large with smooth
ring and covered with fine granules not arranged in series.

Geological formation and locality : Subcarboniferous : Pas-
kra, Staritza, Ivanof, Utega, Kopocheva, Kosimol, Mjatch-
kova Podolesk, Russia.

19. Archaeocidaris shumardanus Hall.

1858. Archaeocidaris shumardana. Hall, Geol. Iowa, vol. 1,
pt, 2, p. 699, pi. 26, figs. 3a-d.

1867. Archaeocidaris Shumardana. Dana, Man. Geol.,
p. 312, fig. 534.

1874. Archaeocidaris shumardana. Loven, Kongl. Svens.
Vetens. Akad. Handl. bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.

1884. Archaeocidaris cf. SJtumardana. Walcott, Pal. Eu-
reka Dist., p. 212.

1889. Archaeocidaris shumardana. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.
Pal., p. 225.

1894. Archaeocidaris shumardana . Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 128.

1895. Archaeocidaris shumardiana. Keyes, Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 186.

Primary tubercles papilliform with a deep space between
the tubercle and the annulation. Annulation has an abrupt
upper margin, swelling out below into a convex rim. Surface
between this rim and the elevated nodose margin is abruptly
concave. Primary spines short, smooth or finely striated
near the base, otherwise muricate with ascending nodes.

Geological formation and locality: Warsaw Limestone,
Warsaw, 111. ; Lower Carboniferous, Eureka District, Nevada ;
Keokuk Limestone, La Grange, Mo.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 57

20. Archaeocidaris spinoclavatus Worthen and Miller.

1873. Archaeocidaris? (sp. undet). Meek and Worthen,

Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 5, pi. 24, figs. 13a-e.
1883. Archaeocidaris spinoclavatus. Worthen and Miller,

Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 7, p. 337, pi. 30, figs. Ha-e.
1889. Archaeocidaris spinoclavata. Miller, N. Anier. Geol.

Pal., p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris spinoclavatus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa

Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 190.
Primary spines long, stout, cylindrical at the base, growing
larger gradually toward the apex and abruptly diminishing to
an obtuse clavate end. The upper end of the spine is thickly
covered with nodose spinules directed upward. On the
remaining part of the spine the spinules are smaller and
fewer in number. Basal ring smooth.

Geological formation and locality: Coal Measures, St.
Clair and Marshall Cos., 111.

21. Archaeocidaris triplex White.

1881. Archaeocidaris triplex. White, U. S. Geog. Geol.

Surv. W. 100th Mer., vol. 3, Supp. Appendix,

p. xxii., pi. 4, figs. 3a-c.
1889. Archaeocidaris triplex. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris triplex. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.,

vol. 2, p. 191.
1903. Archaeocidaris triplex? Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv.,

Professional Paper No. 16, p. 330.
Areolar surface plain or having only a single circle between
the primary tubercle and the outer border. Primary tubercle
small and surrounded by a prominent border.

Primary spines large, strong, subtriangular and spinulose.
Spinules stout, short and prominent, rather far apart in three
rows from a short distance above the base. Basal ring prom-
inent and finely crenulated at the edge.

58 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Geological formation and locality : Upper Coal Measures,
New Mexico, San Juan region, Needle Mountains quadrangle.

22. Archaeocidaris triserialis M'Coy.

1844. Echinocrinus triserialis. M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland,

p. 173, pi. 26, fig. 1.
1850. Echinocrinus triserialis. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol.

1, p. ]54.
1858. Archaeocidaris triserialis. Desor, Syn., p. 155.
1862. Archaeocidaris triserialis. Dujardin et Hupe, Echi-

nodermes, p. 466.
1874. Archaeocidaris triserialis. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
Spines large ornamented with three angular ridges. Each
ridge is ornamented with tooth-like spines. Space interven-
ing smooth.

Geological formation and locality: Subcarboniferous,
Ireland.

23. Archaeocidaris triserratus Meek.

1872. Archaeocidaris ? triserrata. Meek, U. S. Geol. Surv.

Neb., p. 151, pi. 1, figs. 6 a — c.
1889. Archaeocidaris triserrata. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.

& Pal., p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris triserrata. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 190.

Primary spines slender, a little arched near the base.
Spines cylindrical near the base but compressed rhombic fur-
ther up. Margins sharp and serrated. On the middle
concave side of the curvature of the spine there is a third
serrated row, extending from the base about two-thirds of
the way. On the other side three or four rows of smaller
granules run from the base to about the middle. Ring at
the base faintly milled. Articulating extremity contracting
abruptly and finely striated.

Geological formation and locality : Upper Coal Measures,
Omaha, Nebraska City, and three miles above the mouth of

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 59

the Platte River, Neb.; Vermilion Co., 111., and Kansas
City, Mo.

24. Aechaeocidaris trudifer White.

1874. Archaeocidaris trudifer. White, Prelim. Rep. Inv.
Foss., p. 17.

1876. Archaeocidaris trudifer. White, Powell's Rep. Geol.
Uinta Mts., p. 89.

1877. Archaeocidaris trudifer. White, U. S. Geol. Surv.
W. 100 Mer., vol. 4, p. 104, pi. 6, figs. 8 a, b.

1889. Archaeocidaris trudifera. Miller, N. Amer. Geol.,

p. 225.
1895. Archaeocidaris trudifer. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.

Sci., vol. 2, p. 191.
1900. Archaeocidaris trudifer. Beede, Univ. Geol. Surv.

Kas., vol. 6, p. 47, pi. 8, tig. 10.
1903. Archaeocidaris trudifer ? Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv.
Professional Paper No. 16, p. 330.
Areolar surface plain. Central tubercle small, surrounded
by a slightly raised ring and a second ring so much elevated
as to form a little cup with an expanded rim.

Primary spines slender and terete, tapering gradually near
the apex. Surface of the spine immediately above the basal
ring smooth, but further on ornamented with numerous fine
spinules in an imperfect spiral.

Geological formation and locality: Coal measures, Camp
Apache, Arizona; Confluence of the Grand and Green rivers,
Utah; Topeka, Kas.; Leadville district, Colo.

25. Archaeocidaris urei Fleming.

1793. Echinus . Ure, Hist. Rutherglen, pi. 16, figs.

7, 8.
1828. Cidaris Urii. Fleming, Brit. Animals, p. 478.

1843. Cidaris Benburbensis . Portlock, Geol. Rep., p. 352,
pi. 16, figs. lOa-d.

1844. Echinocrinus Urii. M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland, p. 174,
pi. 27, -fig. 1.

60 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1850. Echinocrinus Urii. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1852. Archaeocidaris Urii. Roerner, Leth. Geog., Bel. 1,

Th. 2, p. 288, taf. 41, fig. 2.
1854. Archaeocidaris Urii. Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss., p. 72.
1858. Archaeocidaris Urii. Desor, Syn., p. 154, tab. 21,

figs. 11, 12.
1862. Archaeocidaris Urii. Dujardin et Hupe, Echinoder-

rnes, p. 465.
1874. Archaeocidaris Urii. Julien, Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sci. Paris, T. 78, p. 76.

1874. Archaeocidaris Urei. Loven, Konsd. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.

1875. Archaeocideris Urii. Baily, Char. Brit. Foss., p.
lxviii, pi. 36, figs. 12 a, b.

1876. Archaeocidaris Urii. Keeping, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. Lond., vol. 32, pt. 1, p. 39, pi. 3, figs. 14-18.

1890. Archaeocidaris Urii. Julien, Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sci. Paris, T. 110, p. 737.
1893. Archaeocidaris Urii. Tornquist,Mitth. Geol. Landes-

Anst. Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 4, lift. 2, p. 102.

1895. Archaeocidaris urei. Neilson, Trans. Geol. Soc.
Glasgow, vol. 10, p. 77, fig. 3.

1896. Archaeocidaris Urii. Julien, Terr. Carb. Marin de
la France Centrale, p. 123.

1897. Archaeocidaris Urii. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte
Elsass-Lothr. Bd. 5, hft. 6, p. 775, taf. 22, figs. 4, 5,
6, 7, 11.

1898. Archaeocidaris urei. Thomson, Trans. Geol. Soc-
Glasgow, vol. 11, p. 24, 26, 30.

Ring at the base of the primary tubercle very distinct.
Edges of the plates bearing tubercles ornamented with radi-
ating ridges.

Primary spines long, finely striated about one-third of the
way, the upper part ornamented by five or six ranges of lon-
gitudinal alternating rows of short stout spines.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Townparks Killeshandra; Lough Esk, Donegal; Ra-

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 61

han's Bay and St. John's Point, Dunkineely; Malahide,
Malahide; l'Ardoisiere, France; Hunsriickenwald, Ober-
Elsass.

26. Archaeocidaris vetustus Phillips.

1836. Cidaris vetusta. Phillips, Geol. Yorkshire, p. 208.

1843. Cidaris vetusta. Portlock, Geol. Rep., p. 353, pi. 16,
fig. 11.

1844. Echinocrinus vetusta. M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland, p. 174.
1862. Archaeocidaris vetusta. Dujardin et Hupe', Echino-

dermes, p. 466.
1874. Archaeocidaris vetusta. Love'n, Kongl. Svens. Vet-
ens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.

Ring at the base of the spine sharp and strongly milled.
Spines tapering with strong prickles which alternate. No
longitudinal striae. Prickles separated considerably. Plates
have a simple border of granules.

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Florence Court, Ravenstonedale, Northumberland;
Coalbrookdale, Whitewell; Hook Head, Fethard; Tyrone;
Fermanagh .

27. Archaeocidaris wortheni Hall.

1858. Archaeocidaris icortheni. Hall, Geol. Iowa, vol. 1,

pt. 2, p. 700, pi. 26, figs. 4 a-g.
1867. Archaeocidaris icortheni. Dana, Man. Geol., p. 312,

fig. 533.

1874. Archaeocidaris Wortheni. Loven, Kongl. Svens.
Vetens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.

1875. Archaeocidaris Wortheni. Quenstedt, Petref.
Deutschl., Bd. 3, Abth. 1, p. 372, tab. 75, fig. 10.

1884. Archaeocidaris cf. icortheni. Walcott, Pal. Eureka

Dist., p. 212.
1889. Archaeocidaris wortheni. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 225.
1894. Archaeocidaris wortheni. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,

vol. 4, p. 128, pi. 16, figs. 3 a, b.

62 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1895. Archaeocidaris wortheni. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 187, pi. 20, figs. 3 a, b.

1896. Archaeocidaris wortheni. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 214, pi. 8, figs. 43-46.

1897. Archaeocidaris Wortheni. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol.
Karte Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 5, hft. 6, p. 770, taf. 21,
fig. 5.

Primary tubercle papilliform, moderately elevated above
the annulation. Annulatiou thickened and spreading iuto a
slightly elevated disc. Margin denticulated.

Primary spines slender, elongate, slightly curved, smooth
or finelv granulated . Articulating end expanded into a crenu-
lated annulation and then contracted abruptly below.

Geological formation and locality : St. Louis Limestone,
near St. Louis, Mo. ; Eureka District, Nevada.

UNDETERMINED OK INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Archaeocidaris glabrispina Philipps.

1836. (Jidaris glabrispina. Philipps, Geol. Yorkshire, vol.

2, p. 208.
1844. Echinocrinus glabrispina. M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland,

p. 173.
1862. Archaeocidaris glabrispina. Dujardin et Hupe, Echi-

nodermes, p. 466.
1874. Archaeocidaris glabrispina. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
Geological formation and locality : Subcarboniferous,
Ireland.

2. Archaeocidaris gruneri Julien.

1896. Archaeocidaris gruneri. Julien, Terr. Garb. Marin de
la France Centrale, p. 125, pi. 16, figs. 11, 12.
Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous, l'Ar-
doisiere, France.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 63

3. Archaeocidaris konincki Desor.

1858. Archaeocidaris Koninchii. Desor, Syn., p. 155, tab.

21, figs. 7-10.
1862. Archaeocidaris Koninchii . Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-

dermes, p. 465.
1874. Archaeocidaris Konincki. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Haudl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
Geological formation and locality: Subcarboniferous,
Tournay.

4. Archaeocidaris ladina Stacke.

1877. Archaeocidaris ladina. Stacke, Jahrb. K. K. Geol.
Reichsanstalt Wien, bd. 27, p. 318, taf. 1, figs. 11, 12.
Geological formation and locality: Bellerophonkalk,
Siidtirol.

5. Archaeocidaris ourayensis Girty.

1903. Archaeocidaris ourayensis.. Girty, Professional Paper
U. S. Geol. Surv., no. 16, p. 329, pi. 1, fig. 14.
Geological formation and locality: Hermosa formation,
Ouray, Colo.

6. Archaeocidaris priscus Minister.

1840. Cidarites priscus. Minister, Beitr. 1, p. 41.

1847. Palaeocidaris prisca. Desor et Agassiz, Cat. Rais.,

p. 36.
1850. Ecliinocrinus prisca. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1858. Archaeocidaris prisca. Desor, Syn., p. 155.
1862. Archaeocidaris prisca. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-

dermes, p. 465.
1874. Archaeocidaris prisca . Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
Geological formation and locality: Subcarboniferous,
Regnitzlosau .

64 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

7. Archaeocidaris rossica M. V. K. var.
Schellwieni Tornquist.

1897. Archaeocidaris rossica M. V. K. var. Schellwieni.

Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte Elsass-Lothr, Bd. 5,

Hft. 6, p. 781, taf. 22, fig. 12.
Geological formation and locality: Upper Carboniferous,
Pontafel.

8. Archaeocidaris scotica Smith.

1901. Archaeocidaris scotica. Smith, Fauna Flora and Geol.
Clyde Area, p. 509.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Clyde
Area.

9. Archaeocidaris ? selwyni Etheridge, Jr.

1892. Archaeocidaris ? Selwyni. Etheridge, Jr., Mem.

Geol. Surv. N. S. W., Pal. No. 5, pt. 2, p. 67, pi. 15,

figs. 1-3.

Geological formation and locality: Nowra Grit = (Muree

Rock of Hunter River Coalfield) Upper Marine Series, Nowra,

Shoalhaven River, St. Vincent Co.

10. Archaeocidaris tennesseae Troost.

1850. Cidarites Tenesseae. Troost, Proc. Ainer. Assoc. Adv.

Sci., Cambridge Meeting, p. 59.
1874. Archaeocidaris ? Tenesseae. Love'n, Konsl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl. Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 44.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Ten-

nessee.

11. Archaeocidaris tirolensis Stacke.

1876. Archaeocidaris tirolensis. Stacke, Verhdl. K. K.
Geol. Reichsanstalt Wien, Jahrg. 1876, p. 260.

Klem — Revision, of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 65

Geological formation and locality: Bellerophonkalke,
Siidtirol.

12. Archaeocidaris trautscholdi Tornquist.

1896. Archaeocidaris trautscholdi. Tornquist, N. Jahrb.
Miner. Geol. Pal., Bd. 2, p. 29, taf. 4.
Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous Lime-
stone, Mjatschkowa, Russia.

13. Archaeocidaris wervekei Tornquist.

1897. Archaeocidaris wervekei. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol.

Karte, Elsass-Lothr., Bd. 5, Hft. 6, p. 778, pi. 21,

fig. 4; taf. 22, figs. 1, 2, 3, 9, 10.
Geological formation and locality : Lower Carboniferous
Limestone, Hunsriickenwald, Ober-Elsass, Germany.

14. Archaeocidaris sp. ind. Etheridge, Jr.

1892. Archaeocidaris sp. ind. Etheridge, Jr., Mem. Geol.
Surv. N. S. W. Pal., No. 5, pt. 2, p. 69, pi. 22, fig. 1.
Geological formation and locality : Upper Marine Series,
Dagworth five miles south of West Maitland, Co. Northum-
berland.

15. Archaeocidaris sp. Etheridge, Jr.

1892. Archaeocidaris sp. Etheridge, Jr., Geol. and Pal.
Queensland and New Guinea, p. 213.
Geological formation and locality: Gympie Beds, Queens-
land.

16. Archaeocidaris sp.? Julien.

1896. Archaeocidaris sp. ? Julien, Le Terr. Carb. Marin de
la France Centrale, p. 127, pi. 8, fig. 1.
Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous, Regny,
France.

66 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

17. Archaeocidaris Julien.

1896. a. Radioles a 4 rangees aVepines. Julien, Le Terr.

Carb. Marin de la France Centrale, p. 126, pi. 16,

figs. 14, 17.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, l'Ar-
doisiere, France.

18. Archaeocidaris Julien.

1896. b. Radioles a. 6 rangees d'epines. Julien, Le Terr.
Carb. de la France Centrale, p. 126, pi. 16, figs. 13,
15, 16;pl. 17, fig. 9.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, l'Ar-
doisiere, France.

19. Archaeocidaris ? Meek and Hay den.

1859. Archaeocidaris ? Meek and Hayden,Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 25.
Geological formation and locality: Upper Coal Measures,
Cottonwood Creek, Kansas.

20. Archaeocidaris ? Meek and Havden.

1859. Archaeocidaris ? Meek and Hayden, Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 25.
Geological formation and locality: Upper Coal Measures,
Cottonwood Creek and Manhattan, Kansas.

21. Archaeocidaris sp. Stacke.

1877. Archaeocidaris sp. Stacke, Jahrb. K. K. Geol. Reichs-
anstalt Wien, bd. 27, p. 318, taf. 1, figs. 13-17.
Geological formation and locality: Bellerophonkalk,
Siidtirol.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 67

b. Eocidaris Desor 1858.*
Like Archaeocidaris only the primary tubercle has no halo.

1. Eocidaris blairi Miller.

1891. Eocidaris blairi. Miller, Adv. Sheets 17th Rep.
Geol. Surv. Ind., p. 73, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2.

1892. Eocidaris blairi. Miller, 17th Rep. Geol. Surv. Ind.,
p. 683, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2.

Central tubercle large and perforated. Space between the
central tubercle and the marginal tubercles concave.

Primary spines long, tapering gradually, compressed
slightly. Articulating end somewhat enlarged. Surface of
the spines finely granular. Secondary spines very small.

Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Group, Boon-
ville, Mo.

2. Eocidaris forbesianus De Koninck.

1863. Cidaris Forbesiana. De Koninck, Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 19, p. 4, pi. 4, figs. 1, 2.
1863. Cidaris forbesiana. De Koninck, Foss. Pal. de

l'Inde, p. 22, pi. 3, figs. 1, 2.
1885. Eocidaris forbesiana. Waagen, Mem. Geol. Surv.
India, ser. 13, vol. 1, p. 819, pi. 95, fig. 5-16.

Primary tubercle large with a high neck and a deeply
crenulated collar. Scrobicule large and smooth, surrounded
by a narrow margin of rather large distant secondary tuber-
cles.

Primary spines rather flat on one side, tapering distinctly
toward the articulating end. Head thick with a very promi-
nent ring, which is crenulated.

Geological formation and locality : Productus Limestone,
Kalta, Golawali, Chidru and in the Bazarwan, India.

Synopsis des fichinides Fossiles, p. 155.

68 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

3. Eocidaris hallianus Geinitz.

1866. Eocidaris Hallianus. Geinitz, Carb. u. Dyas in Neb.,

p. 61, tab. 5, figs. 1 a, b, 2 a, b.
1872. Eocidaris Hallianus. Meek, U. S. Geol. Surv. Neb.,

p. 152, pi. 7, figs. 9 a-d.
1889. Eocidaris Hallanus. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p.

242.

1894. Archaeocidaris hallianus. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.,
vol. 4, p. 129.

1895. Archaeocidaris hallianus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 190.

1903. Eocidaris halliana? Girty, U. S. Geol. Surv. Pro-
fessional Paper No. 16, p. 332.

Around the primary tubercle is an irregular ring of per-
forated nodules, some of which are surrounded by small
granules.

Primary spines have a prominent ring near the base.
Spines finely striated and curved near the apex. Small
spinules, projecting from the spines.

Geological formation and locality : Upper Coal Measures,
Nebraska City. Neb.; Kansas City, Mo.; Leadville and
Crested Butte district, Colo.

4. Eocidaris keyserlingi Geinitz.

1848. Cidaris Keyserlingi. Geinitz, Verstein. des Zech-
stein Gebirges, I, p. 16, pi. 7, figs. 1, 2.

1858 Eocidaris Kaiserlingii. Desor, Syn., p. 155, tab. 21,
figs. 15, 16.

1861. Eocidaris Keyserlingi. Geinitz, Anim. Uebereste der
Dyas, I, p. 108, pi. 20, figs. 5-9.

1862. Eocidaris Kaiserlingii. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-
dermes, p. 467.

1874. Eocidaris Keyserlingi. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 42.
1887. Eocidaris Keyserlingi. Kolesch, Jena. Zeitschr. f.

Naturwiss., bd. 20, p. 5, taf. 38, figs. 4-19.

Idem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 69

1892. Eocidaris Keyserlingi. Geinitz, Mitth. Osterlande

Naturforsch. Gesell. Altenburg, N. F., bd. 5, p. 178.
1897. Eocidaris Keyserlingi. Spandel, Abhdl. Naturhist.

Gesell. Niirnberg, bd. 11, p. 33, taf. 13, figs. 1-6.
1900. Eocidaris Keyserlingi. Hesse, Neu. Jahrb. Miner.
Geol. u. Pal., beil. bd. 13, p. 213.

Tubercles very small in proportion to their scrobicules and
distinctly perforated. No trace of crenulation.

Primary spines apparently smooth, but in reality very finely
striated. Spines swell abruptly at the base into a basal ring.
A second kind of spine is broad with two sharp edges which
are armed with sharp spinules directed upward. Very small
secondary spines also found by Spandel.*

Geological formation and locality: Unteren Zechstein,
Corbussen and Ropsen, duchy of Altenburg, Germany.

5. Eocidaris laevispinus Sandberger.

. Cidaris laevispi?ia. Sandberger, Verst. Rhein.
Schichtensystems, p. 382, pi. 35, fig. 2.
1858. Eocidaris laevispina. Desor, Syn., p. 156, tab. 21,

figs. 18-21.
1862. Eocidaris laevispina. Dujardin et Hupe, Echinoder-

mes, p. 467.
1874. Eocidaris laevispina. Love'n, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
Primary spines cylindrical and ornamented with about
twenty-three longitudinal ribs. These ribs are muricated
oppositely.

Geological formation and locality: Devonian, Villmar,
duchy of Nassau.

6. Eocidaris munsterianus De Koninck.

1842. Echinocrinus Miinsterianns. De Koninck, Desc,
Anim. Foss. Garb. Relge, p. 35, pi. E, figs. 2 a-d.

* Abhdl. Naturhist. Gesell. Niirnberg, Bd. 11, p. 37.

70 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1844. Echinocrinus Munsterianus? M'Coy, Foss. of Ireland,

p. 173, pi. 27, fig. 2.
1847. Cidaris Miinsteriana. Desor et Agassiz, Cat. Raiss.,

p. 25.
1850. Cidaris Miinsteriana. D'Orbigny, Prodrome, vol. 1,

p. 154.
1858. Eocidaris Munsterianus. Desor, Syn., p. 156.
1862. Eocidaris Munsterianus. Dujardin et Hupe, Echi-

noderines, p. 468.

1869. Lepidocentrus Munsterianus. De Koninck, Bull. Soc.
Roy. Bruxelles, ser. 2, vol. 28, pt. 2, p. 546.

1870. Lepidocentrus Munsterianus. De Koninck, Geol.
Mag., vol. 7, p. 260.

1874. Archaeocidaris Miinsteriana. Loven, Kongl. Svens.

Vetens. Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
1897. Archaeocidaris cf. Munsterianus. Leyh, Zeitsch.

Deut. Geol. Gesell., bd. 49, p. 541.
1900. Eocidaris Miinsteriana. Hesse, Neu. Jahrb. f . Miner.

Geol. u. Pal. beil. bd. 13, p. 213.
Primary spines cylindrical and ornamented with a great
many denticulated spinules.

Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Ireland
and Belgium.

c

7. Eocidaris verneuilianus King.

&

1844. Cidaris . De Verneuil, Bull. Soc. Geol. France,

ser. 2, vol. 1, p. 25.

1845. Cidaris . Murchison, Verneuil, Keyserling,

Geol. Russ. d'Europe, vol. 1, p. 221.

1848. Cidaris Verneuiliana. King, Catalogue, p. 6, 7.
1848. Cidaris Verneuiliana. Howse, Trans. Tyneside Na^.

Field Club, vol. 1, p. 261.
1850. Archaeocidaris Verneuiliana. King, Mon. Perm.

Foss., p. 53, pi. 6, figs. 22-24.
1858. Eocidaris Verneuiliana. Desor, Syn., p. 156, tab.

21, figs. 13, 14.
1862. Eocidaris Verneuiliana. Dujardin et Hupe, Echino-

dermes, p. 467.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 71

1874. Eocidaris Verneuiliana. Loven, Kongl. Sveus. Vet-
ens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.

Spines perforated and placed on elevated bases. Basal
ring crenulated radiately. Plates have a concave depression,
surrounded by an elliptical border of small tubercles in a
single series. Two kinds of spines known — one, muricated
and the other, striated longitudinally.

Geological formation and locality: Shell-Limestone,
Tunstall Hill and Humbleton Quarry.

UNDETERMINED OR INSUFFICIENTLY DETERMINED SPECIES.

1. Eocidaris drydenensis Vanauxem.

1842. Echinus drydenensis. Vanauxem, Rep. Third Geol.

Diet., p. 184.
1867. Eocidaris Drydenensis. Hall, 20th Rep. State Cab.

Nat. Hist. New York, p. 298.
1874. Eocidaris drydenensis. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
1889. Eocidaris drydenensis. Miller, N. Amer. Geol. Pal.,

p. 242.

1895. Archaeocidaris drydenensis. Keyes, Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 184.

1896. Archaeocidaris drydenensis. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 214.

Geological formation and locality : Devonian, Chemung
Sandstone, Dryden, New York.

2. Eocidaris scrobiculata Sandberger.

Cidaris scrobiculata. Sandberger, Verst. Rhein.

Schichtensy steins, p. 382, pi. 35, fig. 3.
1858. Eocidaris scrobiculata. Desor, Syn., p. 157, tab. 21,

fig. 17.
1862. Eocidaris scrobicidata. Dujardinet Hupe', Echinoder-

mes, p. 467.

72 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1874. Eocidaris scrobiculata. Loven, Kongl. Sveus. Vetens.
Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 43.
Geological formation and locality : Devonian, Villmar duchy
of Nassau.

3. Eocidaris sp. ind. Julien.

1874. Eocidaris sp. ind. Julien, Coinpt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris, t. 78, p. 76.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, l'Ar-
doisiere, France.

c. Lepidocidaris Meek and Worth en 1873.*

General form spherical. Interambulacra very broad with
eight or more columns of plates in each area. Plates imbri-
cate laterally and aborally. Each interambulacral plate has
one large central tubercle surrounded by a ring. Spines
cylindrical, thin, finely striated and swollen at the base.
Ambulacra small, slightly arched, imbricating, the whole
plates alternating with wedge-shaped half plates.

1. Lepidocidaris squamosus Meek and Worthen.

1869. Eocidaris ? squamosa. Meek and Worthen, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 79.

1873. Eocidaris ? squamosus. Meek and Worthen, Geol.
Surv. 111., vol. 5, p. 478, pi. 9, fig. 15.

1874. Lepidocidaris squamosus. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vet-
ens. Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 44.

1889. Lepidocidaris squamosus . N.Amer. Geol. Pal., p. 258.

1895. Lepidocidaris squamosus. Keyes, Proc. Iowa. Acad.
Sci., vol. 2, p. 193.

1896. Lepidocidaris squamosus. Jackson, Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 7, p. 220, pi. 7, fig. 41.

Interambulacral plates imbricate aborally and toward the
central column, except the adambulacral plates which imbri-

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1873, p. 79.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 73

cate outward. Large saucer shaped depression in the center
of each plate. Surface beveled to the margins of the plates.
Tubercles smooth, prominent, surrounded by small nodes.
Primary spines round, slender, closely striated longitudinally.

Ambulacra narrow, imbricating adorally. Plates very
unequal in size and form and irregularly arranged. Plates
pierced by two pores each.

Geological formation and locality : Lower Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

DOUBTFUL GENERA.

a. Discocystis Gregory 1897.*

b. Echinodiscus Worthen and Miller 1883. f

1. Echinodiscus kaskaskiensis Hall.

1858. Agelacrinus kaskaskiensis. Hall, Geol. Iowa, vol. 1,

pt. 2, p. 696, pi. 25, fig. 18.
1894. Echinodiscus kaskaskiensis. Keyes, Mo. Geol. Surv.
vol. 4, p. 133, pi. 18, fig. 3.
Geological formation and locality : Kaskaskia Limestone,
Kaskaskia, 111.; Ste. Mary's, Mo.

2. Echinodiscus optatus Worthen and Miller.

1883. Echinodiscus optatus. Worthen and Miller, Geol. Surv.
111., vol. 7, p. 336, pi. 31, fig. 9.
Geological formation and locality: Chester Limestone,
Monroe and Pope Cos., 111.

3. Echinodiscus sampsoni Miller.

1891. Echinodiscus sampsoni. Miller, Adv. Sheets, 17th
Rep. Geol. Surv. Ind., p. 76, pi. 12, fig. 6.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 53, p. 112.
t Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 7, p. 335.

74 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1892. Echinodiscus sampsoni. Miller, 17th Rep. Geol. Surv.

hid., p. 686, pi. 12, tig. 16.
1894. Echinodiscus sampsoni. Key es, Mo. Geol. Surv., vol.

4, p. 133.
Geological formation and locality: Keokuk Limestone,
Boonville, Mo.

c. Eotiaris Lambert 1900.*

d. Koninckocidaris Dollo and Buisseret 1888. t

e. Leptechinus Tornquist 18974

1. Leptechinus gracilis Tornquist.

1897. Leptechinus gracilis. Tornquist, Abhdl. Geol. Karte
Elsass-Lothr., bd. 5, heft 6, p. 785, taf . 20, fig. 5.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Huns-
riickenwald, Germany.

f. Myriastiches Sollas 1899. §

1. Myriastiches gigas Sollas.

1899. Myriastiches gigas. Sollas, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
Lond., vol. 55, pt. 4, p. 700, fig. 5.
Geological formation and locality: Lower Ludlow Lime-
stone, England.

g. Permocidaris Lambert 1900. ||
h. Proterocidaris De Koninck 1881. If

1. Proterocidaris giganteus De Koninck.

1881. Pi'oterocidaris giganteus. De Koninck, Compt. Rend,
de P Assoc. FranQ. pour l'Avance. des Sci. lOe Sess.,
p. 514, pi. 8.

* Bull. Soc. Yonne, t. 53, 1 er Sem., pt. 2, p. 40.
t Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, t. 106, no. 13.
X Abhdl. Geol. Karte Elsass-Lothr., bd. 5, heft 6, p. 785.
§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 55, pt. 4, p. 700.
|| Bull. Soc. Yonne, t. 53, ler sem., pt. 2, p. 39, 47.

t Assoc. Franc, pour l'Avance. des Sci. Compt. Rend, de la lOe Seas.,
Alger 1881, p. 514.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 75

Geological formation and locality : Carboniferous, Loyers,
Belgium.

i. Protocidaris Whidborne 1898.*
1. Protocidaris acuaria Whidborne.

1898. Protocidaris acuaria. Whidborne, Palaeont. Soc, vol.
52, p. 203, pi. 25, figs. 1-2 a.

1899. Protocidaris . Sollas, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

Lond., vol. 55, pt. 4, p. 709.

Geological formation and locality: Pilton Beds, East of
Barnstaple.

j. Protoechinus Austin 1860. f
1. Protoechinus anceps Austin.

1860. Protoechinus anceps. Austin, Geologist, vol. 3, p.

446.
1874. Protoechinus anceps. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 42.
Geological formation and locality: Carboniferous, Wex-
ford, England.

k. Spatangopsis Torell 1869 4

1 . Spatangopsis costata Torell .

1869. Spatangopsis costata. Torell, Acta Univ. Lund.,
Math, et Natura, 1869, art. 8, p. 11.
Geological formation and locality: Cambrian, Lugnas and
Timmerdala, Sweden.

1. Xenocidaris Schultze 1866. §

1. Xenocidaris clavigera Schultze.

1866. Xenocidaris clavigera. Schultze, Denkschr. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Math. Naturw. CI., no. 26, p. 126, tab.
13, figs. 3-3 h.

* Monog. Palaeont. Soc. London, vol. 52, p. 203.

t Geologist vol. 3, p. 446.

X Acta Univ. Lund., Math, et Natura, 1869, art. 8, p. 11.

\ Denkschrift Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. Naturwiss, CI., no. 26, p. 126.

76 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1874. Xenocidaris clavigera. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 44.
1900. Xenocidaris clavigera. Hesse, Neu. Jahrb. Miner.

Geol. u. Pal., beil. bd. 13, p. 212.
Geological formation and locality : Devonian, Muhlenberg
near Gerol stein.

2. Xenocidaris conifera Schliiter.

1881. Xenocidaris conifera. Schliiter, Verhdl. Nat. Ver.

Preuss. Eheinl. u. Westfal. Bonn, Sitzungsb., bd. 38, p.

212.
Geological formation and locality: Middle Devonian, Hilles-
heiiner-Mulde between Kerpen and Nollenbach.

3. Xenocidaris cylindrica Schultze.

1866. Xenocidaris cylindrica. Schultze, Denkschr. Akad.

Wis. Wien, Math. Naturw. CI., no. 26, p. 126, taf.

13, figs. 4-4 c.
1874. Xenocidaris cylindrica. Loven, Kongl. Svens. Vetens.

Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, p. 42.
Geological formation and locality: Devonian, Gerolstein.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

*1 Agassiz (A.). Report on the Echiuoidea dredged by
H.M. S. Challenger. 1881.

t2 . A Bibliography of the Echinodermata.

Bull. Mu>. Comp. Z>olv vol. 10, no. 2, 1882.

3 . Calamocrinus diomedae, a new stalked Crinoid,

with notes on the Apical System and the Homol-
ogies of the Echinoderms.

Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 17, no. 2, 1892.

* An asterisk prefixed to a title indicates that the author has not seen
thp article.

t A dagger prefixed to a title indicates that the article is in the library
of Dr. Hambach.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 77

*4 Agassiz (L.). Prodromes (Tunc Monographie des Radi-
aires ou Echinodcrmes.

Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchate!, vol. I, 1836.

*5 , et Dei-or (E.). Catalogue raissonne des families,

des genres, et des especes de la classe des Echino-
dermes.
Ann. des Sci. Nat. 6, 7, 8, 1846-47.

f6 , Desor (E.), et Valentine (Gr.). ^tonographies

d' Echinodcrmes vivans et fossiles.
Num. 1-4 et Anatoraie Num. 1-4, 1838-42.

*7 Austin (Thomas). Some observations on the Genus Pal-

aechinus.

Geologist, vol. 3, 1860.

|8 Baily (Win. II.). Notes on the Structure of Palaechi-
nus.

Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, n. s, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1865.

f9 . On some New Points in the Structure of Palae-

chinus.
Geol. Mag., vol. 2, 1865.

10 . On some New Points in the Structure of Palae-

chinus.
Dub. Quirt. Journ. Sci., vol. 5,1865.

11 . Some additional notes on the Structure of Palae-

chinus.
Dub. Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 5, 1865.

1 12 . Some additions to the Structure of Palaechinus.

Geol. Mag., vol. 2, 1865.

1 13 . Remarks on the Palaeozoic Echinidae (Palaechi-
nus and Archaeocidaris).
Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. 4, pt. 1, 1874.

1 14 . Figures of Characteristic British Fossils : with de-
scriptive remarks.
Palaeozoic, vol. 1, 1875.

78 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

15 Barrois (Charles). Sur le calcaire carbonifere du Nord
de l'Espagne.

Assoc. Franc, pour l'Av.ince. des Sci., Compte-rendu de
la lOe session Alger, 1881.

*16 . Recherches sur les Terrains Anciens des Asturies

et de la Galice. 1882.

f 17 Bather (F. A.). A record of, and Index to the Litera-
ture of Echinoderma. 1893-1902.

*18 . Echinodermata.

Encycl. Britan. Supplement 27, 1902.

. See (117).

fl9 Beechler (Chas.) . Corrected list of Fossils found at
Crawfordsville, Indiana.
Aon. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Ind. 1888.

20 Beede (J. W.). On the correlation of the Coal Measures
of Kansas and Nebraska.
Trans. Kas. Acad. Sci., vol. 16, 1897-98.

f21 . New Fossils from the Kansas Coal Measures.

Kas. Univ. Qiart., ser. A, vol. 8, no. 3, 1899.

22 . Carboniferous Invertebrates.

Kas. Uaiv. Geol. Surv., vol. 6, 1900.

f23 and Rogers (A. F.). Coal Measure faunal stud-
ies. I.
Kas. Univ. Quart., ser. A, vol. 9, 1900.

24 and . Coal Measure faunal studies. II.

Kas. Univ. Bull., vol. 1, 1902.

|25 Bennett (J. A.). A preliminary catalogue of the In-
vertebrate Palaeontology of the Carboniferous of
Kansas.

Kas. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. 1, 1896.

26 Bey rich (E.). Palaechinus rhenanus.

Zeitschr. Deut. Geol. Gesell. Berlin, bd. 9, 1856.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 79

27 Bierbauer (Bruno). A check list of the palaeozic fos-
sils of Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Dakota and

Nebraska.
Bull. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 3, no. 2, 1891.

f28 Bronn (H. G.). Lethaea Geognostica.

II Aufl>g>, bd. 1, 1833-38; III Auflage,bd. 1, 1851-56.

1 29 . Index Palaeontologicus.

Abth. 1 u. 2, 1848-49.

f30 . Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs

wissenschaftlich dargestellt in Wort und Bild.

Bd. 2, I860.

. See (123).

*31 Buch (L. von). Beitriige zur Bestimmung der Gebirgs-
forrnation in Russland.

Karstens und Dechens Archiv fiir Miner., etc., 1842.

Buisseret (A.). See (43).

32 Cams (J. Victor). Zoologischer Anzeiger.

Bd. 1-25, 1878-1902.

Casseday (S. A.). See (126).

33 Clarke (John M.) and Ruedemann (Rudolph). Cata-

logue of Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils in
the New York State Museum.

N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., No. 65, 1903.

f34 Dana (James D.). Manual of Geology.
Revised edition, 1867.

1 35 Darton (Nelson H.). Record of North American Geol-
ogy for 1886, 1887-1889 incl., 1890, 1891.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., Nos. 44, 75, 91, 99.

|36 . Catalogue and index of contributions to North

American geology 1732-1891.
Bull. U. S. Geol Surv., No. 127, 1896.

f37 Desor (E.). Synopsis des Echinides fossiles. Paris,
1858.

80 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

38 . Note sur la classification des Cidarides.

Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neucbatel, t. 4, 1858.

. See (5 and 6).

*39 Destinez (P.)- Nouveaux fossiles des calcaires de Pair
(Clavier).
Ann. Soc. Geol. Belgique, vol. 21, M£m., 1895.

40 . Recherches sur les fossiles du marbre noir, vise'enb,

de Petit-Modave.
Ann. Soc. Geol. Belgique, vol. 22, 1895.

41 . Sur les fossiles du calcaire a palechinides de Poul-

seur.
Ann. Soc. Geol. Belgique, T. 22, Bull. 1897.

*42 Doderlein (Ludwig). Die japanischen Seeigel.

Th. 1, 1887.

. See (194).

*43 Dollo (L-)> et Buisseret (A.). Sur quelques Palechi-
nides.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, T. 106, Num. 13, 1888.

f44 Dujardin (M. F.) et Hupe' (M. H.). Histoire naturelle
des Zoophytes. Echinoderines. Paris, 1862.

f45 Duncan (P. Martin). Structure of the ambulacra of
some Fossil Genera and Species of Regular
Echinoidea.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 41, pt. 3, 1885.

|46 . On some points in the anatomy of the species

Palaechinus (Scouler) M'Coy, and a proposed
classification.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 3, no. 15, 1889.

47 . A Eevision of the Genera and Great Groups of

the Echinoidea.
Journ. Linnean Soc. London, Zool., vol. 23, 1889.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 81

f48 Eastman (Chas. R.). Text-book on Palaeontology by

Karl A. Zittel.
Translated and edited, Vol. 1, pt. 1, London, 1896.

*49 Eichwald (E.). Die Thiere des alten rothen Sandsteins
und Bers-kalks im Novo^rad. 1840.

*50 . Lethaea Ro&sica. 1853-69.

51 EDgelmann (G.). Remarks on Melonites multipora.
Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 3, 1874.

*52 Ernest (A. ) . The Organic Remains of the Permo-Carbon-
iferous System, Chap. 22 of The Geology and
Palaeontology of Queensland and New Guinea, by
R. L. Jack and R. Etheridge, Jr. Brisbane, 1892.

f53 Etheridge (R. Jr.). Palaeozoic Echinoderms, with over
lapping plates.

Geol. Mag., vol. 10, 1873.

f54 . On the relationship existing between the Echino-

thuridae, Wyville Thomson, and the Perischo-
echinidae M'Coy.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, 1874.

-f 55 . A Monograph of the Carboniferous and Permo-

Carboniferous Invertebrata of New South Wales.
Part II — Echinodermata, Annelida, and Crus-
tacea.

Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. W., Pal. No. 5, 1892.

*56 Fischer (Georg von Waldheim). Oryctographie du Gou-
vernement de Moscou. 1837.

57 . Notice sur quelques Fossiles de la Russie.

Bull. Soc- Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. 21, pt. 1, 1848.

*58 Fleming (J.). History of British Animals. 1828.

*59 Forbes (E.). Palaechinus Phillipsiae.

Mem. Geol. Surv. Great Britain, dec. 2, pt. 1, 1848.

82 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

60 Forir (H.), et Lohest (M.). Decouverte du niveau a
palechinides dans la bande carbonifere de la
Mense.

Ann. Soc. Geol. Belgique, t. 22, 1894.

*61 Fritel (P. H.). Echinodermes fossiles. Les Oursins.
Naturaliste, vol. 24, 1902.

*62 Gaudry (A.). Essai de Paleontologie philosophique.
Paris, 1896.

*63 Geinitz (Hans B.). Die Versteinerungen des Zechstein-
gebirges und Rothliegenden oder Periniscken
Systemes in Sachsen. 1848.

*

64 Die animalische Ueberreste derDyas. 1861.

1 65 . Carbonformation und Dyas in Nebraska.

Verhdl. Kai3. Leop. Carol. Deut. Akad. Naturforscher, bd.
33, 1867.

QQ . Die Versteinerungen des Herzogthunis Sachsen-

Altenburg.

Mitth. Naturfor. Gesell. Osterlands. zu Altenburg, N. F.
bd. 5, 1892.

67 Geological Record.

1878-1884, incl.

1 68 Girty (George H.). The Carboniferous Formations and
Faunas of Colorado.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Professional Papers, No. 16, 1903.

Goodrich (E. S.). See (117).

69 Gregory (J. W.). The Relations of the American and
European Echinoid Faunas.
Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,vol. 3, 1892.

1 70 . On Echinocystis and Paleodiscus.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 55, pt. 1, 1897.

. See (117).

*71 Gunn (W.). The Geology of Belford, Holy Island, and
the Fame Islands, Northumberland.
Mem. Geol. Surv. U. K. (Expl. sheet 4, n. s.)f 1900.

Klein — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 83

Gurley (F. E.). See (145 and 146).

f72 Hall (James). Palaeontology.

Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1858.

1 73 . Description of new species of Crinoidea from in-
vestigations of the Iowa Geological Survey.
Preliminary notice 1861.

|74 . Note on the Genus Palaeaster and other fossil

Starfishes.
20th Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. Nat Hist., 1868.

f75 . Note on the Genus Palaeaster and other fossil

Starfishes.

20th Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., revised ed.,
1870.

f76 Hambach (G.). Description of new species of Palaeozoic
Echinodermata.
Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 4, no. 3, 1884.

1 77 . A Preliminary Catalogue of the Fossils Occurring

in Missouri.

Bull. Geol. Surv. Mo., No. 1, 1890.

f78 Harte (Win.). On a New Echinoderm from the Yellow
Sandstone of Donegal.
Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, ser. 2, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1864-65.

79 . On a New Echinoderm from the Yellow Sandstone

of Donegal.
Dub. Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 5, 1865.

Hawn (F.). See (196).
Hayden (F. V.). See (129).

80 Hesse (Erich). Die Mikrostructur der fossilen Echinoi-

den-stacheln und deren systematiche Bedeutung.-

Leipzig, 1900.

81 Hind (W.). On the characters of the Carboniferous

rocks of the Pennine system.
Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc, vol. 14, 1902.

34 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

f82 , and Howe (J. A.). The Geological succession and

Palaeontolog}T of the beds between the Mill-
stone Grit and Limestone-Massif at Pendle Hill
and their equivalents in certain other parts of

Britain.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 57, 1901.

1 83 Hoernes (Rudolf). Elemente der Palaeontologie. 1884.

Howe (J. A.). See (82).

*84 Howse. A Catalogue of the Fossils of the Permian Sys-
tem of the Counties of Northumberland and Dur-
ham.
Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. 1, 1848.

Hupe (M. H.). See (44).

85 Jackson (Robert T.). The Development of Oligoporus

(abstract of a paper read).
Science, n. s., vol. 2, Nov. 22, 1895.

f86 . Studies of Palaeechinoidea.

Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7, 1896.

|87 , and Jaggar (Thos. A.). Studies of Melonites

multiporus.
Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 7, 1896.

t88 Jaekel (Otto). Ueber die alteste Echiniden Gattung
Bothriocidaris.
Sitzb. Gesell. Naturforsch. Freuude, Berlin, 1894, no. 10.

Jaggar (Thos. A.). See (87).

*89 Japan. Imperial Geological Survey. Outlines of the
Geology of Japan. Tokyo, 1902.

90 Julien (A.). Sur une faune carbonifere marine descou-
verte aux environs de l'Ardoisiere dans la vallee du
Sichon (Forez).
Comptes-rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, 5 Janvier, 1874.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. Bo

91 . Note sur le terrain carbonifere duMorvan, suivie

de quelques observations relativement aux especes
fossiles qui y ont ete recueillies par L-G. de Ko-
ninck.
Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, s6r. 3, t. 9, num. 5, 1885.

92 . Resultats generaux d'une etude d' ensemble du car-
bonifere marin du Plateau Centrale.
Comptes-rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, 31 mars, 1890.

93 . Le Terrain Carbonifere Marin de la France Cen-

trale. Paris, 1896.

94 Kayser (E.). Studien aus dem Gebiete des rheinischea

Devon.
Zeitschr. Deut. Geol. Gesell. Berlin, bd. 33, 1871.

f95 Keeping (Wm.). Note on Paleozoic Echini.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 32, pt. 1, 1875.

f96 . On the Discovery of Melonites in Britain.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 32, pt. 4, 1876.

97 Keyes (C. R.). Fossil Faunas in Central Iowa.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1891.

f98 . Bibliography of Iowa Geology.

First Ann. Rep. Iowa Geol. Surv., 1892.

f99 . Palaeontology of Missouri.

Geol. Surv. Mo., vol. 4, 1894.

flOO . Synopsis of American Paleozoic Echinoids.

Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., vol. 2, 1894.

flOl • A Bibliography of North American Palaeontology

1888-1892.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Suiv., No. 121, 1894.

fl02 . Stratigraphic Catalogue.

Geol. Surv. Mo., vol. 5, 1894.

|103 . List of Carboniferous Fossils from Des Moines,

Iowa.
Rep. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. 7, 1897.

Keyserling (A. Conte). See (154).

86 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

*104 King (Wm.). A Catalogue of the Organic Remains of
the Permian Rocks of Northumberland and Dur-
ham. 1848.

f 105 . A Monograph of the Permian Fossils of England.

1850.

106 Kirkby (J. W.). On the Occurrence of the Carbonifer-
ous Limestone fossils at Viewforth, near Largo,

Fife.
Trans. Edinb. Geol. Soc, vol. 7, pt. 4, 1899.

fl07 Koken (Ernst). Die Leitfossilien. Leipzig. 1896.

*108 Kolesck (Karl). Ueber E. Keyserlingi Gein.
Jenaische. Zeitschr. f. Naturwiss., bd. 20, 1887.

*109 Kouinck (L. de). Descriptions des Animaux Fossiles
Carbonifere de la Beige. 1842.

*110 . Fossiles Paleozoic de l'lnde. 1863.

fill . Description of some Fossils from India discovered

by Dr. A. Fleming of Edinburgh.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 19, 1863.

112 . Sur quelques echinodermes remarquables des ter-
rains paleozoiques.

Bull. Acad. Roy. Bruxelles, ser. 2, vol. 28, 1869.

fll3 . On some New and Remarkable Echinodermes

from the British Palaeozoic Rocks.
Geol. Mag., vol. 7, 1870.

114 . Notice sur un Echinoide Gigantesque du Calcaire

Carbonifere de Belgique.

Assoc. Franc, pour l'Avanc. des Sciences, Compte rendu de
la lOe session, Alger, 1881.

115 Lambert (J.). Echinodermes. Revue Critique de Paleo-
zoologie publie sous la direction de Maurice Coss-
mann.
Paris, Ann£e 1, 1897.—

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 87

116 . Etude sur quelques Echinides del' Infra — Lias et

du Lias.

Bull. Soc. Yonne, vol. 53, ler semestre, pt. 2, 1900.

tH7 Lankester (E. Ray). A Treatise on Zoology, Part 3.
The Echinoderma by F. A. Bather assisted by
J. W. Gregory and E. S. Goodrich. London, 1900.

118 Eieyh (C. Fr.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Palaeozoicuni

der Unigegend von Hof a. Saale.
Zeitsch. Deut. Geol. Gesell. Berlin, bd. 49, 1897.

119 . Lohest (M.). Sur la presence d'un banc de cal-

caire a echinides a la partie supe'rieure du calcaire
a crinoides exploite pour pierres de taille.
Bull. Soc. Geol. Belgique, t. 19, 1892.

120 . Sur l'age du calcaire de Lens et de la dolomie de

Cambron.
Ann. Soc. Geol. Belgique, t. 21, 1894.

. See (60).

121 Loven (Sven.). Etudes sur les Echinoidees.

Kongl. Svens. Vetens. Akad. Handl., bd. 11, no. 7, 1872.

122 . Echinologica.

Bihang till Kongl. Svens. Vetens. Akad. Handl., bd. 18,
no. 4 1892.

*123 Ludwig (H.). Bronn's Klassen unci Ordnungen des

Thier-Reichs.
Auflage 2, bd. 2, abth. 3, Echinodermen.

fl24 Ludwig (Phil. H.). Morphologische Studien an Echi-
nodermen. Leipzig, 1877-1882.

Lydekker (R. A.). See (161).

1 125 Lyell (Chas.). A Manual of Elementary Geology. Re-
print of the sixth edition. New York, 1858.

126 Lyon (S. S.). and Casseday (S. A.). A Synonymic list

of the Echinodermata of the Palaeozoic Rocks

of North America.
Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 4, 1859.

88 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

fl27 Meek (F. A.). United States Geological Survey of Ne-
braska. 1872.

128 . Notes on some of the fossils figured in the re-
cently issued fifth volume of the Illinois State
Geological Report.
Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 7, no. 4, 1874.

129 , and Hayden (F. V.). Geological Explorations

in Kansas Territory.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1859.

130 , and Wortlien (A. H.). Descriptions of new

species of Crinoidea and Echinoidea from the
Carboniferous rocks of Illinois, and other West-
ern States.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1860.

f 131 , and . Descriptions of Invertebrates.

Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 2, 1866.

1 132 , and . Remarks on some types of Carbonif-
erous Crinoidea, with descriptions of new genera

and species of the same, and of one Echinoid.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1868.

fl33 , and . Palaeontology.

Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 3, 1868.

134 , and . Description of new Crinoidea and Echi-
noidea from the Carboniferous rocks of the West-
ern States, with a note on the Genus Ony chaster.
Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1869.

1 135 , and . Description of new species and genera

of Fossils from the Palaeozoic rocks of the
Western States.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1870.

fl36 , and . Palaeontology of Illinois.

Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 5, pt. 2, 1873.

f 137 M'Coy (F.). Synopsis of the Carboniferous Limestone
Fossils of Ireland. 1844.

Elem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 89

•f-138 . On some new Palaeozoic Echinodermata.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 3, 1849.

1 139 . Palaeozoic Echinodermata in Contributions to

British Paleontology. 1854.

1 140 Miller (S. A.). The American Palaeozoic Fossils. A
Catologue of the Genera and Species.
Cincinnati, 1877.

f 141 . Remarks upon the Kaskaskia Group.

Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, no. 1, 1879.

fl42 . North American Geology and Palaeontology.

1889.

|143 . Palaeontology Sub-Kingdom Echinodermata.

Adv. Sheets, 17th Rep. Geol. Surv. Indiana, 1891.

•J- 144 . Palaeontology Sub-Kingdom Echinodermata.

17th Rep. Geol. Surv. Indiana, 1892.

. See (228).

fl45 , and Gurley (F. E.) Description of some new

genera and species of Echinodermata from the
Coal Measures and Subcarboniferous Rocks of
Indiana, Missouri and Iowa.
16th Rep. Geol. Surv. Indiana, 1888.

f 146 , and . Description of some new species of

Invertebrates from the Palaeozoic rocks of
Illinois.
Bull. 111. State Mus. Nat. Hist., no. 3, 1891.

147 Mitchell (J-). On the occurrence of the genus Palae-
chinus in the Upper Silurian rocks of New South
Wales.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W\, vol. 22, 1897.

*148 Morris (John). Catalogue of British Fossils. London,
1843.

*149 Morton (G. H.). Carboniferous Limestone northeast
of Anglesey.
Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc, vol. 9, 1901.

90 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

*150 Muller (Job.). Ueber den Bau der Echinodermen.
Abhdl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1854.

fl51 . Ueber neue Echinodermen des Eifeler Kalkes.

Abhdl. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1856.

152 . Ueber einige Echinodermen der rheinischen Grau-

wache und des Eifeler Kalkes.
Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1858.

1 153 Minister (Georg Graf zu). Beitrage zur Petrefacten
Kunde.
Zweite Auflage, Heft 1, Bayreuth, 1843.

154 Murchison (R. I.), Verneuil (E. de) et Keyserling

(Conte A.). Geologie de la Russie d'Europe et
des montagnes de l'Oural.

Vols. 1, 2, 1845.

*155 Neilson (J.). On the Calderwood Limestone and Ce-
mentstone, with their associated Shales.
Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. 10, 1895.

1 156 Neumayr (M.). Morphologische Studien iiber fossile
Echinodermen.

Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Abth. 1, Math.-Naturw. CI.,
Bd. 84, 1881.

1 157 . Die Stiimme des Thier-reiches.

Bd. 1, Wien, 1889.

*158 . Ueber Palaechinus Typhlechinus und die Echi-

nothuriden.
Neu. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Palaeont., bd. 1, heft. 1, 1890.

1 159 Newberry (J. S.). Geological Report, pt. 3, chap. 11,
Palaeontology.
Ives. Rep. Colo. River of the West, 1861.

fl60 Nickolson (H. Alleyne). The Ancient life History of
the Earth. 1876.

. See (226, 227).

Rlem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 91

1 161 , and Lydekker (R. A.). Manual of Palaeon-
tology.
3rd edition, vol. 1, chap. 23, Echinozoa, 1889.

162 Norwood (J. G.), and Owen (D. D.). Description of a
remarkable fossil Echinoderm from the Lime-
stone Formation of St. Louis, Missouri.
Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 2, 1846.

*163 Ogilvie-Gordon (Maria M.). History of Geology and
Palaeontology to the end of the Nineteenth
Century.

Translation of Zittel's Geschichte der Geologie und Pal-
aeontologie bis Ende das 19 Jahrhunderts. London, 1901.

*164 D'Orbigny (A.). Cours elementaire de Paleontologie et
de Geologie Stratigraphiques. 1849.

1 165 Prodrome de Paleontologie.

Vol. 1, 1850.

Owen (D. D.). See (162).

*166 Peach (B. N.). Palaeontological notes.

Mem. Geol. Surv. Scotland, Explan. sheet 5, Kirkcud-
brightshire, 1896.

*167 . Appendix. Part 1 Palaeontological in Geology of

Central and Western Fife and Kinross by A.
Geikie.
Mem. Geol. Surv. Scotland, 1900.

1 168 Pbilipps (John). Illustrations of the Geology of York-
shire, vol. 2, the mountain limestone district. 1836.

*169 Pictet (F. J.). Traite de Paleontologie. 1857.

*170 Pomel (A.). Classification methodique et general des

Echinides vivants et fossiles.
Thfcse doctorale, Paris, 1883.

1 17 1 Portlock (J. E.). Report on the Geology of the county
of Londonderry and of parts of Tyrone and
Fermanagh. Dublin, 1843.

92 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

172Posser (C. S.). Comparison of the Carboniferous and
Permian Formations of Nebraska and Kansas.
Journ. Geol., vol. 5, 1897.

1 173 Quenstedt (F. A.). Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands.
Bd. 3, Abth. 1, EchinodermeD, 1875.

*174 Roebuck (W. D.). Bibliography: Papers and records

published with respect to the natural history and

physical features of the North of England. Echi-

nodermata 1884 to 1892.
Naturalist, 1894.

1 175 Roemer (F.). Ueber den Bau von Melonites.
Wiegmann's Archiv, Jahrg. 21, bd. 1, 1855.

*176 . Lethaea Paleozoica. 1876-1883.

Rogers (A. F.). See (23 and 24).
Ruedemann (Rudolph). See (33).

1 177 Safford (James M.). Geology of Tennessee. Nash-
ville, 1869.

St. John (O.). See (228).

178 Salter (J. W.). On some New Palaeozoic Starfishes.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 20, 1857.

*179 Sandberger (G.) u. (F.). Versteinerungen des Rhein-
ischen Schichtensystems.

180 Schluter (Clem.). Ein neuer Echinide (Xenocidaris
conifera) aus dem Mittel Devon der Eifel.

Verhdl. Naturw. Ver. Preuss. Rheinl. u. Westf. Sitzb.,bd.
38. Bonn, 1881.

|181 Schmidt (F.). Miscellanea Silurica II.

M£m. Acad. Imp. St. Petersbourg, ser. 7, vol. 21, no. 11, 1874.

1 182 Schultze (L.). Monographic der Echinodermen des
Eifeler Kalkes.

Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. Naturw. CI., no.
26, 1866.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoidea. 93

1 183 Shumard (B. F.). Catalogue of Palaeozoic Fossils of

North America.
Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 2, 1865.

fl84 , and Swallow (G. C). Descriptions of New Fos-
sils from the Coal Measures of Missouri and
Kansas.
Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, 1858.

*185 Smith (J.). The Carboniferous Echinodermata of the
Clyde Drainage Area. Fauna, Flora and Geology
of the Clyde Area. Glasgow, 1901.

186 Sollas (W. J.). On Homotoechus (Archaeocidaris Har-

teana Baily) a new genus of Palaeozoic Echinoids.
Sci. Proc. Roy. Dub. Soc, n. s. vol. 7, pt. 3, 1892.

1 187 . Fossils in the University Museum Oxford. I. On

Silurian Echinoidea and Ophiuroidea.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 55, 1899.

f 188 . Fossils in the University Museum Oxford. I. On

Silurian Echinoidea and Ophiuroidea.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 3, no. 17, 1899.

f 189 . Fossils in the University Museum Oxford. I|

On Silurian Echinoidea and Ophiuroidea.
Geol. Mag., n. 8. dec. 4, vol. 6, no. 6, 1899.

f" 190 . Fossils in the University Museum Oxford. I.

On Silurian Echinoidea and Ophiuroidea.

Proc. Geol. Soc. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 55,
no. 218, 1899.

191 Spandel (E.). Die Echinodermen des deutschen Zech-
steines.
Abhdl. Naturhist. Gesell. Niirnberg, bd. 11, 1897.

1 192 Stacke(G.). Die Fauna der BellerophonkalkeSiidtirols.
Verhdl. K. K. Geol. Reicusanstalt Wien, Jahrg. 1876.

1 193 . Beitrage zur Fauna der Bellerophonkalke Siid-

tirols, Theil 1.

Jahrb. K. K. Geol. Reichsanstalt Wieo, bd. 27, 1877.

94 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1 194 Steinmann (Gustav) unci Doderlein (Ludwig). Ele-
mente der Palaontologie. Leipzig, 1890.

*195 Stuckenberg (A.). Allgerneine geologische Karte von

Russland, Blatt 27.
Trudui Geol. Kom., vol. 16, no. 1, 1898.

fl96 Swallow (G.C.) and Hawn (F.). The Rocks of Kansas.
Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. 1, 1858.

. See (184).

*197 Thompson (J.)- On the stratified rocks of the shore-
line from Clachland Point to the Rock of Arran.
Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. 11, 1898.

*198 Thompson (Wyville). On a new Paleozoic group of
Echinoderniata.
Edin. New Phil. Journ., n. s., vol. 13, 1861.

199 Torell (Otto). Petrificata Suecana Formationis Cam-

bricae.
Acta Univ. Lund., Math. Natura, 1869, Art. 8.

f200 Tornquist (A.). Vorlaufige Mittheilung liber neue Fos-
sil-funde im Untercarbon des Ober-Elsass.

Mittheil. Geol. Landesanst. Elsass-Lothringen, bd. 4, heft.
2, 1893.

|201 . Beitrag zur Kenntniss von Archaeocidaris.

Neu. Jahrb. Miner. Geol. Pal., 18%, bd. 2, heft. 1.

202 . Das fossil-fiihrende Untercarbon am ostlichen

Rossberg-massiv in den Siidvogesen. Ill Be-
schreibung der Echiniden Fauna.

Abhdl. Geol. Karte Elsass-Lothringen, bd. 5, heft. 6. 1897.

*203 . Review of J. Lambert, Etude sur quelques Echi-

nides de 1' Infra-Lias et du Lias.
Neu. Jahrb. Miner. Geol. Pal., 1902, bd. 1.

204 Trautschold (H.). Die Laterne des Diogenes von Arch-
aeocidaris Rossicus.
Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. de Moscou, t. 41, 1868.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palae'echinoiclea. 95

1 205 . Die Kalkbriiche von Mjatschkowa.

Nouveaux M£m. Soc. Imp. Nat. de Moscou, t. 14, liv. 1,
1879.

206 Troost (G.). A list of the Fossil Crinoids of Tennessee.

Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Cambridge Meeting, 1850.

207 Udden (J. A.). Geology of Pottawattamie County.

Rep. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. 11, 1901.

* 208 Ure (David). History of Rutherglen and East Kilbride.

1793.

Valentine (G.). See (6).

f209 Vanauxem (Lardner). Geology of New York. Part #
Survey of the Third Geological District. 1842.

*210 Verneuil (E. de). Cidaris.

Bull. Soc. Geol. Franc, ser. 2, vol. 1, 1844.

. See (154).

+211. Vogt (Carl). Lehrbuch der Geologie und Petrefac-

tenkunde.
Zweite Auflage, bd. 1, u. 2, Braunschweig, 1854.

f212 Waagen (Wm,). Palaeontologica Indica.

Mem. Geol. Surv. India, ser. 13, Salt-Range Fossils. I.
Productus — Limestone Fossils. 1885.

f213 Walcott (Chas. D.). Palaeontology of the Eureka Dis-
trict.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Monog., No. 8, 1884.

+214 Weeks (Fred B.). Bibliography and index of North
American geology, palaeontology, petrology and

mineralogy for 1892 to 1901, inclusive.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., Nos. 130, 135, 146, 149, 156, 162,
172, 188, 189, 203.

f215 Weller (Stuart). A Bibliographic Index of North

American Carboniferous Invertebrates.
Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 153, 1898.

96 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

*216 Whidborne (G. F.). A Monograph of the Devonian

Fauna of the south of England, vol. 3, pt. 3.
Monog. Palaeont. Soc, vol. 52, 1899.

f217 White (C. A). Contributions to Invertebrate Palaeon-
tology, No. 6.
Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr. 1873, pt. 1.

f218 . Contributions to Invertebrate Palaeontology,

No. 8.
Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr. 1873, pt. 1.

f219 . Preliminary Report on Invertebrate Fossils, with

descriptions of new species.

Wheeler's Geog. Geol. Expl. W. 100 Merid.

f220 . Invertebrate Palaeontology of the Plateau Pro-
vince .
Powell's Rep. Geol. Uinta Mts., 1876.

f221 . Report upon the Invertebrate Fossils collected in

portions of Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico
and Arizona by parties of the Expeditions of
1871, 1872, 1873 and 1874.

Wheeler's Rep. U. S. Geog. Surv. W. 100 Merid., vol. 4,
pt. 1, 1877.

222 . Description of New Species of Invertebrate Fos-
sils from the Carboniferous and Upper Silurian
rocks of Illinois and Indiana.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1878.

223 . Description of new Species of Carboniferous In-
vertebrate Fossils.

Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 2, 1880.

f224 . Fossils of the Indiana Rocks, No. 2.

llth Rep. Geol. Surv. Iud., 1881.

f 225 . Carboniferous Invertebrate Fossils of New Mexico.

U. S. Geol. Surv. W. 100 Merid., vol. 3, supp. Appendix,

1881.

t226 , and Nickolson (H. Alleyne). Bibliography of

North American Invertebrate Palaeontology.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. Misc. Pub. No. 10, 1878.

Klem — Revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidea. 97

f227 , and . Supplement to the Bibliography of

North American Invertebrate Palaeontology.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr., vol. 5, no. 1, art. 9,
1879.

|228 Wor then (A. H.), St. John (Orestes) and Miller
(S. A.). Palaeontology.

Geol. Surv. 111., vol. 7, 1883.

. See (130 to 136 incl.).

f229 Wright (Jos.). Description of a new species of Palae-

chinus.
Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland, u. s. vol. 1, pt. 1, 1865.

230 . Description of a new Palaechinus (P. quadri-

serialis.)

Dub. Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 6, 1865.

*231 Young (John). On Archaeocidaris urei.

Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. 1, 1858-69.

f 232 . On a Carboniferous Genus of Echinoderm with

overlapping plates.
Geol. Mag., vol. 10, 1873.

233 . Notes on Archaeocidaris, a Carboniferous Echi-
noderm with overlapping plates.

Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. 2, pt. 2, 1876.

f234 Zittel (Karl A.). Handbuch der Palaeontology.
Bd. 1, abth. 1, 1876-80.

*235 . Grundziige der Paliiontologie. 1895.

f236 . Geschichte der Geologie und Palaontologie bis

Ende des 19 Jahrhunderts. Munchen, 1899.

. See (48 and 163).

98 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

EXPLANATION OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Plates I-VI.

Plate I. — 1, Interambulacra of Melonites multiporus. — 2, Interambu-
lacra of Melonites crassus (type specimen). — 3, Interambulacra of an
Oligoporus from the Warsaw Limestone at Boouville, Mo.

Plate II. — 4, Interambulacra of Melonites multipoms. — 5, Interambu-
lacra of a small Oligoporus from Boonville, Mo.

Plate III. — 6, Interambulacra of Melonites multiporus, showing the
genital plates. — 7, Interambulacra of Melonites multiporus.

Plate IV. — 8 a-e, Interambulacra of Melonites multiporus. — 8 f, Teeth
of Melonites multiporus figured in 8 a-e. — 9 d, Apical system of Melonites
multiporus figured on PI. V., figs. 9 a, b.

Plate V. — 9, Melonites multiporus. Interambulacra of a large specimen
showing the successive enlargement of the individual pieces. — 10, Inter-
ambulacra of Melonites multipoms, showing the same feature. — 11, Apical
system of Melonites multiporus (?) (Magnified two diameters). — 12 d,
Apical system of Melonites multipoms figured on PI. VI., figs. 12 a-c.

Plate VI. — 10 c, Interambulacrum of Melonites multiporus showing the
mode of lateral expansion by the deposition of rings of calcareous sub-
stance. — 12, Interambulacra of Melonites multiporus. — 13, Interambulacra
of Melonites multiporus.

Issued May 5, 1904.

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. XIV.

Plate I.

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. XIV.

Plate II.

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. XIV.

Plate III.

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. XIV,

Plate IV.

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. XIV.

Plate V,

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. XIV.

Plate VI.

PUBLICATIONS.

The following publications of the Academy are offered for sale at tlie
net prices indicated. Applications should he addressed to The Librarian.
The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3817 Olive St., St. Louis, Mo.

transactions (in octavo).

Vol.

Number.

Price per
number.

Price per vol.

Price in set.

1*

at

3,4

$7.50
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

1

$4,00
2.00 each.

$7.00
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

2

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

5.00

3

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

4

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

5

2-2, 3-4 |

4.00 each,
(double numbers)

7.50

7.00

m

1; 2, 6, 8,

10, 11, 16, 17

4, 5, 7, 13,

14, 15, 18

3, 9

12

I 25 cts. each.

J- 50 cts. each.

75 cts. each.
$1.00

7.50

7.00

IX

2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,
13,-15, 1G,

18, 19

6, 9 to 12,

14,20

17

1

I 25 cts. each.

v 50 cts. each.

75 cts.
#1.00

7.50

7.C0

st

1, 3 to 6

8, 10, 12
2, 7, 9, 11

> 25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

»t

1, 3, 4, 7, 9

2,6,8

6

25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.
$1.25

3.75

3.50

10J

9

2, 4, 5, 10

1

3, 6: 7,8,11

10 els.
25 cts. each.

40 cts.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

lit

2, 3

5-8, 10, 11

1

4

9

15 cts. each.
25 cts. each.

45 cts.

75 cts.
1.00

3.75

3.50

12t

V>£10

5

8,8

2, 4, 6, 7

25 cts. each.

35 cts;
45 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

1

1

3.50

13t

2, 3, 5-9
4
1

25 cts. each.

75 cts.

1.50

3.75 3.50

i

i

memoirs (in quarto).

Contributions to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Archaeological Section.
Parti. Pottery. 1880. #2.00.

The total eclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of the observations
made by the Washington University Eclipse Party, at Norman, Califor-
nia. 1891. $2.00.

* Supply exhausted.

t Can be sold only to purchasers of the entire volume, — so far as this can be
SBppliefii

t Each number is a brochure containing one complete paper (or rarely two).

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.

VOL. XIV. No 2.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF THE DELLS OF

WISCONSIN.

FRANK COLLINS BAKER.

Issued Mat/ 11, 1904.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF THE DELLS OF

WISCONSIN.*

Frank Collins Baker.

Contents.

I. Introduction.
II. Topography of the region.

III. Comparison of the material.

IV. Systematic catalog of species.

I. Introduction.

The 1903 Field Day of the Chicago Academy of Sciences
is one that will long be remembered by those who took
advantage of this opportunity to visit one of nature's choicest
retreats, at Kilbourn, in the Dells of the Wisconsin Kiver.
It was the good fortune of the writer to spend a week in
this delightful region, from July 6 to 13, which made possible
a very complete natural history survey of the Dells. Ac-
knowledgments are due to Mr. Nat Wetzel and Mr. Frank
R. Wheeler, the president and the treasurer of the Wisconsin
Dells Co., to the Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railroad
for many courtesies, and to Messrs. F. M. Woodruff and
T. J. Staley, Jr., for assistance in collecting.

II. Topography of the region.

The region of the Dells of the Wisconsin is situated in
Juneau, Adams, Sauk and Columbia counties, Wisconsin, 194
miles from Chicago. The overlying rock in this part of the
State is Potsdam sandstone of varying hardness. The Wis-

* Presented by title to The Academy of Science of St. Louis, January 18,

1904.

(99)

100 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

consin River has cut for itself a devious channel in this rock,
from 100 to 150 feet in depth and from 52 feet to half a
mile in width. The area studied embraces a tract bordering
the river for about four miles in the Lower Dells and about
three and a half miles in the Upper Dells.

The locality is a notably picturesque one, characterized by
canons, glens and ravines which have been cut by small
streams flowing into the Wisconsin River. These lateral
canons and glens are from 100 to 140 feet in depth and vary
from a few rods to over a mile in length. The sides of the
canons are very precipitous and frequently almost meet in
some places, forming passages such as " Fat Man's Misery ':
in Cold Water Cafion. The walls are overgrown with moss,
ferns and lichens and present an enticing spot for the
botanist.

The reported character of the country, a Potsdam sandstone
covered with coniferous trees, had led me to expect a very
poor fauna, especially insects and mollusks. I was consider-
ably surprised, therefore, upon studying the region, to find
both a varied and abundant fauna, not only of the inverte-
brates, but of the vertebrates as well. This diversity of life
is probably due to the abundance of deciduous trees, the
fallen logs and branches of which become soft and afford
ample protection for many small animals. In the glens and
canons the greatest variety is found, although the wooded
plateaus between the canons and glens also support a rich
fauna, especially of insects and spiders. The whole region is
a curious mixture of coniferous and deciduous trees. Id some
places the two kinds are mixed together, while in others each
kind occupies a separate and restricted area. Fungi,
lichens and mosses are everywhere abundant and the ground
is moist about the decaying tree trunks, affording excellent
retreats for the smaller land snails.

We have been led to declare, as a rule, that snails will not
flourish in a sandstone region, and particularly in a locality
where pine trees are abundant, but the Dells region is an
exception to this rule, for snails were found here under logs
which lay on beds of pine needles, in the midst of pine
woods.

Baker — The Molluscan Fauna of the Dells of Wisconsin. 101

III. Comparison of the material.

A comparative study of the fauna of the different canons
and glens is of some interest. Several species, as Pyramidula
alternata, were abundant everywhere, while others, as Euco-
nulus fulvus and Cochlicopa lubrica, were found only in one
canon or glen. It will be seen by comparing the annexed
table that the restricted species are Bifidaria corticaria, Philo-
mycuscarolinensis, Euconulus fulvus and Cochlicopa lubrica.
Strobilops afEnis was the most abundant small mollusk, and
was found under almost every stick or log. The large snail,
Polygyra multilineata, seemed to be very rare, scarcely a dozen
specimens being found during the eight days of collecting.

102

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

55

O

>— i

H
D

M
i— i
C3

CO

O

-
P5

<

>

<

S
o
o

02

hi

H

0

M
H

O

P. monodon fraterna
Pyramidula alternata

Zonitoides arboreus
Zonitoides nitidus
Strobilops afflnis

6

55
H

3

CO

0

►j
o
o

03
"3

.2
°E

X

"3

g
5

S-
>> .

• X

• "a

:a

• 03

'. X

■ &

* .2

'■ 3
. o
. ti

• DO

X
■ 3

43

03

• aj x

.2 a

— o

Ss

X o3
O e3

o a>

— fc-

t-i

■»>

"s

■ 03
3.
O
p

a

o
C

B
o

§

02

H

m
o

M

Pyramidula alternata
Pyramidula striatclla
Zonitoides arboreus

Strobilops afflnis
Strobilops virgo

55

H
►J
O

H

X

H

<

Polygyra multilineata
P. monodon fratcrna
Pyramidula alternata

Zonitoides arboreus

Strobilops afflnis

as ;

'u ■

03 •

o ;

— •

— .
o .

w ■

.s ■
oj :

Philomycus carolinensis
Agriolimax campestris

Cold Water Canon.

c3
-

3
E

a

>
"3

7t

c

i-

s

c

c

. p
. c

a
S3

£

oa

=
—

—

>

a •

X

0
-

—

X

V

T

'5

'=
o

Zonitoides nitidus
Strobilops afflnis
Strobilops virco

) :

>

V-

X

B
3

C
U

3

=
=3
3

X

3

X

5
c

"5

T.

' =

z
E
=

S3

—

■n
o

—
>

-/.

■i.

R
C

3

3
—

u
x

P

3

X

X

3
3

ge

3

"5

;t

<

< i

Baker — The Molluscan Fauna of the Dells of Wisconsin. 103

Systematic Catalog of Species.

Class PELECYPODA.

Family Unionidae.

The following species were seen from the Lower Dells.
The height of the river prevented the collection of the fresh-
water clams, which were said to be common at low water.

Lampsilis alata Say.

Lampsilis gracilis Barnes.

Lampsilis ligamentina Lamarck.

Class GASTROPODA.

Order PULMONATA.

Suborder Basommatophora.

Family Physidae.
Physa gyrina Say.

Several specimens of this species were found in Cold Water
Canon, and in a small pond near the road which enters
Witches Gulch a large number were found. The shells are
very black.

LlMNAEA DESIDIOSA Say.

Abundant in small pond near Witches Gulch.

Limnaea humilis Say.

One specimen was found near Cold Spring.

Suborder Stylommatophora.

Family Cochlicopidae.

Cochlicopa lubrica Miiller.

A single specimen of this species was found by Mr. Wood-
ruff near Cold Spring.

104 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Family Pupidae.

Bifid aria corticaria Say.

This species was very abundant in old logs on the sides of
Artists' Glen. All of the specimens collected had a single
tooth on the parietal wall. They were most abundant under
"started' bark, a single piece of bark often concealing a
dozen specimens.

Strobilops affinis Pilsbry.

This was the most abundant small snail and was found
everywhere.

Strobilops virgo Pilsbry.

Apparently quite rare and seemingly restricted to Cold
Water Canon and Witches Gulch. While trying to identify
these small shells the writer hit upon the plan of moistening
the base of the shell and holding it near the light, so that the
number and position of the small lamellae within the last
whorl could be distinctly seen. This has proven quite suc-
cessful and does away with breaking the shell to see the
lamellae.

Family Endodontidae.

Helicodiscus lineatus Say.

Found only in Cold Water Canon and at Cold Spring, and
not common at either place. The few specimens collected
were very large.

Pyramidula alternata Say.

Abundant everywhere. The jelly-like eggs of this species
were very common. In many places the young snails, about
3 mm. in diameter, had hatched and were actively crawling
about.

Pyramidula striatella Anthony.

Abundant in Cold Water Canon, Witches Gulch, the Lower
Dells and at Cold Spring.

Baker — The Molluscan Fauna of the Dells of Wisconsin. 105

♦

Philomycus carolinensis Bosc.

This slug was very abundant in the woods in and bordering
Artist's Glen and in the woods bordering Cold Water (/anon.
In the latter place it was found feeding on the fungus Pluteus
cervinus, in the early morning. Every log which was damp
beneath supported one or more of these curious animals. I
have stated elsewhere that Philomycus is solitary in habit,
and while this may be true in some localities it is not so for
the Dells region, for as many as four or five specimens were
found under a single log, many times bunched together.

Agriolimax campestris Binney.

Found abundantly, associated with the last species.

Family Zonitidae.

Zonitoides arboreus Sav.

Very common in Cold Water Canon, Witches Gulch,
Lower Dells and Artist's Glen, associated with Strobilops
affinis and Vitrea hammonis.

Zonitoides nitidus Muller.

Cold Water Canon and Lower Dells; not common.

Euconulus fulvus Draparnaud.
Cold Water Canon, rather common.

Vitrea hammonis Strom, (radiatula Alder).

Cold Water Canon and Cold Spring, not common.

Family Helicidae.

POLYGYRA MULTILINEATA Say .

Artist's Glen and Cold Water Canon, not common. It is
probable that the lack of limestone in this region discourages
the larger helices from inhabiting this area in any number.

Polygyra monodon Rackett. Var. fraterna Say.

Artist's Glen, Cold Water Canon, and Lower Dells.
This is one of the most abundant helices in this region.

Issued May 11, 1904.

PUBLICATIONS.

The following publications of the Academy are offered for sale' at the
net prices indicated. Applications should be addressed to The Librarian
The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3817 Olive St., St. Louis, Mo.

transactions (inoctavo).

Vol.

Number.

Price per
number.

Price per toI.

Price in setc

1*

2f

3,4

$7.50
(Ncs. '2-4 only.)

1

$4.00
2.00 each.

$7.00
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

2

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

5.00

3

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

4

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

5

1-2, 8-4 i

4.00 each,
(double numbers)

7.50

7.00

6J

I; 2, 6, 8,

10, 11. 16, 17

4, 5, '7,1 3,

14, 15, 18

3, 9

12

>■ 25 cts. each.

V 50 cts. each.

75 cts. each.
• 81.00

7.50

7.00

n

2, 3 4, 6, 7, 8.
13, 15, 10,

IS, 19

5, 9 to 12,

U-, 20

17

1

>

I 25 cts. each.

> 50 cts. each.

75 cts.
#1.00

7.50

7 00

8t

1, 3 to 6

8. 10, 12

2, 7, 9, 11

> 25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

n

I, 3, 4, 7, 9

2, 5, 8

6

25 cts. each.
50 ctBi each.
§51.25

3.75 .

3.50

10t

9

2, 4, 5, 10

1

3, 6; 7,8,11

10 cts.
25 cts. each.

40 cts.
."0 cis. each.

3.75

3.50

nt

2, 8

5-8, 10, 11

1

4

9

15. cts. each.
25 cte. each.

45 cts.

75 cts.
1.00

3.75

3.50

1
i

1, 9,10
5

3,8
2, 4, 6, 7

25 cts. each. [

35 cts. o -_

i ~ . v o.75
4o cts. each. !

50 cts. each.

3.50

13*

2, 3, 5-9
4
1

25 cts. each.

75 cts.

1.50

3.75 3.50

memoirs (in quarto).

Contributions to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Archaeological Section.
Parti. Pottery. 1880. $2.00.

The total eclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of the observations
made by the Washington University Eclipse Party, at Norman, Califor-
nia. 1891. $2,00.

* Supply exhausted.

t Can be sold only to purchasers of the entire volume,— so far as this can be
supplied.

J Kadi number is a brochure containing one complete paper (or rarely two).

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis,

VOL. XIV. No. 3.

NOTES ON PLANOEBIS TRUNCATUS MILES.

FRANK COLLINS BAKER.

foiled May 11, 1904.

NOTES ON PLANORBIS TRUNCATUS MILES.*

Frank Collins Baker.

On page 291 of the " Mollusca of the Chicago Area" the
writer stated his opinion that Planorbis truncatus and Plan-
orbis trivolvis were closely related, the latter being thought
to be the ancestor of the former. A detailed study of the
two species has brought to light some interesting facts which
seem of enough importance for publication.

The principal characteristics of truncatus are its very flat
spire, angulated whorls and strong spiral sculpture, the latter
being confined to the base and periphery, but not appearing on
the upper surface of the whorls. These lines are strongest
on the periphery and become fainter as they approach the
wide umbilicus. The flat spire is bordered by a strongly
raised keel, and the lines of growth are strong;, elevated and
more or less curved. The color of most specimens examined
is light horn, similar to some of the Polygyras.

While examining several thousand Planorbis trivolvis under
the microscope, it was discovered that all of the young shells,
up to and including the second whorl, were marked with spiral
lines in precisely the same manner as truncatus, so that the
presence of these lines is not a sufficient character by which to
separate the young of the two species, as both have flat
spires and spiral lines. There are several characteristics,
however, which will separate even the young of these two
species. The first is the conspicuous size of the whorls,
those of truncatus being about twice as large as those of trivolvis
up to the third whorl, when the latter increases in a much
larger ratio. Truncatus has 4 whorls when full grown, while
trivolvis has 4£ to 5 (although in all the books it is de-
scribed as with 4 whorls).

* Presented by title to The Academy of Science of St. Louis, January 18,
1904.

(107)

108 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Another distinguishing characteristic is the manner in
which the whorls of the young shells form in contact. In
truncatus the spire is perfectly flat for all of the whorls and
the sutures form strong, elevated ridges from the elevation
of the carina of the whorl above the dorsal plane. The nu-
cleus, also, is simply a slightly elevated oval disk, perfectly in
accord with the general truncated aspect of the whole spire.

In trivolvis the whorls impinge in such a manner as to form
a depressed suture, and each whorl, beginning with the second,
is raised a trifle above the last. The nucleus is much smaller
than that of truncatus and is depressed a little below
the first whorl. The whorls of truncatus are all rather tightly
coiled, while those of trivolvis are tightly coiled in the young
shell (2-4 whorls) but become loosely coiled in the adult.

It is the opinion of the writer that truncatus is the ances-
tral form of trivolvis, and not vice versa, as was stated in the
" Molluscaof the Chicago Area," the close relationship being
shown in the spiral lines and truncated spire of the young of
both species. I have not seen the occurrence of fossil speci-
mens of truncatus recorded, but it should certainly be found
in the Pleistocene deposits of Michigan.

The geographical distribution of truncatus is somewhat
limited judging by the records, which give the following local-
ities: Saginaw Bay, Michigan (Miles); Elk River, Antrim
Co., Michigan (Walker); Millers, Indiana (Higley) ; North
Branch Chicago River and George Lake (Jensen); Chicago
Drainage Canal, Summit, Illinois (Baker); Port Austin,
Mich. (C. A. Davis); Bayport, Mich. (Mrs. A. C. Lane).

The species seems to be extremely rare and but a half dozen
specimens have rewarded the efforts of the Chicago Conchol-
ogists during the past twenty years. It is one of the hand-
somest of the Planorbes and it is to be hoped that further
search will add new localities and bring a number of specimens
to light.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1860. Miles, Manley. Catalogue of the Mollusks of Michi-
gan. Winchell's Rep. Geol. Surv. Mich., 1861,
p. 238.

Baker — Notes on Planorbis Truncatus Miles. 109

1865. Binney, W. G., and Bland, Thomas. Land and
Fresh Water Shells of North America, Part II,
Pulrnonata Limnophila and Thalassophila, p. 121,
fig. 202, Smith Miscel. Coll., No. 143.

1868. Currier, A. 0. List of the Shell-bearing Mollusca of
Michigan. Kent Sci. Inst. Miscel. Pub. No. 1.

1870. Tyron, George W. Continuation of Haldeman's
Monograph of the Fresh-water Univalve Mollusca
of the United States, p. 204, pi. 6, figs. 17, 18, 19.

1879. Walker, Bryant. Catalogue of the Shell-bearing
Mollusca of Michigan. Journ. of Conch., II, p.
325.

1881. Be Camp, W. H. List of the Shell-bearing Mollusca
of Michigan. Kent Sci. Inst. Miscel. Pub. No. 5.

o

1888. Walker, Bryant. On the re-discovery of Planorbis
multivolvis Case and P. truncatus Miles. Journ. of
Conch., V, p. 330.

1893. Walker, Bryant. The Shell-bearing Mollusca of

Michigan. The Nautilus, VII, p. 136.

1894. Walker, Bryant. Review of Our Present Knowledge

of the Molluscan Fauna of Michigan, pp. 4, 8, 18.

1896. Baker, Frank C. On the correct position of the

aperture in Planorbis. Journ. Cin. Soc. N. H., v.
XIX, p. 46.

1897. Baker, Frank C. Notes on Radulae. Journ. Cin.

Soc. Nat. Hist., v. XIX, p. 85.

1898. Baker, Frank C. A Day on the Chicago Drainage

Canal. The Nautilus, XII, p. 64.

1898. Baker, Frank C. Mollusca of the Chicago Area.
Part I, p. 22.

110 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

1902. Baker, Frank C. Mollusca of the Chicago Area.

Part II, p. 290, pi. XXX, fig. 28.

1903. Walker, Bryant and Lane, A. C. Kecent Shells of

the Marl. Geological Survey of Michigan, vol. VII,
pt. ii, p. 251.

Issued May 11,1904.

PUBLICATIONS.

The following publications of the Academy are offered for sale at the
net indicated; Applications should be addressed to The Librarian

The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3817 Olive St., St. Louis, Mo.

transactions (in octavo).

Vol.

dumber.

Price per
number;

! Price per vol.

1

i

t Price m set.

1*
3,4

S7.50
(Sos. 2-4 only.)

I

$4.00
2.00 each.

$7.00
] (Soft. 2-4 only.)

2

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

5.00

8

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

4

1 to t

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

5

Us, S-i \

4.00 each.
(douMe numbers}

7.50

7.00

6*

1,-2,6,8,
10, lb !>';. 17
i. 5, 7; 13,
14,

j- 25 cts] each.
> 50 cts. each.

00

■ eh.
J

ts. each.
7o cts.

7.50

7.00

71

"

xO: 10..

18, 19

a, 9 to 12.

id, 20

17

1

-
7.50

7.C0

8$

f

1, 3 tQfl

8. 10, 12
2, 7, 9, 11

1, 3, 4, ',, 9

2, 5. b
i

i- 25 cts. each.
50 ets. each.

3.75

3.50

«t

1

. h.
c 8. each.

3.75

3.50

IS J

■9
2, 4, 5. 10
1-

3, C, 7, 8,11

10 cts.

cts. ea;

.:!. i 5

3.50

III

2, 3 Cts, c-a€

5-8, 10. 11 25 ctP,

1 45 t

75 c

3.75

3k 50

1.00

LOJ

4 5 cts. each.

l;t cts.
75 c

3.50

memoirs (in quarto).

Contributions tp the archaeology of LZissourl, by the Archaeological Ssction.
Parti. Pottery. 1880. $2.00.

tal eclipse of the sun, January 1. 1889. A report of the observations
made by the Washington Universitv Eclipse Par "onnan, Califor-

nia. 1891.

to parch;.; . the entire volume —

•.lining one com j '.

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.

VOL.. XIV. No. 4.

PRIMITIVE CONDITIONS IN THE SOLAR NEBULA.

FRANCIS E. NIPHER.

Issued May IS, 1904.

PRIMITIVE CONDITIONS IN THE SOLAR NEBULA.*

Francis E. Nipher.

In a recent number of these Transactions,! the author hft&'-'
deduced the general equations for the contraction of a gasD^
ous nebula. The nebula was considered as a heat engine.
The piston face is any spherical surface, concentric with the
gravitating center. The load on the piston is the weight of
layers of the gas superposed upon the piston face. As con-
traction proceeds, this load increases in a perfectly definite
way, due to the increasing weight of superposed layers, as
their distance from the center decreases. It was shown that
in the equation JPvn=A , the values A and n were both con-
stant. The value n was found to be

ZCp + W 6/c— 4
n~ 2CP + 3C _ 5^3 ~~ 1'101'

where Cp is the specific heat at constant pressure ; C is the

(Pv\ .
constant for the gas, I Tp\ in heat units, and k is the ratio

of the specific heats = 1.41. In other words the value of n
is constant for all gases.

The equations of that paper enable one to draw some very
interesting conclusions concerning the nature of the primitive
solar nebula.

If the nebulous gas be assumed to extend to an infinite
distance, and it be assumed that the condensation has reached
such a stage that the mass of the present solar system is in-
ternal to Neptune's orbit, we may compute by means of equa-
tions (19) and (20) the pressure and density at that radial

* Presented by title to The Academy of Science of St. Louis, March 21,
1904.
t Trans. Acad, of Sc. of St. Louis, Vol. XIII; No. 5.

(Ill)

112

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

distance from the center. The pressure in atmospheres is
found to be 1.74 X 10-7, and the density in grammes per cc. is
found to be 1.40 X 10~12. These values remind one of the
conditions in a highly exhausted Crookes tube. It is at once
evident that we can hardly conceive planetary masses being
separated from a nebula having such a high degree of atten-
uation.

Of course the assumption made implies that the mass ex-
ternal to Neptune's orbit is infinite. The pressure at Saturn's
distance from the center would be 2.85 X 10-6 atmosphere,
and nevertheless more than half of the entire mass of the
solar system would lie in the spherical shell between the
orbits of Saturn and Neptune.

In order to examine the case of a nebula having a finite
mass we may introduce into eq. (10) of the former paper a
constant of integration. This constant is so chosen that the
pressure becomes zero at any radius R0. Eq. (10) then becomes

P = A2~nB

n n

\RV \1Q)

(51)

where B

4c7i — dn2 \2-?i

/ 4?i — 6ne \
= \(2 — ny2irk)

In this equation, h is the gravitation constant = i »l9 v irt7*
Since P = A$n, the density at any distance R will then be

— L 1
8 = A2-nBn —

2
Bi-n

-d)

'in ~
B\2=

(52)

Since -r = Pv = O T it will be observed that pressure,

density and temperature all approach zero, as R approaches
R0. This of course means that the law of a perfect gas does
not hold for the outer layers of the nebula. It also seems
to indicate that there is no very serious danger of the heated

Nipher — Primitive Conditions in the Solar Nebula. 113

gases from the interior escaping from such a nebula, since
molecular motion must cease at the outer limit.
The mass internal to any radius R is

M

1

R28dR

Making; R = xRn where the extreme limits in x are 0
and 1, and substituting & from the previous equation the
value of M is

1 J_ 4— 3n

M = 4TrAi-nBnR(?-n

x i-n

In \

dx.

(53)

The value of / (x) in this equation was platted for values
of x between 0.001 (where /(a) = 4.720) and unity. The
integrals determined by means of the planimeter are given in
the following table.

Mr. James of the mathematical department of Washington
University afterwards pointed out that the I Cx ,. . ,

above integral between the limits 0 and 1 K0

O — ■

could be evaluated in terms of the Gamma 0*1

0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6

J 2 — n I "t^L-i 1±^_i 0.7

f{x)dx = -^- I t » (1—t) « dt 0.8

^° i!o

function.

Putting

1—n

x = t~1in~ we have

■2—n

0.2167
0.3685
0.5008
0.6188
0.7223
0.8122
0.8870
0.9450
0.9835
0.9976

Since n = 1.101, the function is transcendental and its
value is finite. Its value is *

* DeHaan. Table 1, No. 8.

114 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

*J o

?i

/4 — 3n\ r /l + n\

V 2n / \ n J (54)

2n r / 6 -ns

\ 2n J

The numerical value between 0 and 1 is by computation
from (54) found to be 0.9975.

The close agreement between this value, and that given in
the table of integrals obtained by graphical means, makes it
seem desirable to say that the graphical values were first de
termined, and on a large diagram which was very carefully
constructed and measured. The value of n as computed

Pv

from the independently determined constants Cp and -pp for

oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen and air, only differs in the
fourth significant figure as is shown in the former paper. It
therefore seems justifiable to assume that this integral rep-
resents a physical constant which may be relied upon with
considerable confidence in the fourth decimal place.

The mass of the entire nebula may therefore be represented
by the equation

1 _L 4-3w

^-""•"^(^^fepr- (55)

The mass internal to any radius R is

^=o§r5l^)fe

Sf

The mass MQ of our solar system may be taken as
1.99 X 1033 grammes. The mass of the planet Neptune is
1.029 X 1029 grammes. Let us assume that the solar nebula

Nipher — Primitive Conditions in the Solar Nebula. 1 15

has reached such a stage in its condensation, that the mass of
Neptune is external to Neptune's present orbit. What will
be the condition of the gas at that radius, and what will be
the radius RQ of the entire mass M0? At the distance of
Neptune's orbit

J I 1 029 \

/(x)f?x=(l-199xl()4)0.9975 ^0.997449.

By interpolation from the table of integrals above given,
this value corresponds to the value of x = 0.999634. Hence
the radius of the nebula is

R 4.49758 X1014

T=- o.flflflfiJU - = 4.49923 X 10H

Bo~ x ~ ' 0.999634

The nebula therefore extends beyond Neptune's orbit a
distance of 1.65 X 1011 cm. or about a million miles.

This computation cannot of course pretend to any real pre-
cision as applied to our special case, since the mass of Nep-
tune is so small compared with the mass of the entire nebula.
It does apply to a case in which MQ is precisely what we have
here assumed it to be. So that we may use this method for
exploring the outskirts of such a nebula with a view of learn-
ing the physical conditions which must hold in a gaseous
nebula.

If the values now determined be substituted in (56) the
value of A is found to be 2.396 X 10i2.

The value of A in (51) gives the pressure in C. G. S.

units, which, when reduced to atmospheres, is found to be

0.000,000,000,149 or 1.49 X lO"10. The same value A in

(52) gives for the density at Neptune's place, the value

1.93 X 10-15 grammes per cc. These numerical values hold

for all gases. The value of CT at this place is therefore

7.82 X 1010. The temperature will therefore depend on the

^ Pv .
nature of the gas. For hydrogen the value of C——Fp is

4.13 X 107. The temperature would in that case be about

116 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

1900° C. For air the value of C is 2.88 X 106 and the tem-
perature would be about 27000° C, if the nebula were of air.

These values show that at this stage of its history, if the
solar nebula had been a gas, the mass would practically all
follow the law of a perfect gas, since at Neptune's place the
temperatures are far above the critical temperatures for
ordinarv gases.

The results also show that the effect of the outer layers,
which are too cool to follow the law of a perfect gas, is insig-
nificant so far as temperature and pressures within the great
bodv of the nebula are concerned.

The pressures due to them are very small, and the work
which they are capable of doing on the entire mass during
contraction is correspondingly small.

It certainly seems very probable that these equations may
now hold for the sun. But it is clear that they could not
have applied to the solar nebula while the various planets were
separating from the parent mass. The idea that the nebula
was then a gaseous nebula is utterly out of the question. The
direction towards which we must turn for a solution of this
problem is that indicated in the masterly discussion of G. H.
Darwin in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal So-
ciety A. 1889.* The hypothesis that the material composing
the planets consisted of a swarm of meteoric masses is not
only a reasonable one, but it is the only reasonable one that
has been suggested in view of the numerical results which
appear to follow from these equations for a gaseous nebula.

The collisions within such a swarm of meteorites would
result in the breaking up of those having smaller density and
greater brittleness more rapidly than those of a metallic charac-
ter. The sorting of these masses according to size, and the ac-
cumulation of the larger masses towards a o-ravitatino: center,

O DO'

discussed by Darwin, explains the increase in density towards
the center of the earth. The recent remark of Rutherford
concerning the distribution of radio-active matter in the earth's
crust, calls in question all of the results which have been

* On the Mechanical Conditions of a Swarm of Meteorites, :ind on Theo-
ries of Cosmogony.

Nipher — Primitive Conditions in the Solar Nebula. 1 1 7

reached from a discussion of underground temperatures as
related to the age of the earth, and its past history.

It seems certain that the material composing our earth
must have been solid when the moon separated from the
earth, and that the outer parts of the sun must have been
solid when Mercury separated from the parent mass. In its
subsequent history, the sun has fused and vaporized. Its
condition now is precisely what might be expected from the
teachings of the equations of the present paper. The sun is,
certainly, mainly gaseous. Its outer visible limit, is the clouds
formed of liquid drops, which occupy the external layers
where the temperature is comparatively low, and where some
of the material is not gaseous.

The temperatures which will be attained in a condensing
swarm of meteorites will evidently be subject to considerable
variations. If the masses are uniformly distributed in a
spherical volume, the acceleration will approach zero at the
central parts, and will increase outwardly along a radius. If
it happen that a central core of solid matter has been estab-
lished, then external to this core, the acceleration will be com-
posed of two terms. The value of one term varies inversely
as the square of the distance from the core center, and that of
the other, due to the effect of the swarm external to the core,
increases directly with the radius. It may therefore happen
that the acceleration will be a minimum at some surface
within the meteoric swarm, and external to the core. If the
whole mass is in rotation around an axis, it is evident that such
a distribution of matter would result in the formation of an
equatorial ring. The masses external to the position of min-
imum acceleration would gradually gravitate inward towards
the position of minimum acceleration, and those within would
gradually separate from it.

In determining the resulting or maximum temperature due
to the aggregation of such masses into planets, there is much
wider limits for conjecture, than in the case of a gaseous
nebula. The variation in average density throughout the
swarm of meteorites will depend upon the size and density
of individual masses. The energy may be so gradually dissi-

118

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

pated by impacts and radiations that the mass may never
become fused if the total mass of the planet is relatively
small. The possibilities in regard to the former temperature
of the earth are under consideration, but no final conclusion
can as yet be given. It does not at present seem necessary,
or even probable, that the material composing our earth was
ever in a state of fusion.

In the case of the central mass left after the separation of
Mercury, it is of course easy to understand how this enor-
mous mass should finally fuse and vaporize. Its present con-
dition may be compared with what would result if it had
condensed to its present volume from a gaseous nebula filling
what might be called an equitable part of the vast space
whose radius is the distance to the nearest fixed star, which
is 3.06 X 1018 cm. We may now compare the value of the
radius R of any spherical isothermal T with the radius R0 of
the zero isothermal forming the outer limit of the nebula.

By (51) and (52)

P_

n— 1 In n—\

JrJ (4-3n)n \+*( 1 _ |^p\^

(

>,y2irk

2(n-l)

R2~n

(56)

Combining this equation with (55) by the elimination of
A and replacing R by xR0 in the resulting equation, the
value of x is

x =

, ^\ (2— n)2 kM0 J _

2-n
2n

(57)

Hence
R =

In

R2~n

. ^\ (2— ny kM0 ) J

1—n
•2n

(58)

Nipher — Primitive Conditions in the Solar Nebula. 119

An inspection of this equation shows that for any fixed
value of T, there will be a definite value of R0 which will
make the radius R of the isothermal T a maximum.

The condition for this maximum is

The condition thus determined i?

dR ' / T

^o =

-,n— i

2(7i — l) (2 — ft)2 _W0

4 — 3ft 0.9975(4 — 3n)>i2C7T'

(59)

According to this equation, the higher the temperature of
the isothermal the smaller must be the radius of a contracting
nebula when the radius of the isothermal has reached its
maximum. This shows that the outer isothermals are con-
tracting, while the inner ones are enlarging. The maximum
radius R of any isothermal is found by substituting the value
i?0 of (59) in (58). The maximum R is

R =

[2 01-1)1

n — 1

(2— n)2

kM0

4 — 3n

0.9975(4— 3ft)ft

2CT

1 +

2(ft— 1)
4 — 3?i

2— «

■in

(60)

In like manner this value i?0 in (57) gives for the value of
x when R for any isothermal is a maximum

(-)=X

\Ro/ R=ma

m-
max.

4— 3ft

ft

In

(61)

In the former paper it was shown that for oxygen, hydro-
gen, nitrogen, and air, n= 1.101. Hence

x = 0.901.

120 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

This shows that in a cosmical gas-kugel of such mixed
gases, the particular isothermal which at any time during
the contraction of the nebula is at a distance R =0.901 JRQ,
will then be at its maximum. Isothermals internal to this
will be increasing in radius, while those outside will be con-
tracting. This condition is due to the fact that the outer
limit of the nebula has a constant temperature of zero. The
isothermals originate at the center and enlarge as the con-
traction proceeds, while the inward motion due to contraction
is greatest at the external surface, and approaches zero at
the center. When an isothermal has reached a radius
0.901 Ii0, it continues to approach the outer limit of the
nebula, but on account of contraction, its radius is really
diminishing. The temperature of this particular isothermal
may be computed from (59).

The isothermal of 7000° C. is now probably at the surface
of the sun. If the solar system had been evolved from a
gaseous nebula from its early stages, this isothermal would
have reached its maximum radius, when the radius of the
nebula, i?0 = 3.09 X 1015 cm. This is about one thousandth
of the distance to a Centaur! . The radius of the isothermal
itself was 0.901 i?0.

Equation (57) should apparently enable us to compute
what may perhaps be called the height of the solar atmos-
phere. This is the present distance from the isothermal
7000° to the outer limit of the solar mass where the pressure
is zero. Let C =2.88X 106 which is the constant for air.
Let MQ = 1.987 X 1033, which is the solar mass in grammes.
The solar radius will be taken as Iin= 6.961 X 1010 cm. The

gravitation constant = 1 ^^ 1010 • Then is

0.9975'

n '^l.oixio-73

(2 — n2 JcMQ

The value of x for this isothermal in such a nebula, having

Nipher — Primitive Conditions in the Solar Nebula. 121

the solar mass within the solar volume is therefore immeasur-
ably near to unity. The distance from this isothermal to the
outer limit of the nebula is a vanishing quantity. The pres-
sure at that isothermal is therefore correspondingly small.
This result is, in a general way, in harmony with the evidence
given by the spectroscope.

The fineness of the Fraunhofer lines yielded by light from
the solar surface, is evidence that the pressure there must be
very small.

It is, however, probable that the real temperature of the
sun is much lower than it would be if it had developed from
the first as a gaseous nebula.

Of course the equations of this discussion assume a quies-
cent cosmical mass of gas with no external matter. The
region around the sun certainly swarms with solid masses
which are perhaps in part the remnants of the primitive
swarm of meteorites from which the solar system appears to
have evolved. These masses when subjected to the fierce
radiation from the sun, are perhaps in part vaporized, and
their presence must certainly modify the conditions which
exist in the region immediately around the sun. The condi-
tions at the solar surface are precisely what might be expected
if it is being pelted by meteoric matter.

The temperature of the material composing the various
planets of our system has been determined by the heat devel-
oped in each by the gravitation of their own masses, after they
had separated from the parent mass.

It should not be understood that the equations of this paper
are inconsistent with the existence of gaseous neblae. The
reverse is true. It is also probable that more or less of gas may
have accompanied the swarm of meteoric masses from which
our solar system appears to have been evolved. But it does
not seem possible that a planetary system can have developed
from a gaseous nebula.

One of the interesting results of this study, is the high
temperatures which pervade the enormous volumes filled by
the outer layers of the gaseous nebula where the density and

122 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

pressure correspond to what we should call a modern vacuum.
How would a cosmical mass of gas having a density of 1.93 X
10~15 grammes per cc. under pressure of 1.49 X 10-10 atmos-
pheres and at a temperature of 27000° C. appear, when viewed
as a distant body?

Issued May 18, 1904.

PUBLICATIONS.

The following publications of the Academy are offered for sale at the
net prices indicated. Applications should he addressed to The Librarian,
The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3817 Olive St., St. Louis, Mo.

transactions (in octavo).

Vol.

Number.

Price per
number.

Price per vol.

Price in set.

1*

2f

3,4

$7.50
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

I

$4,00
2.00 each.

$7.00
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

2

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

5.00

3

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

4

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

5

1-2, S-4 |

4.00 each,
(double numbers)

7.50

7.00

6|

1, 2, 6, 8,

10, 11. 16,17

4, 5, 7, 13,

14, 15, 18

3, 9

12

J- 25 cts. each.

V 50 cts. each.

75 cts. each.
.$1.00

7.50

7.00

7$

2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8.
13, 15, 1G,

18, 19

5, 9 to 12,

14,20

17

1

► 25 cts. each.

• 50 cts. each.

75 cts.
.$1.00

7.50

7.C0

k

1, 3 to 8

8, 10, 12

2, 7, 9, 11

y 25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

n

1, 3, 4, 7, 9

2,5,8
6

25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.
#1.25

3.75

3.50

10|

9

2, 4, 5, 10

1

3, 6; 7,8,11

10 cts.
25 cts. each.

40 cts.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

lit

2,8

5-8, 10, 11

1

4

9.

15 cts. each.
25 cts. each.

45 cts.

75 cts.
1.00

3.75

3.50

12$

], 9.10

5

8,8

2, 4, 6, 7

25 cts. each.

35 cts.
45 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

13:

2, 3, 5-9
4
1

25 cts. each.

75 cts.
1.50

3.75

1

3.50

memoirs (in quarto).

Contributions to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Archaeological Section.
Parti. Pottery. 1880. 82.00.

The total eclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of the observations
made by the Washington University Eclipse Party, at Norman, Califor-
nia. 1891. $2.00.

* Supply exhausted.

t Can be sold only to purchasers of the entire volume,— so far as this can be
supplied.

J Kach number is a brochure containing one complete paper (or rarely two).

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.

VOL. XEV. NO. 5.

NOTES ON THE PLEUROTOMIDAE WITH

DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW

GENERA AND SPECIES.

THOS. L. CASEY.

Issued May 19, 1904.

NOTES ON THE PLEUROTOMIDAE WITH DESCRIP-
TION OF SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.

Thos. L. Casey.

In the " Structural and Systematic Conchology " of Try on,
the family Pleurotomidae is restricted to two genera — Pleu-
rotoma and Holla. The latter of these being somewhat doubt-
ful in its relationship, we may assume that in the original
opinion of Tryon the family Pleurotomidae is made up of the
single genus Pleurotoma, which he separated into a number of
named groups relegated to subgeneric rank. Now while per-''
fectly true that, with our present lights, well-nigh insuperable
difficulties beset us in striving to define isolated aggregates of
species and classify them in a satisfactory manner, it none
the less appears to the writer that the course suggested by
Tryon was unphilosophic. Although there seems to be
scarcely any limit to the number of genera that might be pro-
visionally admitted — a recent study of rather more than
600 species living and fossil, most of which are in my
cabinet, apparently indicating nearly or quite 250 genera,
based principally upon embryonal structure, form and
position of the anal sinus, form and extent of the
canal and general type of sculpture — that is no adequate
reason for holding all this diversification of structure and
evidence of adaptation to greatly varied environments among
at least 3000 species, from the Cretaceous to the present
time, to be comprised within a single genus. Later, in the
"Manual of Conchology," Tryon considerably modified
his original views and admitted several distinct genera
which he assigned to sundry groups held to have subfamily
rank, but, in this case, it would appear that he rather over-
estimated the taxonomic importance of certain genera.
Granting that the family under consideration comprises

only the two genera Pleurotoma and Halia, as originally

(123)

124 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

held by Tryon, it would seem more natural to regard these
genera only as the representatives of subfamilies — Pleuro-
tominae and Haliinae — which alone would compose the
Pleurotomidae. It is possible, however, if not highly
probable, that some of the originial subgenera of Tryon, such as
Donovania (Lacliesis) and Mitromorplia, may really rank
as subfamilies or even belong to widely different families.

Probably the course coming nearest to the truth of the
matter would be to treat the Pleurotomidae in accordance
with the common practice in equally extensive and complex
families of arthropods and other classes of animal life, — that
is to divide the family or subfamily into tribal sections, each
of which is to be separated into more or less definitely limited
groups of species which may be known as genera and com-
prising also, in some special cases, other minor groups or sub-
genera. The alternative course and the one usually followed
in the literature of the Mollusca, would be to divide the
families or subfamilies into a comparatively small number of
genera, to which a relatively very large number of minor
groups are to be attached as subgenera. In the latter case I
find it impossible to scientifically define these supergenera, and
another objection to this alternative method is that it gives
rise to too cumbrous a nomenclature. In the present state of
ignorance of true relationships and exact taxonomic weights
or values, a name once printed and introduced to nomenclature
may as well be regarded as the true surname of the species
as of subordinate value, for a subspecies under the latter con-
dition must be represented by four words, and, instead of
adhering to the binomial system, we would be shaping a
course strongly suggestive of a reversion to the pre-Linnean
custom of descriptive names or short descriptive diagnoses
and the manifest advantages of the binomial system would be
thrown away. It is impossible to devise a system of nomen-
clature which will serve to indicate at a glance, by the
form of the names, exactly the weight or value of taxonomic
relationship or isolation and it may as well not be attempted.
When we print a tabular statement of species or genera based
upon structural characters, we do not by any means desire it

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 125

to be understood that the differences between these species
or genera are in any way equal, for data enabling us to esti-
mate these interrelationships are in almost all instances lack-
ing, and, in any event, they would be very difficult to decide,
for it frequently happens that species which appear to re-
semble each other very greatly may really be less affiliated
by bonds of true affinity than others which differ more
conspicuously.

I Avould prefer therefore to divide a large family or subfamily
like the Pleurotomidae, into more or less definitely limited aud
definable tribal groups, and to regard most of the subdivi-
sions under these tribal headings as true genera until their values
can be determined more accurately. This course would seem
to be preferable for example in the recently published classi-
fication of the Pyramidellidae by Dall and Bartsch (Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash., XVII). The tribes in this case — Pyramid-
ellini, Turbonillini, Odostomiini and Murchisonellini — are
probably somewhat less differentiated than those of the
Pleurotomidae, but there have been so many generic names
published that this course would at least appear to be more
convenient than that followed.

The eight tribes of Pleurotomidae indicated by material at
present accessible to me may by defined or outlined by the
following general characters: —

Animal bearing an operculum; shell usually many-whorled; outer lip
generally thin at maturity 2

Animal non-operculate; shell generally smaller and with fewer whorls,
frequently characterized by a greater develo'pment of plicae about the
contour of the aperture and a thickened outer lip at maturity 7

2 — Anal sinus at least distinguishable and usually deep 3

Anal sinus obsolete 6

3 — Sinus more or less distant from the suture 4

Sinus adjacent to the suture 5

4 — Inner lip with little or no deposit of callus posteriorly; shell generally

large and moderately thin in substance, the canal usually elongate,

the ribbing frequently wanting Pleurotomini

Iuner lip with thicker deposit of callus particularly evident posteriorly ;
shell smaller in size as a rule and thicker in substance, the canal
usually much abbreviated; ribs never obsolete Clavini

5 — Sinus deep and distinct; shell generally very thin and fragile in sub-

stance, inhabiting palaearctic waters exclusively and for the most
part living .Bklini

126 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

Sinus broad, indefinitely limited anteriorly and feeble, sometimes barely
traceable; shell usually thick in substance; genera entirely extinct and
mostly Eocene Pseudotomini

6 — Shell very small, slender, thick in substance and with short aperture,
surface strongly sculptured, ribbed or cancellate Donovaniini

7 — Anal sinus small but well defined, usually deep and distinct, adjacent to
or very near the suture ; shell varying greatly in size and thickness of sub-
stance, mostly living, the genera and species numerous.. . .Daphnellini

Anal sinus very broad and ill-defined, with its deepest part on the obtuse per-
iphery near the middle of the whorls; shell minute in size and fragile in
substance; species few in number; Eocene to present time.. ..Taranini

Anal sinus obsolete; shell small in size, mitriform, with long narrow aper-
ture, thick in substance; species few in number, recent in develop-
ment MlTROJIORPHINI

These tribes are not all rigorously isolated or strongly de-
limited and there are several generic types before me which,
from general appearance, may prove to be annectant or
doubtfully referable to any of them, but they serve very
well in a broad way and there is very seldom any doubt as to
the proper reference of a species by its general facies alone.
The genus Tomella may perhaps best serve as an illustration
of these aberrant forms. This genus, while evidently bearing
a phylogenetic relationship with Perrona, as shown by the
embryo and nepionic whorls, differs so greatly in other charac-
ters that it not only cannot be regarded as at present closely
allied to Perrona, but must be considered one of the most
remarkable genera of the entire family. While evidently a
member of the tribe Pleurotomini, it departs from its most
significant characteristic in possessing a large deposit of callus
at the posterior limit of the aperture, though, upon closer
observation, it can be perceived that this callus in not quite
homologous with the posterior tumid callus of the Clavini and
is probably formed in a different way. The chief peculiarity
of Tomella resides in the form and anterior position of the
anal sinus, and in the fact that this sinus is wholly covered
and concealed from view by the successive growth of the
shell, so that it does not appear upon the spire whorls — a
character which isolates it completely in the family.

In making use of the characters before referred to as legit-
imate criteria for the definition of genera, a large amount of
comparative study and latitude of interpretation will be

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 127

necessary, and it may be remarked in passing that the general
habitus of the shell is frequently a more important criterion
than any one of them. For example, it may be correctly
assumed that the characters of the embryo are of great
weight in an estimation of genera, but I find the variations of
this part of the shell must be used with very much more cau-
tion than might be supposed necessary, especially in the
paucispiral and multispiral conditions, which are of them-
selves by no means uniformly indicative of generic difference.
In some genera such as Gemmula Weink. (==Hemipleurotoma
Coss. ) having a rather complex embryo of some five or six
whorls, the lower one to three of which are finely costulate,
there is a remarkable persistence and stability of form and
no perceptible change in type, either in the embryo or general
characteristics of the shell, from the earliest Eocene to the
present time, and the wholly extinct Microdrillia Csy., having
a similar embryo, is also constant during the much shorter
geological period spanning its history, while in others the nor-
mally multispiral embryo may frequently become paucispiral,
sometimes as a result of progressive degradation, but in sev-
eral instances in consequence of varied environment alone.

Of this inconstant type of embryo I have in mind three
striking illustrations. The first is afforded by the genus
Eopleurotoma, of Cossmann, where the embryo is paucispiral
and obtuse in normal European species and multispiral and
more acute in others. The American representatives such as
sayi, haeninghausi , nodocarinata and many more, have a
multispiral, closely coiled and rather acute embryo of at
least four whorls, although evidently typical Eopleurotoma
otherwise and so regarded by Cossmann himself ; the latter
author, however, does not allude to the radical variations
of the embryo. The second instance is that of Pleurofusia
De Greg., the type of which is the American Oligocene ser-
vala of Conrad, containing many species having the embryo
typically multispiral, conical, pointed and closely coiled, but in
such forms as collaris and hilgardi Csy., of the Jacksonian
Eocene and declivis Con., of the Vicksburg Oligocene, the
embryo becomes obtuse and paucispiral, in the last named

128 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

species indeed so notably obtuse as to appear swollen owing
to the very large nucleus or posterior tip of the embryo — fol-
lowing the terminology of Cossmann. It appears unwarrant-
able to separate these paucispiral forms from the others, as in
general habitus, type of sculpture and all other features they
seem to be perfectly congeneric. The third genus, which was
founded by De Gregorio upon the American Oligocene
cochlearis Con. and named Pleuroliria, has a multispiral
embryo with ribbed lower whorls in its earlier geological
stages, but a very small and obtuse paucispiral protoconch,
with larger nucleus and almost entirely obsolete riblets,
in its later history, the general characters of the shell
remaining constant throughout to such an extent that the
living form has recentlv been declared identical with the
Oligocene type ; — to a superficial view they are indeed
completely identical, but the embryos are strikingly differ-
ent. These examples are mentioned to indicate in some
measure the great difficulties and uncertainties that will

O'

attend the rigorous definition of genera in the Pleurotomidae —
difficulties which are accentuated among the multitude of
small non-operculate forms, which, being comparatively mod-
ern in development, have the intermediate gradations not
yet so thoroughly eliminated as is the case with the almost
equally numerous but geologically much older operculate
series.

While I feel certain that the number of true genera of
Pleurotomidae is much greater than usually admitted, the
above discussion may serve to indicate some of the obstacles
which will be encountered in the conscientious study of them,
obstacles which will not be removed until we understand more
thoroughly than now the meaning of all the modifications of
structure and sculpture displayed so lavishly among these
wonderful and fascinating objects. These modifications of
sculpture, form and coloration all mean something, and are
caused by varying conditions of adaptation to environment
in its broadest sense.

In the subsequent discussion of the tribal groups outlined
above, I have included a few genera which seem worthy of

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 129

special study, either because of their relative importance or
in order to correct certain errors which have appeared in
print.

Pleurotomini.

This tribe is the most extensive of the operculate series and
comprises the largest and most conspicuous species of the
family. Excepting certain aberrant forms such as Anti-
planes and Genota, the latter of which was considered a Conicl
by Uossmann, though probably more correctly a Pleurotomid,
the genera arrange themselves naturally about the types
known as Pleurotoma, Surcida and Clavatula, the first being
distinguished by the entire absence of longitudinal ribbing
and corresponding prominence of the spiral sculpture, the
second having well developed ribs as a rule and inconspicuous
spirals, and the third — a special type — distinguished in gen-
eral by a spiniform modification of the ribbing. These three
type forms diverged from a common descent stem in very re-
mote time, the third being the most modern offshoot and
peculiarly developed in the middle and upper European Ter-
tiaries and in the living fauna of West Africa. In addition
to these, there are certain peculiar fossil types which did not
survive the world-wide revolution at the close of the Olioocene,
among which may be mentioned Scobinella with related
genera, distinguished by absence of true ribs, strong spirals
frequently interrupted by arrested growth giving a character-
istic tessellated sculpture and usually having strongly devel-
oped plicae on the columella, a character extremely rare or
perhaps entirely wanting among the living forms of the tribe.

Pleurotoma Lamk.

This genus is composed of large and rather slender species,
with a high and many whorled spire which is generally some-
what twisted apically, long and more or less contorted though
untwisted canal and a deep parallel-sided anal sinus, which is
not situated on the peripheral carina, but formed on a flat
depressed spiral band just behind the periphery. The sculp-
ture consists of broad close-set and obtuse spiral carinae, the

130 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

surface polished and the lines of growth not distinct. The
embryo is small, obtuse, smooth and pauci spiral, consisting
of about a single whorl. Pleurotoma is represented by a
moderate number of species confined to the Indo-Pacific region,
such as babylonia Linn., crispa Lamk., grandis Gray and
garnonsi of Reeve, and is a recent development, not occur-
ring, as far as known to me, in the fossil state. It probably
exists, however, in the unexplored upper Tertiaries of those
regions.

Lophiotoma n. gen.

Although having the small smooth embryo of a single
whorl, polished surface and obsolete lines of growth, charac-
terizing Pleurotoma, this genus may be recognized at once
by the relatively shorter and stouter form as a rule, less
elongate and straighter beak, which is strongly tapering in cer-
tain large forms like line do, finer, more acutely elevated and less
close-set spiral carinae, with a usually distinct and even, finely
lineolate concavity from the peripheral carina to the suture or
subsutural collar, the latter being generally present and by
the deep anal sinus formed centrally on, and not behind, the
peripheral carina, the latter being more strongly elevated and
usually subduplex. The genus is exclusively recent, com-
posed of large species inhabiting the Indo-Pacific region and
is represented in my cabinet by tigrina, virgo and marmorata
Lamk., unedo YaL, jickeli Weink., leucotropis A. et R. and
the following : —

General form and ornamentation similar to tigrina but more slender, the
dark brown spots very minute and sparse, but similarly distributed, the
duplex peripheral carina more strougly elevated and the anal sinus deeper
and narrower. Length of a specimen having 12 body whorls, 59 mm.;
width, 13 mm. Cebu, Philippine Islands microsticta n. sp

Pleuroliria De Greg.

This genus, originating in the middle Eocene and coming
down to the present time, is the American homologue of
Lophiotoma, but is composed of much smaller species having
a slender form, very characteristic sculpture of two to three
strong spiral carinae, the peripheral bearing the small anal

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 131

sinus, and a conspicuous system of lines of growth, bi-
oblique toward the peripheral carina and composed of exca-
vated lines, which are less evident in the very early forms
and most conspicuous in the modern species. The type is P.
cochlearis Con. of the Vicksburg Oligocene. Pleuroliria
comprises two groups, which, although strongly resembling
each other in general form and type of sculpture, are in reality
almost subgeneric in value as shown below : —

Group 1. — Embryo multispiral and acute.

Lines of growth less pronounced, uneven and never deeply incised; species

small in size and older geologically 2

Lines of growth deeply incised and conspicuous 3

2 — Shell rather slender, each of the spire whorls with a moderate sub-

sutured carina, the surface immediately below it being concave and
rather rapidly expanding to a stronger peripheral carina perfectly
smooth and uniform, and situated at some distance above the middle, the
surface thence cyclindric or very feebly descending to the suture below
and having two slightly smaller and somewhat approximate carinae at the
middle, the lower margin also carinulate. The two carinae below the
periphery become more widely separated on the larger whorls, sub-
equally trisecting the space between it and the lower margin, and, on
the body whorl, continue thus unaltered to the base of the shell. The
concave surface above the periphery has a fine spiral thread above the
middle. Embryo moderately stout, conical, closely coiled, rather
higher than wide, with five whorls, the four upper smooth, broadly,
evenly convex and polished, the lowermost with longitudinal riblets;
beak moderately long, the aperture proportioned nearly as in cochlearis.
Length of a specimen having 5 body whorls, 9 mm.; width, 2.7 mm.

Lower Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice, La simplex n. sp.

Shell nearly as in the preceding but with the embryo shorter and stouter,
fully as wide as high and not evenly conical but becoming substyliform
toward the very acute tip, of five whorls, the lowermost covered with
riblets. Spire whorls shorter; carinae below the periphery more equal
and close- set, the peripheral carina fiuely, obtusely crenulate. Length
of a specimen of 2 body whorls, 3.4 mm.; width, 1.2 mm. Lower Clai-
borne Eoceue of St. Maurice , crennlosa n. sp.

3 — Embryo of four whorls, evenly conical, short, fully as wide as high, the

upper three whorls smooth polished and broadly convex, the lowermost
bearing acute but rather widely spaced longitudinal riblets. Shell rather
short and stout, with slender beak, the spire whorls very short, each
with two strong thick and equal carinae, one just below the suture, the
other near basal third; between the latter and the basal margin there is
a fine spiral thread first appearing on about the third whorl; lines of
growth only moderately distinct and somewhat irregular. Length of a
specimen having 3 body whorls, 4.5 mm.; width 1.7 mm. Jacksonian
Eocene of Montgomery, La , jacksouella n. sp.

132 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Embryo of nearly five whorls, much higher than wide, more rapidly acumi-
nate toward tip, the upper two or three small whorls smooth, the lower
two with rather close-set and more or less oblique longitudinal riblets;
species much larger, with relatively less abbreviated whorls aod very
distinct incised lines of growth, the peripheral carina only slightly
below the middle of the spire whorls 1

4 — The prominent subsutural carina separated from the still stronger per-
ipheral carina by a concave space having several fine spiral threads,
this surface being subequal to or only slightly shorter than the interval
separating the subsutural carina from the peripheral carina of the
whorl above; embryo large and conspicuous, the riblets strong. Length
of a specimen having 8 body whorls, 19 mm.; width, 6 mm. Vicksburg
Oligoceae (upper and lower). (= supramirifica and tizis De Greg.)

cochlearis Con.

The strong and rather more acutely elevated subsutural carina separated
from the coarser peripheral carina by a relatively much shorter concave
space, which is always very much shorter than the interval between the
subsutural carina and the peripheral keel of the whorl above; sculpture
otherwise nearly similar, the embryo narrower and with more feebly
elevated riblets; shell smaller in size and of slightly more slender form.
Length of a specimen having 6 body whorls, 8.5 mm.; width, 2.7 mm.
Red Bluff Eocene snbsiinilis n. sp.

Group II. — Embryo small, obtuse and paucispiral.

Embryo of nearly two whorls, very broad and obtuse at tip, the lower part
gradually acquiring some feeble and irregular longitudinal riblets;
shell moderately stout, attaining rather large size and thicker in sub-
stance, the lines of growth being conspicuously excavated; spiral
whorls each with a strong subsutural and a still stronger and
thicker submedian spiral carina, the concavity between them gradually
acquiring one or two fine spiral threads and the space below the subme-
dian a fine raised line which on the larger whorls gradually becomes a
carina equal in size to the subsutural. Length of a specimen of
about 9 body whorls, 27 mm. ; width, 7.5 mm. Lower Miocene of Alum
Bluff, Fla - barretti Guppy

Similar to the preceding, but much more slender in form and thinner in
substance, the embryo still smaller but rather less obtuse, of scarcely
more than a single whorl, the riblets not visible in specimens at hand.
Length of a specimen of 11 body whorls, 23.5 mm.; width, 6 mm. Caloos-
ahatchie Pliocene of Shell Creek, Fla albida Perry

I have not seen the types of barretti and albida, but assume
that the West Florida Miocene species, described above, is
identical with the former, as it appears to pertain to the same
geological horizon, and adopt Dr. Dall's identification for
albida. The latter author has recently (Trans. Wag. Inst.,
Vol. 3, p. 28) confused these two species with the widely dif-
ferent cochlearis of Conrad.

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 133

The European Miocene Iiouaultia Bell., seems to share
some of the characters of both Pleuroliria and Gemmula, but
has the peripheral carina greatly expanded and crenulate,
giving it the general appearance of Oochlesjnr^a, with which
it was confounded by Cossmann. It however differs com-
pletely in the form and position of the anal sinus, Iiouaultia
having the sinus on the expanded peripheral carina, as in the
two genera mentioned, while in Cochlesjrira it is situated on
the concave f asciolar surface between the periphery and suture .

Gemmula Weink.

According to the definition given by Cossmann (Essais de
Pal. Comp., 2 Livr., 1896, p. 62) there would seem to be no
reason to doubt that P. denticula, the type of Hemipleurotoma
Coss., belongs to the same group of species as the living
hieneri Doum., monilifera Pease, and several others, in fact
the latter is so similar to the American Eocene and Oligocene
arnica androtaedens, that, following the views of some authors,
it might be considered a mere variety. Although I have not
seen gemmata, the type of Gemmula, it is assumed to be en-
tirely congeneric with Meneri,fusca, gilchristi and monilifera,
which are before me, these four species representing the most
typical form of Gemmula in retaining the denticulations of
the peripheral carina throughout the growth of the shell.
The living alhina Lamk. and deshayesi Desm. are somewhat
aberrant in having the denticulation of the peripheral carina
confined to the very young or nepionic whorls and gradually
becoming lost on the larger whorls, as in the American fossil
alternala, of Conrad, and some other species. The genus
will prove to be very extensive, retaining all essential charac-
teristics of form and sculpture from the very early Eocene to
the present time, and there will probably prove to be at least
30 species in our Eocene strata alone. The species of Gem-
mula vary in size from relatively small to distinctly above the
average of the tribe, and resemble Pleurotoma in being devoid
of true ribbing or visible lines of growth, in general form,
and in the development of spiral carinae, but differ in having

134 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

the peripheral carina flattened, duplex to complex, and bearing
more or less conspicuous nodules, in having the deep parallel-
sided anal sinus borne centrally on the peripheral carina, as in
Lopltioioma, and in having a large closely coiled multispiral
conically or ogivally pointed embryo, with two or three smooth
apical, and one to three longitudinally ribbed basal, whorls.
The canal is moderately long, and straight, or nearly so. The
American fossil species known to me may be identified by the
following characters : —

Costuliform denticulations of the more strongly elevated peripheral carina,
short, varying in length from scarcely a fourth to a sixth or seventh
part of the entire length of the whorls 2

Costulations longer, the peripheral band much broader and generally less
strongly elevated, about a third as wide as the length of the whorls,
the costules usually becoming gradually less distinct on the larger
whorls 15

2 — Denticulations remaining equally well developed and conspicuous
throughout the life of the shell or virtually so 3

Denticulations only distinct on the young body whorls, becoming gradu-
ally more ill defined and obsolete or subobsolete on the larger whorls;
species rather larger in size 12

3 — Denticulations in the form of small longitudinal costules from one of
the two peripheral cariuae to the other, crossing the intervening feeble
depression with but partial interruption I

Denticulations feeble, in the form of compressed nodes of the individual
peripheral carinae and much broader in a spiral direction than long. . 11

4 — Fasciolar surface below the subsutural carina deeply concave, then
rapidly expanding to the strongly elevated peripheral carinae 5

Fasciolar surface below the subsutural carinule very feebly concave, but
obliquely and only moderately rapidly expanding to the less elevated
peripheral carinae 7

5 — Form stout, the apex of the beak distinctly reflexed; subsutural con-

cavity with only about two fine revolving threads which are situated
at the middle of the concavity; embryo rather large and well developed,
higher than wide, with two or three very small smooth whorls at the
summit, followed by three larger whorls which are conspicuously cos-
tulose, the riblets of the lowest whorl coarser and generally more

widely spaced than the others. Red Bluff Eocene arnica Csy.

Form slender, the beak not reflexed at apex; concave surface below the
subsutural carina with a greater number of fine spiral threads, about
three on the largest whorl of genitiva, numerous in rotaedens; embryo
smaller but almost similarly formed and sculptured 6

6 — Peripheral double carina at the middle of the whorls, the denticulations

rather fine; form very slender, the aperture and canal combined about a
third of the total length. Upper Vicksburg Oligocene.. .rotaedens Con.

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 135

Peripheral double carina distinctly below the middle of the whorls, broader,
the denticulation coarser and more close-set; form not quite so slender
though about equal in length to rotaedens; aperture and canal com-
bined more than a third of the total length. Length of a specimen having
6 body whorls, 11.5 mm.; width, 3.4 ram. Lower Claiborne Eocene of
Lee Co., Texas genii iva n. sp.

7 — Whorls with two rather widely separated cariuae below the suture ; em-

bryo relatively small in size, somewhat higher than wide, with about three
small smooth apical whorls, gradually increasing as usual, and two
whorls covered with coarse and rather widely spaced riblets; peripheral
duplex carina not strongly elevated, the space between it and the lower
and larger of the subsutural cariuae about twice as wide as the peripheral
baud and having two spiral threads and sometimes three other smaller
ones in addition; space below the periphery with several spiral carinules;
shell rather large, the beak straight but somewhat feebly, obliquely
swollen toward tip; length of the aperture and canal together nearly
two -fifths the length of the shell. L3ngth of a specimen having 9
body whorls, 27 mm.; width, 7.3 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of

Smithsville, Texas margnrilosa n. sp.

Whorls with a single subsutural carina ; species very small in size 8

8 — Embryo large, much higher than wide and elaborately sculptured 9

Embryo smaller, about as high as wide, with three smooth rapidly increas-
ing apical whorls and two basal covered with the usual riblets 10

9 — Embryo forming a regular sharply pointed cone, much higher than wide,

the upper three or four whorls smooth, the lower two with riblets,
those of the basal whorls coarser, those of the one immediately above it
very feeble; space between tiie peripheral cariuae and the subsutural
usually with a single spiral thread. Length of a specimen having 4
body whorls, 9.5 mm; width, 3,2 mm. Jacksonian Eocene of the Red
River Kimbrel bed conjancta n. sp.

Embryo forming a regular sharply pointed cone, much higher than wide, the
upper three whorls smooth, very small aud together higher than wide,
the three lower having a beautifully regular system of strong close-set
equal ribbing, occupying the entire embryo except the very small smooth
3-coiled tip; feebly concave surface above the periphery generally
having several close-set spiral threads. Length of a specimen having 4
body whorls, 8.9 mm.; width, 2.8 mm. L'^wer Claiborne Eocene of St.
Maurice, La., and also of Lee Co., Texas [Aldrich] nncleata n. sp.

Embryo large, much higher than wide, the lower three whorls subcylin-
drical and covered with fine arcuate and rather widely spaced riblets,
the upper smooth part consisting of two or three whorls very rapidly
diminishing in size and together much] wider than high; moderately
concave surface above the duplex peripheral carina usually having two
close-set threads. Length of a specimen having 3£ body whorls, 7.7
mm.; width, 2.8 m.m. Upper Claiborne ferruginous sands, Ala.
{— acutirostris Con . ) childreiii Lea

10 — Denticulation of the duplex peripheral carina unusually small and

widely spaced, the concave surface, between the periphery and subsu-
tural carinule usually with two fine spiral threads; beak nearly
straight, very slender, the aperture and canal combined but little less

136 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

than half the length of the shell. Length of a specimen having 4 body
whorls, 7 mm. ; width, 2.7 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice,
La parvidens n. sp.

11 — Spire elongate, gradually and evenly acuminate, about twice as long as

the aperture and canal combined; beak gradually acuminate and straight
from the abrupt conti^action below the convexity of the body whorl;
embryo of the Gemmula type, well developed, of two or three small smooth
whorls followed by about three covered with arcuate riblets ; spire whorls
each with a strong subtumid subsutural collar which is fully as large and
prominent as the obtusely crenulate and obscurely double, generally nar-
row and feebly elevated peripheral carina, the latter distinctly below the
middle; space below thiscarina with a single spiral carinule; space above
it to the subsutural collar, broadly, evenly and rather feebly concave,
with numerous very fine spiral threads; peripheral crenulations of the
body whorl apparently rather less distinct; they become constantly
longer in a spiral sense from one whorl to the next below. Length of a
specimen having 6 body whorls, 14 mm.; width, 3.9 mm. Lower Clai-
borne Eocene of Lisbon, Ala lancea n. sp.

12 — Crenulate periphery at, or only slightly below, the middle 13

Crenulate periphery at, or extremely near, the lower or anterior margin of

the spire whorls 14

13 — Crenulations of the periphery fine, apparently not more than a seventh

or eighth as long as the whorl, becoming obsolete on the seventh or
eighth body whorl; subsutural collar apparently present on the crenu-
late younger whorls; embryo imperfect in the types. Length of a
specimen of about 10 body whorls, 48 mm. Claiborne (ferruginous

sand) alternata Con.

Crenulations coarse, becoming on the sixth body whorl large, low, tumes-
cent rounded elevations, with no distinct principal carinae, the entire
surface having rather close-set and equal fine spiral carinules; on the
upper whorl the crenulations are more abruptly formed and are crossed
by about three rather coarser lines, but the periphery nowhere has
the abruptly elevated form seen in rotaedens and allies; the periphery is
distinctly below the middle of the whorl and not at the middle as it
seems to be in alternata, and the crenulations are nearly a fourth as long
as the whorl, about 18 in number; upper whorls with a distinct subsu-
tural collar which disappears completely on the larger whorls; body
whorl below the posterior end of the aperture having rather coarse lines
separated by about three smaller close-set threads. Length of a
specimen having 6 body whorls about 19 mm.; width, 5.6 mm. Lower
Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice, La , . . obsolescent n. sp.

14 — Shell moderately stout, the spire gradually, evenly acuminate and but

little longer than the aperture and canal combined; embryo much higher
than wide, with numerous riblets as usual; spire whorls evenly sculp-
tured throughout with coarser and single finer intermediate spiral lines,
not interrupted in longitudinal succession by the obtusely and gradually
elevated periphery which bears obtuse crenulations, the latter disap-
pearing altogether on about the seventh whorl; surface broadly, feebly
concave from the subbasal periphery to the suture above, the latter
having no trace of subsutural collar even on the nepionic whorls.

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 137

Length of a specimen of 8 body whorls, 32 mm.; width, 8.5 mm.
Lower Claiborne Eocene, St. Maurice, La lndoviciaua Vgn.

15— Costules of the peripheral raised band carried obliquely across the
surface between the latter and the subsutural cariuiform collar, gen-
erally forming a distinct beading on the latter; spiral lines above the
posterior end of the aperture very sparse and indistinctly defined,
below the latter on the body whorl having the form of coarse con-
spicuous and widely spaced lyrae, the concave intervals between the
lyrae having many close-set striae. Length of a specimen having 6
body whorls, 16.5 mm.; width, 4.9 mm. Upper Vicksburg Oligo-
cene tenella Con.

Costules not extending across the rather more deeply concave surface above
the somewhat narrower and more strongly elevated peripheral band,
the subsutural carina finer and almost even, not at all beaded, the con-
cave surface with three or four close-set and dbtinctly defined spiral
lines; body whorl below the periphery with coarse and widely spaced
lyrae; shell similar iu form to tenella but a little smaller. Red Bluff
Eocene aiicilla Csy.

Costules abruptly confiued to the peripheral baud as in ancilla, the subsu-
tural collar very large, obtusely elevated and coarsely beaded, separated
from the peripheral costulose band by a deep abrupt concavity about equal
in width to the raised band and bearing a fine and almost even median
thread; space below the band with about two close-set and rather fine
spirals which are more or less nodulose; shell differing from the two pre-
ceding in its smaller size, shorter and much stouter form and thicker
substance, the embryo small and more rapidly pointed. Length of a
specimen of 5 body whorls, 9.5 mm. ; width, 3.6 mm. Jacksoniau Eocene
of Moody's Branch, Miss nodnlina n. sp.

Lancea is a rather aberrant species in general features of
sculpture but seems to belong to the present genus ; it is rep-
resented by a single rather water-worn specimen. The char-
acters of alternata are taken from a very careful drawing from
the original type kindly lent me bj' Mr. Aldrich ; Conrad states
that lesueuri, of Lea, is identical, but the latter is a widely
different species, having the anal sinus on the upper concave
surface of the whorls. .1 number of species, not alluded
to above, are known, but not being able to study the types
or any accurate drawings, I am unable to include them at
present; among these are PL medtauia and equiseta, of
Harris, and moniliala of Heilprin.

It is desirable before discussing the genera of the Surcula
type to draw attention to a succession of peculiar Indo-Pacilic
forms, resembling Pleurotoma in the absence of true ribbing
and great development of the spiral carinae, but differing in

138 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

the very obtuse base of the shell, absence of canal and in the
very small anal sinus situated well behind the peripheral
carina ; one of these genera may be named as follows : —

Toniopleura n. gen.

In this genus the form is rather slender and elongate, with
acute many-whorled spire and a small smooth and generally
paucispiral embryo ; the aperture is usually about a third as
long as the shell. The whorls have each two larger and
more conspicuous smooth spiral carinae, one just below the
suture, the other at about the middle and also a few other
smaller carinae. A moderately concave fasciolar surface,
bearing the small but deep anal sinus, is situated between the
two principal carinae. Lines of growth generally coarsely
incised and very conspicuous, as in Pleuroliria. The species
are moderate or small in size and rather numerous, those be-
fore me being labeled P. nivea Phil., the type of the genus,
poidoensis Jouss., makimonos Jouss. and violacea Hinds.
Such species as cincta Lamk. and bijubata Reeve, resemble
typical Tomopleura in general form and sculpture and partic-
ularly in the obtuse base, absence of beak and form and pos-
terior position of the anal sinus, but the absence of distinct
lines of growth, generally acute and substyliform apex and
some other characters would seem to indicate that they are at
least subgenerically different.

Among the generic types which may be considered in man}7
respects intermediate between the more typical Pleurotomids
which precede and the allies of Surcula to be mentioned below,
may be cited Scobinella Con. (= Moniliopsis Cou., and Zelia
De Greg.), Eucheilodon Gabb, Glyptotoma n. gen., Sinis-
trella Meyer, Trypanotoma Coss., Clinura Bell., Cochlespira
Con. ( = Ancistrosyrinx and Candelabrum Dall), Cochlespirop-
sis n. gen., Protosurcula n. gen., Eosurcula n. gen., Cochle-
spirella Csy., Microdrilla Csy., Aforia Dall, Antiplanes Dall,
Bathytoma H. and B., and Megasurcula n. gen. These genera
are all devoid of true ribbing, as in the preceding typical
Pleurotomids, but have the spirals less developed. The great

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 139

majority of them have the anal sinus situated on a posterior
declivous or concave fasciolar surface as in Surcula and re-
lated genera, but, in some instances, as the very isolated
Glyptotoma, the sinus is medial and formed on a prominent
periphery. This peculiar group of genera is entirely and long
since extinct, except Cochlespira, which appears to have a
history almost as extended as Gemmula from the Eocene to
the present time, and Aforia, Antiplanes and Megasurcula,
"which as far as known are exclusively living. It is the only
group containing reversed or sinistral shells, a character which
seems to be of generic value, as I have never seen a dextral
specimen of Sinistrella americana Aid., among a very large
number examined, although otherwise Sinistrella is rather
closely allied to Trypanotoma, a very distinct genus founded
by Cossmann upon the Pleurotoma terebriformis of Meyer.
It is also the only group in which the plications of the col-
umella become in any way a conspicuous feature, although
this character does occur in some of the Surculid genera in a
less developed degree; it is greatly developed in Eucheilodon,
Scobinella and Glyptotoma. In Clinura and Cochlespira the
whorls are broadly expanded into a thin spiral plate usually
reflexed and crenulate at the edge. In Aforia circinata Dall,
this expansion is reduced to a small but abruptly formed
median ring.

Euclieilodon Gabb.

This genus is abundantly distinct from Scobinella in having
the anal sinus formed upon an elevated and prominent peri-
pheral shoulder well above the middle of the whorls, and not
in a concave posterior fasciolar area ; it also differs materially
in the embryo, which, although of the same general multi-
spiral type, is very much larger, and in the form of the outer
lip, which does not have the broadly lobed and advanced
form of Scobinella, in its very narrow linear aperture with
more strongly lyrate outer lip and in possessing a columella
fold near the posterior end of the inner lip, which is never
present in Scobinella. The system of columella folds is
more elaborate than in that genus and the spiral lyrae are

140 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

usually not nodulated by the liues of interrupted growth,
which are more apt to appear only between them, so that the
peculiar tessellated sculpture of Scobinella is wanting or
much less developed. There are apparently three known
species which may be identified by the following charac-
ters : —

Shoulder angle of the whorls obtusely rounded and situated far above the
middle ; spiral lyrae coarse and close-set 2

Shoulder angle broadly angulate in profile and situated only just visibly
above the middle ; spiral lyrae finer and unequally spaced 3

2 — Shell stouter, the lyrae very coarse and somewhat dissected by the lines
of interrupted growth, especially on and above the shoulder, giving a
granular effect ; shoulder angle more prominent and bicarinate. Jack-
sonian Eocene crenocarinatuin Heilp.

Shell much smaller and more slender, the spiral lyrae not quite so coarse,
flat and very clearly defined throughout, not at all dissected by the lines
of growth which are only visible in the depressed intervals; shoulder
angle evenly rounded. Lower Claiborne Eocene of Texas (= laeviplica-
tum Gabb) reticulatum Gabb

3 — Surface of the spire whorls evenly declirous from the finely unicari-
nate periphery posteriorly to the fine subsutural carina, and, anteriorly
to the suture, the posterior declivous surface with a fine thread near the
peripheral carina and another one-third the distance from this thread
to the subsutural carina, the anterior declivous surface with two fine
carinae one-fourth and three- fifths the distance from the peripheral
carina to the suture; body whorl below the posterior end of the
aperture becoming abruptly closely lyrate; columellar folds numerous
but very fine and feeble, the posterior isolated fold small though ab-
ruptly denticuliform. Length of a specimen having between 2 and 3 body
whorls, 10 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of Texas., .gabbiaiiuni n. sp.

The type of gahhianum is a unique specimen in the cabinet
of Mr. T. H. Aldrich. There are apparently two species in the
Jacksonian Eocene confused under the name crenocarinatum,
but I am not prepared to define them at present.

Gljptotouia n. gen.

S )me peculiar small species generally of robust form, hav-
ing a narrow tumid columella ridge, which is stongly bi- or
triplicate and the anal sinus median in position and formed
upon a broad double nodose spiral, require separation as a
distinct genus for which I would propose the above name.
The general type of tessellated ornamentation is strikingly

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 141

similar to that characterizing Scobinella, and the aperture,
canal and embryo are of corresponding form, but the anal
sinus is wholly different in form and position and the outer
lip is not advanced and arcuately lobed. They have occurred
thus far only in the Lower Claiborne Eocene of Texas, and
those before me may be readily recognized as follows : —

Broadly rhomboidal in outline, the spire evenly conical, the aperture and
very short canal combined constituting nearly half the entire length;
lyrae of the body whorl below the periphery very coarse and widely
spaced, alternating with single fine raised lines; colurnellar folds two
or three in number. Length of a specimen of 5 body whorls, 11.5 mm. ;
width, 4 mm crassiplicata Gabb

Narrower, the spire subveutricose or narrowing more rapidly toward the
apex ; aperture very much less than half the entire length 2

2 — Larger species, with a nodulose subsutural spiral and a similar but
broader duplex peripheral spiral, the two separated by a concave sur-
face which is rattier longer than the subsutural collar, and having a
fine nodulose thread at its middle; another similar fine thread is very
close to the lower margin of the large peripheral spiral, and, below
this on the body whorl, the lyrae are equal, granose and moderately
widely spaced, the lines of growth fine, deep and close-set, appearing
between the lyrae but independent of the nodules; colurnellar folds
about three in number. Length of a specimen of 5 body whorls, 9 mm. ;
width, 2.8 ram conradiana Aid.

Smaller species, with numerous very close-set spirals of coarse nodules,
the subsutural gradually splitting into two finer spirals on the larger
whorls, the concave space below the collar short and with fine irregu-
lar thread or threads; spirals below the peripheral alternating in size
to the aperture, then equal and almost in mutual contact to the base of
the shell; nodules in longitudinal lines" from one lyra to the next,
giving a closely costulate appearance which does not exist in the pre-
ceding species; columella with two large rounded and very approximate
folds at the middle, the lower more oblique than the upper; embryo of
about four whorls, higher than wide; aperture and canal relatively
longer than in conradiana. Length of a specimen of 3 body whorls,
3.9 mm. ; width, 1 .75 mm parvula n. sp.

These species are all well represented in the cabinet of Mr.
Aldrich, to whom lam indebted for the material at hand.

Trypanotonia Coss.

A very distinct genus, apparently confined to the middle
Eocene faunas of the southern United States and character-
ized by the comparatively small size and slender form of the

142 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

species and by the elongate spire, very short and rather
oblique aperture, broad shallow sinus formed upon a double
submedian and more or less nodulose peripheral elevation and
very short, broadly obtuse paucispiral embryo. The three
species represented by material in my cabinet may be distin-
guished among themselves as follows : —

Nodules of the peripheral carinae smaller, not coalescent longitudi-
nally; aperture one-third as long as the shell or nearly so 2

Nodules of tbe peripheral carinae coarser, each being fused with its op-
posite, forming large longitudinal nodules; spire relatively more
elongate, the aperture about a fourth as long as the shell 3

2 — Spiral carinules relatively coarser, generally two in number between
the central double peripheral carina and the lower margin; lower of
the two subsutural carinae nodulose; lines of growth very coarse,
cancellating the body whorl below the convexity. Length of a
specimen of 5 body whorls, 7 mm.; width, 2.6 mm. Upper Claiborne
ferruginous sand terebriformis Meyer

Spiral carinules flue; spire whorls shorter and more transverse, the
second carinule below the suture simple and not nodulose; but one
raised line between the periphery and lower margin and another
forming the latter; space between the nodulose peripheral carinae and
subsutural carinules much longer, being twice as long as the width of
the peripheral band; lines of growth distinct and uneven but feebler than
in terebriformis. Length of a specimen of about 7 body whorls, 10 mm. ;
width, 3 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice, La . . obtusa n. sp.

3 — Form very slender; subsutural carinae simple, very coarse and nearly
contiguous; peripheral carinae coarse, separated from the subsutural by
a concave space which is subequal in length to the width of the peri-
pheral duplex band and having two fine but strongly elevated and very
approximate spiral threads; space below the peripheral nodulose
band but little longer than the width of the latter and having
one coarse carinule and another forming the lower margin; lines of
growth strong and uneven on the body whorl below the convexity.
Length of a specimen of 9 body whorls, 10.6 mm.; width, 2.8 mm.
Lower Claiborne Eocene of Moseley's Ferry, Burleson Co.,
Texas longispira n. sp.

In terebriformis the spiral depression below the subsutural
carinae is only about as long as the width of the duplex peri-
pheral band, while in obtusa it is fully twice as long as the
latter, giving these two species a distinctly different facies.
Longispira is widely different, and, besides the characters
noted in the table, has a still shorter, more obtuse and
scarcely at all reflexed beak, which is sometimes umbilicate
along the callus of the inner lip ; it was collected in consid-

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 143

erable number by Mr. T. H. Aldrich, to whose generosity I
owe the examples before me.

Cocblespiropsis n. gen.

This genus is allied to Cochlespira but differs greatly in
having the beak obliquely elevated near the tip, the periphery
of the whorls simply angulate in profile and not lamellarly
expanded, reflexed or crenulate and the sculpture extremely
minute and feeble, close-set and even, wholly differing in
character from that prevailing in Coclilespira. The genus
seems to have become extinct by the middle of the Eocene,
not occurring above the Lower Claiborne, and, in fact, limited
as far as known to that epoch. The two species before me
may be distinguished as follows : —

Spire above the periphery of the body whorl evenly and rather rapidly
acuminate, shorter than the portion below that periphery; sculpture of
the body whorl below the periphery consisting of moderately close -
set and distinct spiral threads which are somewhat uneven in size.
Length of a specimen of 7 body whorls, 20 mm.; width, 6.5 mm.
Lower Claiborne Eocene of Wheelock, Texas engonata Con.

Spire above the periphery more elongate, nearly equaling in length the
portion below, very gradually acuminate and more rapidly and
arcuately so toward apex; ornamentation of the body whorl below the
periphery consisting of extremely minute, closely crowded and equal
spiral threads which are frequently somewhat wavy or subinterrupted
by uneven irregularities of growth. Length of a specimen of 8 body
whorls, 31 mm.; width, 8.8 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of Lisbon,
Ala blanda n. sp.

There is no vestige of a tumid or carinulate collar below
the suture in this genus.

Cocblespira Con.

The periphery is lamelliform to a greater or less degree in
this genus, the edge always crenulate and bent backward, and
there is usually a well-marked and finely beaded collar below
the suture which, however, sometimes becomes obsolete on
the larger whorls. The posterior broad fasciolar surface has
some fine spirals near the periphery but is usually completely
devoid of sculpture elsewhere, except the arcuate lines of

144 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

growth formed by the large anal sinus. Below the periphery
the sculpture consists of coarse and close-set beaded lines, the
one marking the posterior limit of the aperture larger and
more conspicuous than the others. The beak is slender, with-
out trace of the external-oblique ridge~of Cochlespiropsis, the
columella straight or broadly and feebly arcuate and the aper-
ture and canal combined are generally as long as the remainder
of the shell or nearly so. The type is C. cristata Con., of
the Vicksburg Oligocene, and the other species known to me as
forming typical members of the genus are bella Con. and
columbaria Aid., of the American Eocene, and terebralis
Lamk. , of the European Eocene. I have not seen the living spe-
cies, elegans and radiata , of Dall, upon which he founded An-
cistrosyrinx, and my previous statement as to the identity of
the latter genus with Cochlespira rests upon the published
opinion of Cossmann. If true, Cochlespira, Pleuroliria,
Gemmula and Orthosurcula would be the only Eocene genera
known to me as surviving to the present time. It is probable
that the species described by Harris under the name Drillia
dipt a, will constitute the type of a distinct genus near Coch-
lespira. The various minute species of C ochlespirella Csy.
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1903, p. 279) are left for future
consideration.

Protosurcula n. gen.

In this genus and Eosurcula there is no trace of ribbing,
and the moderately large species composing them may be
considered allied more closely to the Cochlespira group than
any other; the embryo in both is conical or conoidal and
multispiral, and, in Protosurcula is generally very large and
with conspicuous longitudinal riblets on the lower whorls.
The collar below the suture is cariniform and the long fasciolar
surface between it and the obtuse periphery is broadly con-
cave and with fine spiral lines ; below the periphery the spiral
lyrae are rather coarse. The columella is straight and gen-
erally simple, though sometimes having a strong plica above
the middle. The spire tapers evenly to the apex and the
beak is slender and frequently very long, the aperture and
long straight canal combined being much longer than the

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 145

remainder of the shell in gabbi, which is assumed as the type.
The species before me may be distinguished by the following
characters : —

Columella straight and unmodified; embryo very large 2

Columella with a stout plica at about the middle of the aperture proper;
embryo much smaller, though of the same general type 3

2 — Embryo stout; subsutural collar flat, composed of two, and, subse-

quently, about three, coarser spiral carinules; concavity below the
subsutural collar, long, concave; periphery anterior in position,
rounded in profile, moderately swollen, with the spiral lines larger.

Lower Claiborne of Wheelock, Texas gabbi Con.

Embryo large but much narrower, the lower whorls similarly, though more
coarsely, costulate, the upper smooth whorls forming a much more
acutely elevated apex; subsutural surface broadly, feebly swollen and
covered with numerous fine but strong carinules merging gradually
into the small threads of the subjacent concavity; remaining charac-
ters nearly as in gabbi, the beak more rapidly tapering, very slender at
tip, the aperture and canal together but little longer than the remain-
der of the shell. Length of a specimen of 5 body whorls, 23.5 mm.;
width, 6.8 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of Smithville, Texas —
Mr. Aldrich tenuirostris n. sp.

3 — Form nearly as in the two preceding, the embryo very much smaller in

size, conical, with the lower whorls ribbed; subsequent whorls each
with a strongly and abruptly elevated double carina at basal third, the
two carinae becoming more widely separated and with an intermediate
thread on the larger whorls; space between the double carina and the
subsutural cariniform collar broadly concave and with strong and widely
spaced spiral threads; double carina of the first two body whorls
crenulate. Lower Claiborne Eocene of Wheelock, Texas — [Borso-
nia~] plenta H. & A.

The last of these species may possibly be subgenerically
different from the others but certainly cannot be further
removed. The species figured by Harris as the young of
plenta is probably specifically different.

Eosurcula n. sfen.

The embryo in Eosurcula is much narrower than in Pro-
tosurcula, strongly elevated and smooth throughout, the sub-
sutural collar smaller and less developed, the fasciolar surface
thence obliquely ascending but straight in profile or nearly so
to the obtusely angulate periphery, on and below which the
spirals become coarser. The aperture and canal are nearly as

146 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

in Protosurcula , but the peculiar narrow elevated embryo, per -
fectly smooth throughout and without riblets, higher shoulder
angle and oblique fasciolar surface, less developed subsutural
collar and some other differential characters, will readily serve
to separate the two genera, which are perhaps the most charac-
teristic and abundant forms of the Lower Claiborne Eocene, —
and impart a marked difference in habitus. The species are
more numerous than those of the preceding genus, those
known to me being outlined as follows : —

Peripheral carina crenulate, at least on the small upper body whorls, situated

at the middle and subduplex. 2

Peripheral carina devoid of any trace of crenulation at any point 5

2 — Larger species, the peripheral carina at or above the middle of the whorls,

crenulate on the small or nepionic whorls only 3

Small species, the periphery more obtusely angulate, more feebly carinate
and distinctly below the middle of the whorls ; all the whorls apparently
crenulate on the periphery i

3 — Peripheral carina at the middle of the whorls, apparently duplex, coarse

but only moderately elavated; between it and the base there is another
similar double carina; slightly above it, at the lower part of the oblique
fasciolar surface, there is a fine spiral carina; declivous space thence
to the fine subsutural collar with two or three very fine spiral threads.

Texas, Caldwell Co inoorei Gabb

Peripheral carina well above the middle of the whorls; between it and
the base there are two carinae, which are apparently smaller than
the peripheral and less elevated. Lignitic Eocene of Wood's Bluff,
Ala tnoineyi Aid .

4 — Moderately stout, the subsutural collar small; surface thence regularly

ascending to the crenulate periphery and having two or three
coarse but feeble spiral lines; surface below the periphery on the spire
whorls with two rather coarse and widely spiced carinules in low relief;
below these on the body whorl the surface is closely, evenly lyrate.
Upper Claiborne ferruginous sand [Conus] pulcherrima Hellp.

5 — Peripheral carina double, its upper carinule smaller and less prominent

than the lower, the latter a little below the middle ; subsutural carina
unusually strong, at some distance below the suture, the surface
thence to the upper peripheral carina regularly oblique, with a single
carinule at lower two-fifths ; on the larger whorls a few other very
minute and inconspicuous threads can be observed; surface below the
lower peripheral carina, with two carinae, the uppermost interval thus
formed much the larger, both with an intermediate central and feeble
thread; lyrae on the body whorl moderately coarse, well separated and
only occasionally with intermediate threads. Length of a specimen of 6
body whorls, 22 mm. ; width, 6 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of Lisbon,

Ala conciiina n. sp.

Peripheral carina single, narrow but strongly elevated, at the middle; sub-
sutural carina, fine; surface thence to the periphery regularly oblique

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 147

and covered with rather close-set, fine but sharply elevated threads, the
one nearest the peripheral carina much the largest; surface below the
peripheral carina cylindric, with a similar carina a little below its mid-
dle and another near the lower edge ; space between the peripheral
carina and the one next below with a finer carina a little below its mid-
dle. Length of a fragment consisting of the embryo and 4 spire whorls,
5.6 mm.; width, 3 ram. Lower Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice,
La helicoidea n. sp.

Mr. Aldrick mentions no crenulation on the periphery of
the nepionic whorls of tuomeyi, but these are said to exist
by Prof. Harris.

Batbytoina Harr. et Burr.

Dolichotoma Bell. (nom. praeocc).

According to Cossniann, this genus exists fossilized in all
the Tertiary strata and is also found living, but I am inclined
to believe that that author has confused a number of generic
or subgeneric types and that the really typical Bathytoma
occurs only in the upper European Tertiaries, where it is
represented by Murex cataphractus Broc. The geologically
much older American species, from the upper Eocene of Red
Bluff and the Vicksburg Oligocene, described by Conrad under
the name Pleurotoma congesta, is a much smaller species and
differs in some respects, perhaps subgenerically, but may be
considered a Bathytoma for the present. The peripheral ridge
is much better marked than in Megasurcula and is frequently
costulose and the obtuse oblique columellar ridge, very feeble
in Megasurcula is conspicuous in at least the American Bathy-
toma congesta. This ridge is not homologous with the colu-
mellar plicae of some other genera, which are doubtless to be
closely associated in any natural arrangement, such as Sco-
binella, and, occurring much lower down on the columella, is
probably different in origin and significance.

Megasurcula n. gen.

The embryo in this genus is apparently paucispiral, but con-
oidal, the canal obsolete, the base of the shell broadly obtuse,
the pillar with an oblique ridge externally ; sinus large and

148 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

broadly rounded, very near the suture, the fasciolar surface
below the suture broad and feebly concave, the periphery ob-
tuse and not very prominent, and the suture simple, without
subjacent elevated collar. The surface is rendered somewhat
rough by relatively fine, close-set and irregular spiral lines,
and there is no longitudinal sculpture except lines of growth.
The species are large and ponderous, and include Surcula
carpenteriana and tryoni of Gabb, from the coast of Califor-
nia. Megasurcula is a widely isolated and strongly character-
ized genus, belonging exclusively to the living fauna of the
Pacific coast of North America as far as known at present.
It is, at the same time, a rather direct descendant of the ex-
tinct Bathytoma, but the species are of far larger size, carpen-
teriana being probably the largest or most ponderous Pleuro-
tomid known. The embryo, which is conoijdal and multispiral
in Bathytoma, has gradually lost some of its whorls, as shown
in Megasurcula, which of itself would not be a generic char-
acter, but there is in Batliytoma a broad constriction of the
body whorl below the convexity, forming a short stout beak,
which is wholly unobservable in Megasurcula, and the aper-
ture is much more capacious in the latter, with the anal sinus
much larger and different in form and position.

Asthenotoma Harr. et Burr.

Oligotoma Bell. (nom. praeocc).

This genus, entirely represented by extinct species of slen-
der form and elevated, evenly and gradually acuminate spire,
conspicuous development of the spiral lyrae and short aper-
ture, should evidently be considered with the preceding gen-
era and especially with Trypanotoma and allies, but it is
somewhat of an annectant form, as the American species at
least have true ribbing on the nepionic whorls which be-
comes completely lost on the larger volutions of the shell.
It is therefore one of those puzzling exceptions which render
an arrangement of the genera in a dichotomous table so diffi-
cult and unsatisfactory. The embryo in the type, PI. bas-
teroti Desm., of the European Miocene, is said by Cossmann

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 149

to be paucispiral, but the drawing shows a multispiral pro to-
conch; this is, however, a matter of minor importance. The
anal sinus is broad, sometimes very feeble and always median
in position on the spire whorls though not identified with
any particular one or more of the subequal and rather coarse
flat spirals. The beak has no external oblique tumidity. There
can be but little doubt, in view of geographical variations and
wide distribution of this genus, that Endiatoma, of Cossmann,
should be regarded as a synonym or as constituting a slightly
differentiated section of Asthenotoma. The American species
known to me may be recognized as follows, the characters of
texana and shdleri being taken from accurate drawings and
descriptions. They are all peculiar to the Lower Claiborne
Eocene : —

Concavity below the subsutural carina large, extending very nearly to the
middle of the whorl, the surface thence to the lower margin having
three to four equal and widely spaced spiral lines; spire almost twice as
long as the aperture and canal combined. Length of a specimen of 9
body whorls, 18 mm. Texas texana Gabb

Concavity below the subsutural carina very short 2

2 — The concavity much longer than the intervals separating the four or five

spiral lyrae below it; spire rather rapidly acuminate, apparently not
more than one-half longer than the aperture and canal together; form
unusually stout; columella straight. Type defective but probably
representing a specimen of about 8 body whorls, having a length of

14 mm. Louisiana shaleri Vgn.

The concavity not longer than the intervals separating the large lyrae below
the middle of the whorls 3

3 — Form somewhat as in the preceding species, the spire rapidly tapering

and not more than one-half longer than the aperture and canal com-
bined, the inner outline of the columella broadly, evenly arcuate;
spire whorls with a strong flattened subsutural lyra, bordered beneath
by a feeble concavity not longer than a seventh or eighth of the total
length of the whorl, succeeded by two smaller and more approximate
carinules and these by four strong lyrae occupying the entire space
thence to the lower margin ; on the larger whorls there is a single
small raised line alternating with the last-named lyrae. The obtuse
ribs of the nepionic whorls are few in number and become completely
obsolete on the fourth or fifth whorl. Length of a specimen of 7 body
whorls, 12 mm. ; width, 3.4 mm. Texas (6 miles south of Wheelock) —

Mr. T. H. Aldrich eximia n. sp.

Form very much elongated, the spire apparently more than twice as long as
the aperture and canal combined, gradually, evenly acuminate; colum-
ella somewhat obliquely tumid; spire whorls each with a very coarse

150 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

subsutural lyra, two others similar to the subsutural and moderately
approximate at the middle and another similar lyra between the lower-
most of the median and the lyra forming the lower margin; spiral
space below the subsutural lyra exactly equal to the space between
the lowermost of the median lyrae and the one next below the latter.
Length of a specimen of about 9 body whorls, 15.5 mm.; width, 3.9
mm. Lisbon bed, Alabama — Mr. Aldrich strigosa n. sp.

Strigosa is represented before me by a single specimen in
rather imperfect condition, but it is a very distinct species
readily recognizable by the characters of the table. The
spire whorls are more inflated in eximia than in either stri-
gosa or texana, being arcuate in profile ; the sides in those
species are nearly straight.

Heniisurcula n. gen.

In this genus the shell is fusiform, with the embryo con-
oidal, multispiral and closely coiled, the nepionic spire whorls
alone costate and having also an elevated collar below the
suture. The more recent whorls become devoid of lyrae or
costae, though having throughout densely close-set and sub-
equal microscopic striae, except the body whorl abruptly
below the posterior end of the aperture, which is obliquely and
rather coarsely lyrate. The canal is moderate, straight, and,
together with the aperture, forms about half the length of
the shell. The sinus is broadly rounded and median in
position on the spire whorls, the columella simple. The type
of this genus is PI. silicata, of Aldrich, a verv remarkable
and isolated species occurring in the Lignitic Eocene of the
Gregg's Landing beds of Alabama. The beaded subsutural

DO O

collar, subjacent depression and swollen and finely ribbed
lower parts of the two whorls immediately below the embryo
are lost completely on the larger whorls, though the
subsutural collar can be feebly traced as a slightly tumid
line gradually descending further below the suture with
the growth of the shell. Besides silicata, the genus will
include the much stouter PL roscoei Harris, from the same
horizon.

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 151

Orthosurcula n. gen.

Before proceeding to define some of the more typical allies
of Surcula, it will be of advantage to refer to a generic type as
named above, combining some of the features of the preced-
ing group and the true Surculids. The species are large,
moderately stout, completely devoid of ribbing and have the
beak elongate, tapering, relatively slender and straight. The
spirals are close-set, moderate or small in size, sometimes
granulose, and the whorls are more or less broadly inflated
below and feebly concave posteriorly. The outer lip projects
in the middle as a broad rounded lobe beyond the juxta-
sutural part, with the sinus large and posterior, as in Surcula,
and the embryo is paucispiral. The types are the upper Eocene
PI. longiforma Aid., of Red Bluff, Miss., and the European
Eocene Surcula transversaria Lamk. These species have
much finer sculpture than the living Surcula auslralis Lamk.,
which is also an Orthosurcula.

Surcula H. et A. Adams.

Turricula Schum. (nom. praeocc).

This genus is composed of a moderate number of more or
less large species, stout in form, with the beak somewhat elon-
gate and the columella distinctly twisted, the beak generally
having a distinct oblique external ridge which is wholly want-
ing in Orthosurcula. The surface has numerous short oblique
costae, confined throughout to the peripheral ridge, and, in a
few species such as tomata only visible on thenepionic whorls,
becoming lost on the larger whorls — like the peripheral dentic-
ulation of some forms of Gemmula. The embryo is small
and paucispiral. The median parts of the outer lip project
beyond the juxta-sutural part in a broad rounded lobe and
the sinus is large, rounded and posterior, in these respects
resembling Bathytoma and Megasurcula. The type is S.
javana Linn. (=nodifera Lamk.), from the coast of China,
and the genus will include as well tuberculala Gray, tomata

152 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

Dillw. (=javana Kiener 11011 Linn.) and fulminata Kiener,
from the Indo-Pacific fauna, and the South African C I avatul a
gravis of Hinds. Surcula, as far as known to rne, is a mod-
ern development and most of the very numerous old Tertiary
forms will constitute other genera.

Pleurofusia De Gre

This name was given by De Gregorio to a species which he
described and figured under the name longirostropsis, stating
that it may be a variety of servata Con., and indicating the lat-
ter species as one of the generic types. Nothing very similar is
known to me from the Upper Claiborne ferruginous sand, but
there is a specimen in the cabinet of Mr. Aldrich, from the
Lower Claiborne, which greatly resembles the figure referred
to. At any rate, it seems evident that Pleurofusia, as repre-
sented by servata and the specimen alluded to, must be rec-
ognized as valid. The species are moderate to rather small
in size and of somewhat slender form, with rather slender,
somewhat elongate beak and strong, longitudinally and trans-
versely rounded, almost entire costae, generally some seven or
eight in number. The embryo is conoidal and multispiral to
obtuse and paucispiral in form, but never has any conspicuous
longitudinal riblets. The fasciolar surface is usually well de-
fined, in great part obliterating the ribs below the suture, but
in some cases is less evident, the ribs being strong thoughout
the length of the whorl. The species chiefly characterize the
upper Eocene and Vicksburg Oligocene of the Southern States,
but would seem to have originated in such forms as langdoni
Aid., of the lower Eocene, which has more numerous ribs,
and extend upward at least to the lower Miocene of West
Florida, where the genus is represented by a species resem-
bling servata. The other species known to me are declivis
Con. and oblivia, vicksburgensis , evanescens, collaris and hil-
gardi Csy., with several others still undescribed. Such species
as servatoidea Aid., will form an allied genus somewhat resem-
bling Pleurofusia in the ribbing but differing iu the position
of the anal sinus and character of the sculpture.

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 153

Tropisurcula n. gen.

The shell hi this genus is small in size, of slender form,
with moderately elongate and slender beak and narrow,
closely coiled, multispiral embryo, which is higher than wide,
and perfectly smooth and polished throughout. The ribs
are about equal in number to those of Pleurofusia but cul-
minate in transverse prominences at the summit of an angu-
late median periphery, and sometimes become gradually
feebler on the larger whorls. The spiral lines are subequal
among themselves, relatively rather coarse but low, and very
close-set throughout. The species known to me are two in
number as distinguished by the following characters : —

Ribs nine to ten in number, rounded and distinct throughout the length of
the whorls, though much more prominent on the peripheral ridge and
tending to become extinct on the broad fasciolar surface of the larger
whorls; spiral lines coarse but not much elevated, even above, coarser
and usually separated by a fine line below, the periphery; apex of
the embryo obtuse. Length of a specimen of 5 body whorls, 10
mm.; width, 2.9 mm. Red Bluff Eocene to the Vicksburg
Oligocene caseyi Aid .

Ribs seven or eight in number, more broadly rounded, very promineut on
the angulate periphery, becoming rapidly obsolete below, and usually
wholly effaced on the fasciolar surface above, the periphery, especially
on the larger whorls; spirals rather wide but feebly elevated, close-set
and subequal throughout, but still feebler on the fasciolar surface ;
embryo acute at tip, of five smooth and highly polished whorls, narrow-
ing more rapidly above the two basal whorls, the apical very small.
Length of a specimen of 1 body whorls, 7.5 mm.; width, 2.5 mm.
Lower Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice, La . . crennla n. sp.

The embryo in caseyi is much more evenly and feebly
tapering from base to apex than in crenula. The former
species was described by Mr. Aldrich under the generic name
Drillia .

Surculoiua n. gen.

The type of this genus was regarded by Cossmann as a
member of his genus Amblyacrum, and, while the small pauci-
spiral embryo is very nearly the same in general form, all the
other characters differ to so great a degree that it is not easy

154 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

to comprehend the motives for this association. In Surcu-
loma the beak is rather slender and somewhat abruptly formed
below the convexity of the body whorl, the ribs large and few
in number, the spire whorls always more or less angulate in
profile at the periphery and the sculpture invariably consists
of minute and very close-set spiral lines. In Amblyacrum,
however, the beak is thick and gradually formed, the ribs
numerous and close-set, the spire whorls almost evenly arcuate
in profile and the spiral sculpture coarse and not close-set.
The general f acies of the shell in the two genera is wholly differ-
ent. There are four species of Surculoma known to me at pres-
ent, described under the names tabulate, Con. ( = coelata Lea) —
assumed as the generic type — from the Upper Claiborne sand
and penrosei and dumblei, of Harris, and stantoni Vaughan,
from the Lower Claiborne of Texas and Louisiana. Penrosei
Harr., which was published by its author as a variety of
huppertzi, is in no way closely related to that species, having
a radically different embryo as well as a different position of
the anal sinus. Dumblei is more slender and has a relatively
higher spire and shorter aperture than the others, but does
not differ otherwise. Subaequalis, of Conrad, may possibly
be an aberrant species of this genus, although the periphery
is decidedly more obtuse ; it seems to have the same peculiar
minute close-set spiral lines, which, in all the species, alternate
with larger lines toward base; it is very stout in form, with
short obtuse rounded ribs, the aperture and short slender
canal together being fully as long as the remainder of the
shell if not longer. The embryo is wanting in the type and
apparently only known specimen, which is from the Upper
Claiborne sand. A very large and conspicuous umbilicus
occurs in tabulata as an abnormal character.

Microsurcula n. gen.

This genus is composed of a considerable number of species,
all of which are very small, with the body whorls seldom ex-
ceeding four in number at maturity. The embryo is relatively
large and complex, conical, multispiral, closely coiled and
with about five whorls, the lower one to three of which are

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 155

covered with hue acute longitudinal riblets. The periphery
is more or less obtusely swollen, the ribs small and numerous
and reduced in size and reversed in curvature on the broad
fasciolar surface, generally attaining the suture or small sub-
sutural collar above. The canal is rather tapering in form,
straight, moderate in length, and, together with the aperture,
about half as long as the shell. Of the two following species
the first is to be regarded as the type : —

Shell very small, with two or three body whorls, moderately stout, the em-
bryo of five whorls which gradually and evenly increase in size, the
apical whorl or nucleus very minute, acutely rounded and relatively
higher in form, the second to fifth broadly convex and closely covered
with an elaborate system of fine riblets, becoming more widely spaced
on the fifth and gradually merging without break into the ribs of the
subsequent whorls; these ribs are some twelve in number, elevated,
rounded, extending throughout the couvexity of the body whorl below
and to the very fine subsutural collar above, becoming reduced and
arcuately reversed in curvature across the fasciolar surface; spiral
lines moderately coarse, even and flat, rather widely spaced and without
intermediate lines, becoming close- set near the base and slightly
smaller and more close-set on the fasciolar surface. Length of a speci-
men of 2 body whorls, 4.8 mm.; width , 1.5 mm. Lower Claiborne
Eocene of St. Maurice, La nacleola n. sp.

Shell slightly larger and rather more slender, with more elevated and less
obtusely rounded periphery, the aperture and canal combined notice-
ably shorter than the remainder; embryo relatively larger, higher than
wide, of about five whorls, the four uppermost smooth, forming a large
even cone, the two lower whorls of which are relatively more inflated
toward base, the fourth acquiring coarse feeble riblets which grow
stronger on the fifth, where they are broadly arcuate and widely spaced ;
the fifth whorl is large, and more evenly convex and gradually acquires
spiral sculpture but no defined peripheral swelling; subsequent whorls
with about eighteen small but distinct ribs, gradually becoming obso-
lete at the lower margin, attenuated and arcuate in reverse on the fasci-
olar surface but not quite attaining the rather distinct cariniform sub-
sutural collar; on the second body whorl the ribs form acute nodules
on the peripheral ridge but do not extend materially below the latter,
and, while still distinct on the fasciolar surface, come still further from
attaining the subsutural collar; spiral lyrae on and below the peri-
phery moderately coarse, even, well spaced and without intermediate
threads, becoming close-set on the beak; on the fasciolar surface they
are finer and close-set. Length of a specimen of 2 body whorls, 6.4
mm. ; width, 2.0 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene (from a well seven miles
south of Jewett, Texas) — Mr. T. H. Aldrich bellala n. sp.

This genus will also include P. georgei Harr., from the
Lignitic Eocene of Wood's Bluff, Ala., and an undescribed

156 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Loxiis.

species, figured by Prof. Harris on the same plate as the
young of P. servatoidea Aid., with which it evidently has no
relationship. This latter species seems in fact to be ex-
ceedingly close to georgei, and appears to be from the same
horizon. Microsurcula will include, in addition, the Upper
Claiborne Pusus vetustus, of Lea, and two species from the
Vicksburg Oligocene, one of which I recently described under
the name P. intacta.

Lyrosurcula n. gen.

The species of this genus bear some resemblance to those
of Pleurofusia, but the spire whorls and ribbing are more
cylindrical and the spiral lyrae are different in character,
being equal and equally spaced among themselves below the
fasciolar surface and not enlarged on the ribs to anv very
noticeable degree. They differ also in the embryo, which,
although conical and multispiral, has the lower whorl or two
covered with longitudinal riblets, these being absent in Pleuro-
fusia. The three species at present before me may be
recognized by the following characters : —

Embryo acutely conical, higher than wide, of 6 whorls, the apical or nucleus
more swollen and slightly eccentric, the first three smooth, the lower
three covered with very regular riblets which at first are very fine,
close- set and feeble, becoming gradually coarser and more widely spaced,
the sixth whorl gradually acquiring the spiral lyrae, these appearing
distinctly between the riblets ; fasciolar surface beginning abruptly at
the end of the sixth whorl; next two whorls — the first two body
whorls — having strongly rounded outline, about eleven feebly elevated
and transversely rounded subcylindric ribs, three strong but narrow,
well separated spiral lines in rather more than basal half and a decliv-
ous, broadly concave fasciolar surface, with distinct arcuate lines of
growth and two fine spiral threads and not entirely crossed by the
rapidly obsolete ribs; subsutural collar very small and feebly carinulate ;
canal short, slender and twisted. Length of a specimen having a com-
plete exbryo and 2 body whorls, 4.3 mm.; width, 1.6 mm. Lower
Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice, La - . elegans n. sp.

Embryo less acute at tip, a little higher than wide, of four whorls, the upper
three smooth, the fourth alone with a few widely separated, obliquely
arcuate and rather feeble riblets, body whorls nearly as in the preced-
ing, with ten broadly rounded ribs distinct in the inflated subcylindric
lower half of the whorls and scarcely intruding at all upon the steeply
descending and broadly concave fasciolar surface; the sculpture

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 157

throughout is very nearly as in elegans but with larger and stronger ribs.
Length of the embryo and first three spire whorls, 2.7 mm.; width, 1.5

mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of St. Maurice, La acuta n. sp.

Embryo larger and much stouter than in acuta, fully as wide as high, acutely
pointed, the nucleal tip being small and rather elevated, the whorls four
in number, closely coiled, feebly convex, all highly polished and devoid
of sculpture, the lowermost only acquiringa few riblets in its last quad-
rant, which riblets merge gradually into the ten or eleven ribs of the
body whorls; lyrae and fasciolar surface nearly as in the two preceding
species. Length of a specimen consisting of the embryo and one com-
plete body whorl, 1.9 mm.; width, 1.0 mm. Lower Claiborne Eocene of
St. Maurice, La obsoleta n. sp.

The species described by Harris under the names vaughani
and sylvaerupis also belong to this genus, but, besides differ-
ing from those of the table to some extent in the form of the
embryo, have the ribs less numerous and relatively larger;
the Upper Claiborne baumonti may likewise be included as a
slightly aberrant or degenerate member. A considerable num-
ber of specimens of elegans were obtained, but none with
more than two body whorls, and it is probable that it may
really be a small species when mature ; in this case it would
contrast greatly with vaughani and sylvaerupis, which are
moderately large species with a many-whorled spire.

ILeptosurcula n. gen.

In this genus the form is very slender, fusiform, the canal
very long, the aperture and canal together being about half as
long as the entire shell. The embryo is relatively very large,
higher than wide, conical and composed of five or six polished
whorls, the lower whorls gradually acquiring close-set longi-
tudinal riblets, and then, equally gradually, the spiral lyrae.
The type is the very isolated P. beadata * Harris, of the TeXas

* The name " beadata " is of an etymology difficult to ascertain. If it
is derived from the English word bead, referring to the beaded subsutural
collar, it is indeed a " barbarism," or, at any rate, a procedure in the forma-
tion of specific names which is generally condemned. It is, however, per-
haps not so much worse than mortoniopsis and texanopsis — Latin and
Greek hybrids which have been used by two of our authors, — or such
words as texacona, texagyra, texacola and texalta, which have been employed
by Prof. Harris.

158 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Eocene, a slender and much elongated species, with a long
slender and gradually tapering beak. The series of small
rounded close-set nodules, forming the subsutural collar, are
completely independent of the relatively large and oblique
costae, which are less than half as numerous. The strong
even spiral lyrae are also a peculiar feature.

Among other described genera of the tribe Pleurotomini,
special mention should be made of Eopleurotoma Coss., very
rich in species in the European Eocene and in the American
Lower and Upper Claiborne, where it is represented by such
species as nupera Con. ( = rugosa Lea and protapa De Greg.),
gemmata Con. ( = tupis De Greg.), liaeninghausi Lea, sayi
Lea ( = monilifera Lea), desnoyersi Lea (=Hntea Con. and
properugosa De Greg.) and nodocarinata Gabb. In Europe
Borsonia and Epalxis are well known fossil genera, but
Cordiera would seem to belong rather to the Pseudotomini,
as far as disclosed by published descriptions and figures, and
is apparently not closely allied to Borsonia. The American
Borsonia plenta belongs to Protosurcula , as stated before, and
is not related to the true Borsonia, which is exclusively
European.

There are some other distinct genera among our fossil
species which are not further dwelt upon at present, princi-
pally because of lack of material. Among these types of
more or less isolated genera may be mentioned Drillia
prosseri Harr. and Pleurotoma plutonica Csy., which are
congeneric, and the following apparently unique types: car-
lottae, cainei and texanopsis, of Harris, exiloides Aid., nasuta
Whitf . and lesueuri Lea.

Clavini.

This tribe is less extensive than the Pleurotomini, but is
nevertheless composed of numerous generic groups, which are
less isolated among themselves than those of the foregoing
tribe, a condition due in a great measure to the fact — as be-
fore stated of the non-operculate series, — that the Clavini
are largely modern in development and include comparatively
few extinct types. Many Eocene fossils assigned to that most

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 159

astonishing complex known as Drillia, do not belong even to
the present tribe and are true Pleurotomids. The genus
Drillia is in reality very limited, and, as far as known to me,
includes only its West African type species described by Gray
under the name umbilicata. The Clavini may be considered
to possess three principal types of structure or general facies
represented by Clavus, Crassispira and Drillia, but the
definition of genera in these sections will prove to be an
uncertain and rather unsatisfactory matter. The genus
Cymatosyrinx Dall, is a rather isolated fossil type, and is
truly represented only by lunata Lea, and a few other species
of our upper Tertiaries, having a peculiarly short, broad and
obtuse paucispiral embryo and an external oblique rostral
ridge. Many of the species placed with the type, even by
its author, do not belong there. Cossmann assumes the
name Cymatosyrinx for the old and very extensive genus
Clavus, on the ground of preoccupation, because of the older
name Clava Gm., but this is evidently inadmissible, Clavus
being abundantly distinct from Clava, and if such generic
words as these were not held to bp distinct, very great con-
fusion in zoological nomenclature would result. The species
figured by Tryon in his " Structural and Systematic Concho-
logy ' as a typical Drillia, the gibbosa of Kiener, does not
even belong to that section of the tribe, but should form the
type of a genus closely allied to the true Crassispira as rep-
resented by the West Indian bottae Val. and the West African
callosa Val. and carbonaria Rve. Although the shells in
this tribe are generally thick and heavy, it is remarkable that
some of the largest and heaviest of them, such as the three
species of Crassispira just mentioned, are seldom or never
found perfect when mature, but are invariably largely and
roughly decollated. The following genus seems worthy of
definition at the present time, as it is quite isolated and one
of the oldest known types of the Clavini.

Eodrillia n. gen.

The typical forms of this genus are characterized by a
smooth, or at most finely and spirally striate surface, well
developed, more or less rounded ribs, which do not cross the

160 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

concave fasciolar surface below the usually well-developed
subsutural collar and frequently tending to disappear on the
larger whorls, a very short aperture, short, angulate base
with nearly obsolete canal, open anal sinus of the usual form
in Clavus and a conical pointed smooth multispiral and closely
coiled embryo. Among the typical species maybe mentioned
depygis Con. (= laevis Con. and pinaculina and solitariuscula
DeGreg.), with its varieties lonsdali Lea and surculopsis and
fita De Greg., of the Upper Claiborne ferruginous sand and
texana Con. ( = texacona Harr. ), of the Lower Claiborne of
Texas. It is possible that such forms as tantida Con., of the
Vicksburg Oligocene, may also be included, although in that
species there is no well-defined subsutural collar and the ribs
attain the suture above. Eboroides, of Conrad, is more
nearly a Clavus and cannot be included.

Belini.

The species of this small tribe are exclusively inhabitants of
European arctic and subarctio waters, as far as definitely
known to me at present. They are moderate or small in
size and of thin fragile substance, frequently having a whitish
coating which is difficult to remove in many cases, and, in
others, such as Typldomangilia and Beta pyramidalis Strom.,
bears the characteristic sculpture of the shell. The embryo
varies in a most remarkable manner and serves to indicate,
with other accompanying characters, some six or seven
genera among the present representatives of Bela. Coss-
mann has referred several fossil forms to the genus Bela
in its broad sense, but there is some doubt if any of them
belong to the present tribe. The Australian Eocene " plesio-
type ' Bela pulchra Tate, certainly resembles some forms
allied to Clathurella more than it does the Belini, especially
in the conformation of the posterior parts of the aperture, but
the large obtuse embryo would isolate it there, though scarcely
more so than the American Eocene Eoclathurella to be de-
scribed below. In any event Bela pulchra will form the type
of a very distinct genus, probably assignable to the non-
operculate series.

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 161

PSEUDOTOMINI.

This tribe, composed exclusively of extinct old Tertiary
types, is confessedly somewhat artificial in scope. There is
a certain general Fusoid habitus common to all, the shell being
usually stout in form, with short or obsolete beak and the
outer lip is broadly, feebly sinuate posteriorly to the suture, but
without a clearly limited notch. Pseudotoma was placed among
the Conidae by Cossmann and Cordiera'm the Pleurotomidae.
Fusitoma sipho Aid., was described by its author as Fusus
siphus and Varicobela smithi Aid., was originally described
under the name Strombus smithi, while other species, brought
together to form the present tribe, were originally assigned to
Fusus, Mitra and Borsonia, showing the doubt and uncer-
tainty involving the relationships of the species. My concep-
tion of Cordiera is derived from the study of a small species
from the " Calcaire grossiere," labeled PL nodidaris Desh.,
and, if it is a typical representative of that genus as main-
tained by Cossmann, there can be no doubt whatever of its
very pronounced affinity with our Mitra biconica, of Whitfield,
and Borsonia ludoviciana Vgn., which species may be con-
sidered as representing Cordiera for the present. As to the
relationship between Cordiera and Borsonia, I am forced to
assume that there is very little real affinity, but only a super-
ficially apparent affiliation due to the plication of the colu-
mella, a character which is frequently sporadic and of little
or no phylogenetic significance in' the Pleurotomidae. Although
the embryo of our Eocene Pleurotoma heilprini Aid., differs
noticeably from that characterizing the European type of
Pseudotoma, the remaining features of the shell agree very
well, and we may conclude that heilprini represents the genus
in the American Tertiary, but the species figured by Cossmann
under the name Pseudotoma bonellii, is certainly generically
different from Ps. intorta Broc, assumed as typical of
Pseudotoma.

Ruscula n. gen.

The general form of the shell in this genus is short and
stout, with a very short stout reflexed beak, rather abruptly

162 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

formed below the convexity of the bodv whorl, and a spiral
sculpture of coarse subequal lyrae. The embryo is conoidal,
compact and closely coiled, multispiral, or composed of about
three whorls. The body whorls are evenly convex and
coarsely ribbed, the subsutural collar not well defined. The
columella is biplicate. The two species before me are both
from the Upper Claiborne ferruginous sand, and may be defined
as follows : —

Form very stout, the spiral lyrae coarser and more close-set, separated by
scarcely their own width on the peripheral convexity, though widely
separated below on the body whorl; columellar plicae moderately
strong and extremely oblique. Length of a specimen of 5 bodv whorls,
17.5 mm. ; width, 7.5 mm. [Fwsws] plicata Lea

Form less stout, smaller in size, the spiral lyrae finer, separated by about
twice their width on the convexity of the body whorl, the central of
the fine intermediate threads more pronounced than in plicata;
columellar plicae very strong and much less oblique. Length of an
equally well grown specimen of 5 body whorls, 13.5 mm.; width, 5.5
mm extricata n. sp.

Varicobela n. gen.

The shell here is of moderately large size, thick substance
and very stout form, with strongly elevated rounded varices,
usually about five in number on the first four body whorls.
The embryo is large, broadly and regularly conoidal, much
wider than high and composed of about three whorls. The
body whorls are broadly and evenly convex, without
pronounced peripheral prominence, having numerous long
and rather narrow, elevated and obliquely sigmoid ribs
and many fine lines of growth, which are cut by equally
fine and regular spiral threads, producing a regular
but very minute clathration ; every fourth spiral thread
is larger, these becoming strong and widely spaced lyrae on
the body whorl below the convexity ; aperture half as long as
the shell, oblique, the canal very short but narrow and rather
well differentiated. The inner lip is callous throughout and
there are no columellar plicae. The type of this genus,
rendered very isolated by the varices so unusual in the Pleuro-
tomidae, is the Sfrombus smithi, of Aldrich, occurring in the
upper Eocene strata at Eed Bluff, Miss. A specimen of 4

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 163

body whorls measures 27 mm. in length and 12.5 mm. in
width. The embryo is of the same general type as in Pseu-
dotoma, as figured by Cossmann.

Fusitoma n. gen.

The type of this genus is Fusitoma sipho, a rather elon-
gate, fusiform and moderately stout shell with somewhat
thin walls, originally assigned to the genus Fusus. The
aperture is feebly oblique and half as long as the shell, the
canal very short and not differentiated from the aperture,
of which it forms the gradually narrowed anterior end. The
base is very gradually and sinuately narrowed below the
broad convexity of the body whorl. The body whorls are
broadly convex, becoming concave above near the suture, the
latter feebly margined beneath. The ribs are obsolete, being
replaced by long fine elevated lines apparently produced by
arrested growth and crossed by somewhat conspicuous lyra-
tion. The embryo in my single example — which I owe to
the kindness of Mr. Aldrich — is not in good condition, so that
I cannot venture to describe it.

There have been some other species described and figured
from the American Eocene, which may form genera in this
tribe or enter some of those already defined and particularly
Fusitoma; among these may be mentioned PI. leania and
Pleurotomella sigma, of Harris, Pleurotoma capax Whitf.,
Fusus whitfieldi Aid., and perhaps Fusus harrisi, of the
latter author. I have not been able to study any of these
species except by published drawings and descriptions.

DONOVANIINI.

The genus Donovania Bucq. (= Lachesis Risso; nom.
praeocc.) is one of those doubtful forms which have been as-
signed widely different positions in the Gastropod series, and
is included here as forming a distinct tribe of Pleurotomidae
merely for the sake of completeness, and not because I have
been able to make any investigations leading to personal con-

164 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

viction regarding its affinities. It is held to be a Pleurotouiid
by Tryon and Cossmann, but some other authors apparently
consider it more closely affiliated with Buccinum. In Dono-
vania the shell is very small in size, generally slender, with
four or five body whorls which are evenly and feebly convex
from suture to suture and without trace of fasciolar surface.
The sculpture is strong and relatively very coarse, either
simply clathrate or with rounded ribs, the coarse spiral lyrae
mutually equal and some four in number. The aperture is
short, from distinctly less to decidedly more than a third as
long as the shell and is broadly oval. The canal is extremely
short but rather well differentiated and the embryo is rela-
tively large in size, hemispherical, smooth and paucispiral.
It inhabits the present European seas.

It is stated by Cossmann that the genus JSTesaea, of Eisso,
which, being preoccupied, was named Chauvetia by Montero-
sato, is synonymous with Donovania and tXxattXie Folinaea,oi
Monterosato, founded upon Buccinum lefebvrei Marav., is also
synonymous, but, as Cossmann states — after Tryon — that
Donovania in its broad sense occurs not only in the Medi-
terranean but in Japan, the East Indies and the Island of St.
Paul, it is probable that there are a few really distinct genera
confounded under that name, which lack of material and
complete literature of the subject prevent me from investigat-
ing at present. Donovania minima, the type of the genus,
according to Bellardi and Cossmann, occurs also in the
Italian Pliocene and Post-pliocene strata, being described
from the former under the name Lachesis brunnea Donov.
The association of Donovania with Bela, which has been
suggested, appears to me to be wholly unwarranted.

Daphnellini.

This enormous complex, one of the largest of the Gastro-
pod series, is composed of moderately small to minute species,
occupying diversified environments throughout the globe, but
particularly abundant in the Indo-Pacific region and wonder-
fully developed near New Caledonia. In comparison with
known living forms, the fossils are verv few in number and

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 165

occur, for the most part, in middle and upper Tertiary strata.
The numerous genera cluster about certain apparently isolated
type forms such as Clathurella, Glyphostoma, Gythara,
Mangelia, Daphnella and Raphitoma , which differ so greatly
among themselves as to suggest the propriety of subtribal
division, but after long and patient study of rather large ma-
terial I have been unable to devise a system of characters to
serve for the definition of these subtribal groups. Gythara,
in its typical forms, is a rather heavy shell, sometimes remind-
ing us of the Conidae, having a long oblique linear aperture
and well developed labial plicae, but other forms occur in
which the linear aperture shortens by degrees and becomes
devoid of folds, giving us the conditions observed in Mangelia.
Others, having a short but gradually more oval and plicifer-
ous aperture, merge from Mangelia into Glyphostoma and
these into Clathurella, which is a larger and more obese form
with thinner shell substance, and Clathurella again into Raphi-
toma and Bellarcliella, which usually have a thin non-plicate
outer lip, and Daphnella, with very thin fragile shell walls
and absence of the true ribbing so universal in the remainder
of the tribe. The short or obsolete beak of Daphnella be-
comes elongate in Teres and still longer in Pleurotomella , and,
in Eucyclotoma Boettg., we have, as frequently occurs, a
remarkable special structure of the shell as well as an embryo
differing radically from that of Daphnella, to which it is allied
by the absence of true ribbing.

These various transitions are made through more or less
small but abrupt differentials, indicating intermediate generic
a subgeneric groups, but the genera are so numerous in pro-
portion to the known species, that one may well hesitate to
define them, although it should be stated that if these inter-
mediate stages are not characterized as genera it will be im-
possible to set any definite limits to the principal genera
named above. When fuller series of species shall have been
collected throughout the world and scientific workers become
more discriminating than at present, generic names will
certainly have to be given a very large number of these re-
markable type forms, but at the present time little or no use-

166 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

ful result could be attained by pursuing such a course.
Monterosato has attempted it in a partial manner in the case
of the|Mediterranean Daphnellids, but his genera, which in
my opinion will be proved ultimately valid, have been sup-
pressed by Cossmann and others.

The name Daphnellini is here adopted for the tribal des-
ignation, though the name Daphnella is antedated by both
Cythara and Mangelia, because both of the latter have been
called in question. Cossmann rejects Cythara altogether in
favor of JEucithara Fisch., and Mangelia is generally spelled
" Mangilia' by recent authors. These courses are both
erroneous, however, since there is no necessity for the sub-
stitution of E ucithara for the former, and the original spell-
ing of the latter is Mangelia, which being the case, it is
impossible to change it, in spite of the fact that the one
intended to be honored in the name loses this honor by reason
of the mistake.

The two genera described below are both widely isolated in
the structure of the embryo and in other characters : —

Eoclathurella n. gen.

The shell in this genus is small in size, more or less elon-
gate, having when mature about three convex body whorls,
the aperture oblique and rather narrow, oval or sublinear,
much less than half as long as the shell, the sinus relatively
large, deep, semicircularly rounded, strongly everted and well
separated from the suture, the posterior callous prominence
well developed. The inner lip is callous throughout, bearing
three or four short transverse plicae at maturity, the canal
very short and generally not strongly differentiated. The
ribs are numerous, elongated and extend in gradually reduced
form to the suture above, the spiral lyrae rather small and
widely separated, but abruptly formed and slightly enlarged
on the ribs, the fasciolar surface convex, crossed by the rib-
bing but having finer and more close-set spirals. The embryo
it relatively large, broadly conical, closely coiled and of
between three and four whorls, the lowermost gradually
acquiring some longitudinal riblets which merge gradually

Casey — Notes on the Pleurotomidae. 167

into the ribs of the subsequent whorls. The two species in
my cabinet may be readily identified as follows : —

Form slender; shell substance thinner; obtuse periphery of the whorls
well above the middle and broadly rounded, scarcely differentiable from
the general convexity; lyrae small in size, finer but scarcely more close-
set above the periphery; ribs small, somewhat oblique, close-set and
numerous, some eighteen in number; callus of inner lip distinct and
with a fine free edge throughout; outer lip not distinctly modified
within. Length, 4.5 mm.; width, 1.5 mm. Jacksonian Eocene of the
Red River Kimbrel bed jacksonica n. sp.

Form stouter and with thicker walls, the periphery of the whorls at about
the middle aud broadly, faintly angulate in profile; lyrae rather strong
and more noticeably dilated on the ribs, almost completely obsolete
between the latter and much finer above the periphery; ribs much
larger, rounded, longitudinal, about twelve in number; callus of the
inner lip almost obliterated for a short distance below the strong
prominence at the posterior part of the outer lip; inner surface of the
latter prominent with obtuse callus near the sinus and also in a longi-
tudinal subbasal ridge, and with one or two minute folds between the
two large prominences. Length, 5.0 mm.; width, 1.8mm. Jacksonian
Eocene of the Montgomery bed, La obesula n. sp.

The species described by Meyer, :from the Upper Claiborne
sand of Alabama, under the name Mangelia meridionalis , un-
doubtedly belongs to this genus. It differs from the species
above described in having two rounded and two carinated
smooth embryonic whorls and five body whorls, and even with
this number of whorls, which may be a mistake of the de-
scriber, the figured type seems to be immature, as the coluni-
ellar folds do not appear and the outer lip is not of an adult
type ; it is materially larger than either of the species de-
scribed in the table. This genus represents the oldest type
of non-operculate Pleurotomidae known to me at present.

Helenella n. gen.

This generic name is proposed for certain very small spe-
cies apparently confined to the fauna of St. Helena, though
possibly extending to the entire West African faunal province
and having a form of embryo wholly different from any-
thing else in the tribe. The shell is oval or fusiform, mod-
erately thick in substance, closely, spirally nodulose in

168 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

sculpture, having the aperture oblique, narrowly oval, nearly
half as long as the shell and completely undifferentiated from
the extremely short canal. The anal sinus is small but distinct
and abruptly formed; it is but slightly everted from the axial
line of the aperture, though separated from the suture by a
thickened callus. The outer lip is not dilated and is non-
plicate. Columella with about twojbroadly tumid oblique and
approximate folds at the middle. The spire is half as long as
the shell, with its outline even in profile from whorl to whorl,
and without break due to individual convexity of the whorls,
the side profile of each whorl very feebly arcuate, the sutural
breaks in the curve of profile narrow ; each whorl with about
three very broad approximate spiral lyrae, forming moderately
elevated tubercles or nodules on the numerous approximate
ribs; pillar not differentiated, the base of the shell obconic.
The embryo is smooth, of between one and two whorls, very
broadly and obliquely obtuse at apex in profile, the summit
concave, the nucleus extremely small. Body whorls three to
four in number. The two species in my cabinet are the
following: —

Shell white, variegated irregularly with dark brown; longitudinal ribs
separated by much less than their own widths and very numerous,
some twenty in number. Length, 4.0 mm.; width, 1.6 mm.

niultigranosa Smith

Shell still smaller, clear and pale straw color throughout, the ribs separated

by fully their own widths and about fifteen in number, much more nearly

obliterated between the strong spirals than the latter are between the

ribs. Length of a specimen of 3 body whorls, 2.9 mm.; width, 1.3 mm.

insolens n. sp.

The general outline of the shell in this genus is not unre-
mindful of Mztromorpha, but it differs in having a distinct
anal sinus. Probably many other species will be discovered,
hitherto overlooked because of their minute size.

Taranini .

This tribe, though very limited in scope, is altogether iso-
lated and differs from the preceding not only in facies, but
in some important structural features, the most important

Casey — Notes on the Plexirotomidae. 169

being the very broad shallow anal sinus situated on the peri-
phery and not on or near the suture, which is its invariable
position in the Daphnellini. The only genus at present
known is Taranis Jeffr., a very minute and fragile shell, with
the aperture broadly oval and the canal very short. The
surface is clathrated by equal longitudinal and spiral raised
lines and is without trace of true ribs. The body whorls are
about three in number. No extinct species of Taranis is
known from the European strata, but, singularly enough, a
species which, from the figure, appears to be a true Taranis,
was described by Prof. Harris fromjthe middle Eocene strata
of Smithville, Texas, under the mime jlnexa (Proc. Ac. Nat.
Sci., Phila., 1895, p. 64). This is one of the most interest-
ing discoveries yet announced among our extinct Gastropods.

MlTROMORPHINI .

The species of this tribe are very small, oval or fusiform in
outline and generally strongly, spirally sculptured. The aper-
ture is long and more or less narrowly oval, and, owing to the
fact that the anal sinus is obsolete, some doubt exists as to
their true relationship. In placing the tribe provisionally with
the Pleurotomidae I merely follow the usual custom, having
made no determinative studies myself. The species seem to
be few in number and individually rare or, at least, but few
exist in any collection accessible to me at present. The only
representative in my cabinet has the apex of the shell worn
away so that I am unable to describe the embryo, except in
general terms as shown in the West Indian fossil forms de-
scribed by Dr. Dall, in which it appears to be small, rounded
or obtuse and paucispiral.

Species of Mitromorpha have been described from Japan,
California, the Pliocene strata of Florida and the European
Pliocene, the latter, the subulata of Cossmann, apparently
being a typical member of the genus; so its distribution,
though limited to the northern temperate regions as far as
known, is, or has been, very extended. The columella is
sometimes bi- or triplicate at the middle, and the outer lip is,

170 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

at least occasionally, finely plicate within throughout its length .
The species described by Dr. Dall from the Florida Pliocene
under the name pygmaea, will probably form a genus or sub-
genus different from the purely lyrate species including
cincta Dall from the same beds, as well as lirata Ad., as-
sumed as the type of Mitromorpha. This genus has recently
been assigned to the Mitridae by Dall (Trans. Wag. Inst.,
Vol. 3, p. 95).

Issued May 19, 1904.

PUBLICATIONS.

The following publications of the Academy are offered for sale at the
net prices indicated. Applications should be- addressed to The Librarian.
The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3317 Olive St., St. Louis, Mu.

transactions (in octavo).

Vol.

Number.

Price per
number.

Price per vol.

Price in set.

1+

2f

3,4

$7.50
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

1

$4,00
2.00 each.

07.00
(Nos. 2-4 culy.)

2

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

5.00

«>

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

4

1 to 4

2.00 c:ach.

7.50

7.00

5

1-2, 3-4 |

4.00 each,
(double numbers)

7.50

7.00

6J

1. 2_, 8, 8,

10, H. 16, 17

4, 5, 7, 13,

14, 15, "18

3, 9

12

> 25 cts. each.

I 50 cts. each.

75 cts. each.
81.00

7.50

7.00

7X

2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8.
13. 15, 10,

18, 19

5, 9 to 12,

14,20

17

1

I 25 cts. each.

> 50 cts. each.

75 cts.
01.00

7.50

7.C0

SJ

1, 3 to 6

8, 10, 12

2,7.9, 11

> 25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

1, 3, 4, 7, 9

2, 5, 8
6

25 cts. each.
50 cl3. each.
$1.25

3.75

3.50

lot

9

2, 4, 5, 10

1

3, 6; 7,8, 11

10 cts.
25 cts. each.

40 cts.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

lit

2 3

5-8,'l0, 11

1

i

15 cts. each.

25 cts. each.

45 cts.

75 cts.
1.00

3.75

1

3.50

J Of

1

1

1,9.10

5

3,8

2, 4, 6, 7

25 cts. each.

35 cts.
45 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

i

i

3.50

13t

2, 3, 5-9

4
1

25 cts. each.

75 cts.

1.50

3.75 3.50

memoirs (in quarto).

Contributions to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Arch aec logical Section.
Parti. Pottery. 1880. 82.00.

The total eclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of the observations
made by the "Washington University Eclipse Party, at Norman, Califor-
nia. 1891. .$2.00.

* Supply exhausted.

t Can be sold only to purchasers of the entire volume,— so far as this can be
supplied.

J Each number i= a brochure containing one- complete paper (or rarely two).

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.

VOL. XIV No. 6.

THE GENUS OTHAKE RAF.

B. F. BUSH.

Issued June 8f 1904.

THE GENUS OTHAKE RAF.*
B. F. Bush.

While going over some specimens of Polypieris collected in
Texas by Mr. J. Reverchon about a year ago, I felt convinced
that there were more than three annual species in the collec-
tion, and began a study of the genus to ascertain just what
species the specimens under consideration represented, which
study has been continued as my spare time permitted, up to
the present.

Through the courtesy of Prof. Wm. Trelease and Mr.
Richard Rathbun, I have been enabled to make a careful
examination of all the material of the species generally
referred to this genus in the herbarium of the Missouri
Botanical Garden and that of the United States National
Herbarium,! and I have concluded that it is better to treat
the species of the Southwestern United States as a separate
genus from the Southeastern plant on which Nuttall founded
the genus Polypieris. $

As it became apparent to me that the annual species, of
which Stevia callosa § may be taken as the type, must bear
another name, 1 began to examine the synonymy of Polyp-
ieris to ascertain if anyone had described the species under a
separate name.

The earliest name to be applied to this group of plants
appears to have been given by Rafmesque, who in the New
Fl. Am. 4 : 73, 1836, takes up the Stevia callosa of Nuttall

* Presented by title before The Academy of Science of St. Louis, May 2,
1904.

t For the sake of convenience, I have used the letters M and N to signify
specimens from the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden, and the
United States National Herbarium respectively.

X Nuttall, Gen. 2:139. 1818.

§ Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Philad. 2:121. 1821.

(171)

172 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

under the name Of hake. As Rafinesque's New Flora is an
exceedingly rare book, I append his original description.

" Othake Raf. diff. Stevia, perianthe turbinate sub 8 flos, segments about
8-nervose, florets with slender tube, limb as long, 5-parted, anthers sub-
sessile, style elongate, hispid, stigmas revolute, seeds elongate, as long as
perianth, obverse pyramidal, 4-gone, awned by 8 teeth, or short scariose
scales, annuals, leaves alternate and callose, flowers paniculate, incarnate.
This G. is perfectly distinct by the perianthe, deep cut florets, scaly crown,
leaves, &c. The name means warty apes, the leaves ending in obtuse
callosity.

cf 923. Othake tenuifolium Raf. Stevia callosa Nutt. Stem terete, fur-
furescent, glandular above, leaves narrow linear, thickish, with appressed
hairs, panicle dichotome multiflore lax divaricate —in Arkansas: pedal
leaves uncial often with fascicles at the axils, flowers on long naked
peduncles; the segments of the florets narrow, long linear, acute, seg-
ments of perianthe cuneate, acuminate."

Rafinesque in the above clearly refers Nuttall's Stevia
callosa to his new genus, but unfortunately replaces Nuttall's
name by one of his own, which cannot be retained for the
species. Rafinesque also describes a second species of Othake
under No. 924, which he says was collected in Arkansas also
by Nuttall, but I have been unable to identify it from his
meager description. The only points, in the description of
this second species, which are significant, are the broader and
longer leaves, the lower of which are often opposite.

After a very careful study of all the species that are com-
monly included in the genus Polypteris, I unhesitatingly
offer the following arrangement : —

Perennial; bracts of the involucre more imbricated and scarious, gla-
brous; corolla with the base of 5- parted limb forming a short campan-
ulate throat: Southeastern United States. 1. Polypteris Nuttall.

Annual; bracts of the involucre few-imbricated, herbaceous up to the
sphacelate colored tips, pubescent or glandular; corolla 5 -parted
nearly down to the slender tube : Southwestern United States and
Mexico. 2. Othake Rafinesque.

1. Polypteris Nutt. Gen. 2 : 139 (1818).

One species only, P. integrifolia Nuttall, 1. c. of the South-
eastern United States.

Bash — The Genus Othake Raf. 173

2. Othake Rafinesque, New Fl. Am. 4 : 73 (1836).

Stevia Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Philad. 2 : 121 (1821), not Stevia Cav. Ic.
4:32. t. 354-356 (1797").

Palafoxia DC. Prodr. 5:124 (1836;, not Palafoxia Lag. Nov. Gen. &
Spec. 26, 181 (1816).

Florestina DC. Prodr. 5 : 655 (1836), not Florestina Cass. Bull. Philom.
1815, and Diet. 17:155. t. 86 (1820).

Palafoxia T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2 : 368, 369 (1842), not of Lag. Nov. Gen. &
Spec. 26, 181 (1816).

Polypteris Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 19 : 30 (1883), not Polypteris Nut-
tall, Gen. 2:139 (1818).

Erect, rough, glandular, eanescent or cinereous branching
annual herbs, with alternate, mostly entire leaves, or the lower
opposite and slenderly petioled, and corymbose or paniculate,
pedunculate heads of tubular, or both tubular and radiate
pink or rose-purple flowers. Involucre campanulate or
obconic, its bracts in 1 or 2 series, narrow, herbaceous,
nearly equal, or with a few exterior shorter ones, appressed,
usually colored, at least at the narrow sphacelate tips.
Receptacle small, flat, naked. Ray-flowers, when present,
pistillate, fertile, the rays 3-cleft, but sometimes abortive or
wanting. Disk -flowers perfect, fertile, their corollas with slen-
der tubes and deeply 5-parted campanulate limbs. Anthers
entire or emarginate at the base. Style-branches Aliform,
acutish, glandular-pubescent throughout. Achenes linear or
narrowly obpyramidal, quadrangular, usually pubescent or
hairy. Pappus of 6-12 lanceolate, often strongly costate
scales, that of the outer achenes as numerous, often much
shorter, oblong or spatulate, obtuse, erose or fimbriate.
Southwestern North American scabrous-pubescent, annual
herbs, penetrating Mexico, flowering spring, summer and
autumn.

The species fall naturally into two sections, the first with
homogamous heads containing one-half of the species, not
considering the Mexican species, which may here be men-
tioned as Othake Lindenii, the Polypteris Lindenii of Gray,
PI. Wright. 1:120, 1852, and the second section with hetero-
gamous heads, containing the remainder. For the North
American species I offer the following : —

174 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES.

Heads homogamous, middle-sized or small, 4-8 mm. high; involucre
turbinate; achenes much broadened upward, 3-6 mm. long.

Stems zigzag, slender, much branched, the branches widely diverging,
whitish, glaucous; leaves very narrow, linear, 1-nerved, thickish;
heads smallest, flowers flesh -colored; peduncles short, slender,
densely glandular. 1. Othake callosum.

Stems straight, slender, few -branched, branches ascending; leaves
broader, linear-lanceolate, 1-nerved; heads somewhat larger, more
numerous flowered, flowers bright rose-colored; peduncles very
slender, longer, scabrous and glandular. 2. Othake roseum.

Stem stout, straight, little branched, branches ascending; leaves
broadest, ovate-lanceolate, thin, 3 -nerved; heads large, many-
flowered, flowers rose-purple; peduncles short, stout, somewhat
glandular. 3. Othake Texanum.

Heads beterogamous, middle-sized or large, 1-2 cm. high; involucre
obconic; achenes slender, linear, scarcely broadened upward, 4-8
mm. long; bracts of the involucre hispid and glandular.

Heads largest; involucral bracts 1 cm. or less long; leaves indistinctly
3-nerved, lower opposite; peduncles very stout, densely scabrous-
pubescent. 4. Othake Hookerianum.

Heads middle-sized; involucral bracts 1-2 cm. long or longer; leaves all
alternate, distinctly 3-nerved; plants densely glandular all over;
peduncles stout. 5. Othake maximum.

Heads smaller; involucral bracts shorter; leaves smoother, indistinctly
3-nerved; plants minutely scabrous or nearly smooth; peduncles
long, very slender, diverging, sparingly glandular.

6. Othake Reverchoni.

1. Othake callosum (Nutt.) Bush.

Stevin callosa Nutt. Journ. Acad. Philad. 2 : 121 (1821) .
Florestina callosa (Nutt.) D.C. Prodr. 5:655 (1836).
Othake tenuifolmm Raf. New Fl. Am. 4 : 74 (1836).
Palafoxia callosa (Nutt.) T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2 : 369 (1842).
Poly pteris callosa (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 19:30 (1883).

Stems slender, widely much branched, appressed strigose-
pubescent, glandular above, 2-6 dm. high. Leaf-blades very
narrow, linear, thickish, obtuse or acutish, rough on both
sides, the upper alternate, the lower opposite and short-
petioled, 1-nerved, the edges revolute, 2-5 cm. long, 1-3 mm.
wide, the upper gradually reduced. Involucre campanulate,
3-4 mm. high, its bracts linear, 3-4 mm. long, appressed,
canescent, eglandular or rarely glandular, in two series, both

Bush — The Genus Othake liaf. 175

much alike, the inner but little colored. Peduncles .slender,
short, densely stalked-glandular ; ray-flowers none; disk-
flowers 5-12, perfect, fertile, 5-parted nearly to the filiform
tube, flesh-colored; achenes 3-4 mm. long, narrowly obpyra-
midal, angular, pubescent or rarely glabrous; pappus-scales
6-8, obovate or spatulate, erose or dentate, about 1 mm. long,
the costae scarcely reaching the apices. — Rocky barrens and
plains, Missouri and Arkansas to Texas and New Mexico.
Autumn.

Specimens examined: Missouri : Marble Cave, TreJease,
September 11, 1898 (M); Swan, Busli 476, September 24,
1899 ( M N) ; Trelease, October 9, 1899 (M) ; Greene County,
Bush 203, September 4, 1893 (MN) ; Eagle Rock, Bush 115,
September 17, 1896 (MN); Mackenzie, September 17, 1896
(M). Arkansas: Eureka Springs, Wislizenus, August,
1887. Texas: Dallas, Bush 1635, October 30, 1900 (M) ;
1146, September 26, 1900 (M) ; Hall 356, June 30, 1872
(MN); Reverchon 3288, October 16, 1902 (M); 526,
August, 1882 (N) ; Southwest Texas, Palmer 656, Septem-
ber, 1879, to October, 1880 (N) ; Fort Worth, Ward, Sep-
tember 9, 1877 (N) ; Bodin 96, July, 1889 (N) ; Glen Rose,
Ward, October 10, 1891 (N); Comanche Peak, Reverchon
3655, September 6, 1903; Weatherford, Tracy 8142, Octo-
ber 18, 1902 (M); Parker Count}', Broadhead, date of col-
lection not given (M) ; Willow Creek, Jermy 804, date not
given (MN); Kerrville, Heller 1919, June 26 to 30, 1894
(N); Valley of the Rio Grande, below Dona Ana, New
Mexico, Mexican Boundary Survey 613 (N) ; Western Texas,
Wright 377, May to October, 1849 (N). New Mexico: No
locality, Wright 1410, 1851-52 (N).

2. Othake roseum Bush.

Stems erect, simple or few-branched, branches ascending,
scabrous-pubescent, 4-7 dm. high. Leaf blades linear-lanceo-
late, entire, acute or acuminate, narrowed at the base, rough
on both sides, the upper alternate, the lower opposite and
short petioled, 2-5 cm. long, 2-5 mm. wide, 1-nerved, the
upper gradually reduced. Involucre campanulate, 6-9 mm.

176 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

high, its bracts 5-7 mm. long, hispid and glandular, in two
series, the outer more herbaceous, and colored only at the
tips, the inner deep purple for at least the upper half. Pe-
duncles slender, ascending, scabrous-pubescent and glandular;
ray-flowers none; disk-flowers numerous, perfect, fertile, 5-
parted nearly to the filiform tube, bright rose-colored, pubes-
cent on the inner surface near the apices ; achenes 3-4 mm.
long, scarcely 1 mm. thick, linear, slightly broadened upward,
pubescent; pappus-scales 6-8, lanceolate, acute, more than
one-half the length of the achene, those of the marginal
flowers spatulate, obtuse, shorter, strongly costate, the
costae not reaching the tips, all densely pubescent. — Sandy
prairies and woods, Eastern Texas and Indian Territory.
Summer and autumn.

Specimens examined: Texas: Sheldon, 18 miles east of
Houston, Reverchon 365(3, October 7, 1903, type (M);
Houston, Bush 1599, October 25, 1900 (N); Columbia, 50
miles south of Houston, Bush 1387, October 7, 1900 (MN);
Brazos County, Pammel, July 1888 (M); Dallas, Glatfelter,
June 16, 1898 (M); Reverchon 1507, date of collection not
given (N); 3290, May 1, 1902 (M) ; Galveston Bay, Joor,
September 26, 1884, in part, the larger plant (M) ; Laredo,
Pringle 2655, July 24, 1889 (M); Millett, Trelease, Novem-
ber 4, 1897 (M); no locality, Lindheimer 106, 1843 (M) ;
Hockley, Thufow 12, 1890 (N); Austin, Letterman, August,
1882 (N); Industry, Wurzlow 35, 1894 (N); Cherokee,
Rusk County, Joor, October 31, 1884, in part, the larger
plant. Indian Territory: Canadian River, Bigelow, 1853-
54 (N).

3. Otiiake Texanum (DC.) Bush.

Palafoxia Texana DC. Prodr. 5: 125 (1836).

PolypterisTexana (DC.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 19:31 (1883).

Stems stout, dichotomously branched, hispid or scabrous-
pubescent, slightly viscid above, 2-6 dm. high. Leaf -blades
lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, entire, obtuse, rounded at the
base, rough on both sides, the upper alternate, the lower
opposite and slender-petioled, 2-5 cm. long, 10-25 mm. wide,

Bush — The Genus Othake Raf. 177

the upper much reduced, distinctly 3-nerved. Involucre
campanulate, 6-12 mm. high, its bracts 5-10 mm. long,
linear, hispid or # canescent, in two series, the outer nearly
herbaceous, the* inner thinner and with rose-colored tips.
Peduncles erect, stout, short, densely scabrous and somewhat
glandular; ray-flowers none; disk-flowers numerous, perfect,
fertile, 5-parted nearly to the filiform tube, rose-colored;
achenes 5—7 mm. long and about 1 mm. thick, narrowly
obpyramidal, quadrangular, pubescent; pappus-scales 6-8,
short-ovate, obovate or spatulate, erose or fimbriate, very
short. — Sandy woods and prairies, Indian Territory to Texas
and Mexico. Spring, summer and autumn.

Specimens examined: Indian Territory: Quauah's
Ranch, Sheldon 197, July 25, 1891 (N). Texas: Laredo,
Reverchon 3657, March 26, 1903 (M) ; Mackenzie 7, August,
1899 (M); Pena Station, near Laredo, Havard, August,
1884 (N); Southwestern Texas, near Laredo, Palmer 642,
September. 1879, to October, 1880 (TVIN); Corpus Christi
Bay, Nueces County, Heller 1562, April 9 to 12, 1894
(MN); Nuecestown, Marlatt, April 27, 1896 (N); Millett,
Trelease, November 5, 1897 (M); Eagle Pass, Havard 56,
date of collection not given (N) ; Valley of the Rio Grande,
below Dona Ana, New Mexico, Mexican Boundary Survey
614, in part, two sheets of this collection, the smaller plant on
each sheet (N). Mexico: Monterey, Prinyle 1919, July 4,
1888 (N) ; Coahuila and Nuevo Leon States, Palmer 645,
February to October, 1880 (N) ; Tampico, Tamaulipas,
Prinyle 6354, April 4, 1896 (M).

4. Othake Hookerianum (T. & G.) Bush.

Othake longifolium Raf. New Fl. Am. 74 (1836). (?)

Palafoxia Texana Hook. Ic PI. t. 148 (1837), not of DC. Prodr. 5:

125 (1836).
Palafoxia Eookeriana T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2:368 (1842).
Polypteris Hookeriana (T. & G.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 19 :31 (1883).

Stems stout, branched, hispid, glandular-pubescent and
viscid above, 2-6 dm. high. Leaf -blades linear-lanceolate,
entire, acute or acuminate, narrowed at the base, rough on
both sides, the upper alternate, the lower opposite and

178 Trans. Acad. iSci. of St. Louis.

slender petioled, 3-10 cm. long, 6-10 dm. wide, the upper
gradually reduced, indistinctly 3-nerved. Involucre obconic,
or cylindrical, 10-25 mm. high, its bracts 6-15 mm. long,
linear, glandular, in two series, the outer looser and often
wholly herbaceous, the inner with purplish tips. Peduncles
erect, stout, short, densely scabrous-pubescent and glandular;
ray-flowers 8-10, pistillate, fertile; rays rose-purple, deeply
3-cleft, 1-2 cm. long, sometimes small or none; disk-flowers
numerous, perfect, fertile, 5-parted nearly to the filiform
tube, purplish ; achenes 6-8 mm. long and about 1 mm.
thick, linear, very pubescent ; pappus-scales of the disk-
flowers 6-8, lanceolate, awned by the excurrent costae, more
than half the length of the achene, those of the ray-flowers
as many, spatulate, obtuse, very short. Sandy plains and
prairies, Nebraska and Kansas to Texas, New Mexico, Colo-
rado and Mexico. Summer and autumn.

As this is the only other species Nuttall collected in Arkan-
sas, it may be inferred that this is the Of hake longifolium
of Rafinesque. If such should prove to be the case, Rafi-
nesque's name is some six years earlier than that of Torrey
and Gray.

Specimens examined: Kansas: American plains, Lat.
40, Hall, 1864 (M N) ; Caldwell, Carleton, 340, July, 1891
(N); Smyth 271, September 10, 1890 (N); Arkalon,
Kellerman 4, June 28, 1888 (N) ; Carleton, October 23,
1892 (N) ; Garden City, Smyth 171, August 20, 1890 (N) ;
Hamilton County, Hitchcock 288, August 3, 1895 (M N);
Syracuse, Thompson 76, July 4, 1893 (M N). Indian Ter-
ritory: Cimarron River, Mark White 152, 250, July 12,
1899 (M); on the False Washita, Palmer 446, 1868 (N);
on the Canadian River, BigeloWi 1853-54 (N). Colorado:
Greeley, Ward, August 3, 1881 (N) ; no locality, Party 352,
1864 (N). New Mexico: Mesilla, Donna Ana County,
Wooton2S, June 17, 1897 (MN) ; Las Cruces, Wooton, August
22,1893 (N); G. R. Vasey, 1881 (N); Roswell, Earle3Sl,
August, 1900 (N); no locality, Wright 1250, 1851-52 (N).
Texas: Millett, Trelease, November 5, 1897 (M); Milano,
Joor 54, October 28, year not given (M) ; Big Springs, Tracy

Bush — The Genus Othake Raf. 179

872, May 11, 1902 (M); Corpus Cbristi Bay, Neueces
County, Heller 1562, April 9-12, 1894 (M) ; Hueco Tanks,
Mulford 136, July 2, 1895 (M) ; Southwestern Texas, Palmer
655, September, 1879, to October, 1880 (N) ; Odessa, Ilavard,
September, 1881 (N); no locality, Ilavard, September, 1881
(N); El Paso, Wright 375, October, 1849 (N); Valley of
the Rio Grande, below Dona Ana, New Mexico, Mexican
Boundary Survey 615, three sheets of this collection and
number (N) ; same locality and collection, Mexican Boundary
Survey 614, in part, two sheets of this number, the larger
plant on each (N). Mexico: Paso del Norte, Chihuahua,
Pringle 761, September 20, 1886 (N).

5. Othake maximum (Small) Bush.

Polypteris maxima Smnll, VI. Southeastern U. 8. 1288 (1!)03).

Stems stout, simple below, few branched above, densely
hispid-scabrous and glandular throughout, 8-10 dm. high.
Leaf -blades linear-lanceolate, entire, acute or acuminate, nar-
rowed at the base, rough on both sides, all alternate, 5-10 cm.
long, 1-2 cm. wide, the upper gradually reduced, distinctly
3-nerved. Involucre campanulate, 1-2.5 cm. high, its bracts
1-2 cm. long, linear, densely white-hispid and glandular, in
two series, the outer wholly herbaceous, the inner thinner and
somewhat colored at the tips. Peduncles ascending, stout,
densely hispid and glandular; ray-flowers 8-12, pistillate,
fertile; rays purplish or rose-colored, deeply 3-cleft, 1-2 cm.
long; disk-flowers numerous, perfect, fertile, 5-parted nearly
to the filiform tube, purplish or rose-colored; achenes 6-8
mm. long, scarcely 1 mm. thick, linear, quadrangular,
hairy; pappus-scales of the disk-flowers 6-8, lanceolate-awl-
shaped, awned by the oxcurrent costae, very pubescent, as
long as the achene itself or longer, those of the ray-flowers
as many, similar and but little shorter. — Southern Texas.
Autumn.

Specimens examined: Texas: Industry, LindJieimer 266,
August, 1844 (M N).

180 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

6. Othake Reverchoni Bush.

Stems nearly simple, sparingly appressed-pubescent, few-
branched, the branches very slender, short-pubescent or
glabra te, widely diverging, 4-8 dm. high. Leaf -blades linear-
lanceolate, entire or slightly undulate, acute or acuminate,
narrowed at the base, minutely scabrous on both sides,
the upper alternate, the lower opposite and manifestly peti-
oled, 3-6 cm. long, 3-6 mm. wide, the upper gradually
reduced, distinctly 3-nerved. Involucre obconic, 8-12 mm.
high, its bracts 6-10 mm. long, loosely pubescent and glandu-
lar, in two series, linear, the outer looser and herbaceous, the
inner purplish colored. Peduncles very slender, terminating
slender diverging branches, pubescent and sparingly glandu-
lar; ray-flowers 3-6, pistillate, fertile; rays rose-colored,
1-1.5 cm. long, deeply 3-cleft; disk flowers 3-6, perfect,
fertile, 5-parted nearly to the filiform tube, purplish; achenes
4-5 mm. long, scarcely 1 mm. thick, linear, angled, hairy;
pappus-scales of the disk-flowers 6-8, narrowly lanceolate,
4-5 mm. long, about as long at the achene, the mid-vein ex-
tending into a long rough cuspidate point, those of the ray-
flowers as many, oblong-spatulate, 1 mm. long, erose or dentate
at the tips. — In dry sands, Eastern Texas. Autumn.

Si^ecimens examined: Texas: Big Sandy, Upshur County,
Reverchon 3289. September 16, 1902, type (M) ; Cherokee,
Rusk County, Joor, October 3, 1884, in part, the smaller
plant (M) ; Evergreen, Harris County, Joor, September 26,
1884, in part, the smaller plant (M).

Issued June S, 1904.

PUBLICATIONS.

The following publications of the Academy are offered for sale at the
net prices indicated. Applications should he addressed to The Librarian,
The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3817 Olive St., St. Louis, Mo.

transactions (in octavo).

Vol.

Number.

Price per
number

P"ice per vol.

Price in set.

I*

2f

3,4

$7.50
(Ncs. 2-4 only.)

I

04,00
2.00 each.

$7.00
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

2

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

5.00

3

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

4

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50
7.50

7.00

5

1-2, 3-4 |

4.00 each,
{double numbers)

7.00

e:

1,2,6,8,

10, 11, 16, 17

i, 5, 7, 13,

14, 15, 18

3,9

12

i 25 cts. each.

\ 50 cts. each.

75 cts. each.
$1.00

7.50

7.00

n

2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,
13. 15, 1G,

18, 19

5, 9 to 12,

14,20

17

1

I 25 cts. each.

\ 50 cts. each.

75 cts.
|1.00

7.50

7.00

k

1, 3 to 6

8, 10, 12

2, 7, 9, 11

| 25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

91

1, 3, 4, 7, 9

2, 5, 8

6

25 cts, each.
50 eta. each.
#1.25

3.75

3.60

10J

9

2, 4, 5, 10

1

3, 6. 7, 8, 11

10 cts.
25 cts. each.

. 40 cts.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

lit

2, 3

5-8, 10, 11

1

4

9

15 cts. each.
25 etc. each.

45 cts.

75 cts,
1.00

3.75

3.50

12J

1, 9.10

5

3,8

2, 4, 6, 7

25 cts. each.

35 cts.
45 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

i

3.50

13J

2, 3, 5-9

4
1

25 cts. each.

75 cts.

1.50

3.75

3.50

memoirs (in quarto).

Contributions to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Archaeological Section.
Parti. Pottery. 1880. $2.00.

The total eclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of the observations
made by the Washington University Eclipse Party, at Norman, Califor-
nia. 1891. $2.00.

* Supply exhausted.

t Can be sold only to purchasers of the entire volume,— so far as this can be
supplied.

% Bach number is a brochure containing one complete paper (or rarely two).

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.

VOL.. XIV. No. 7.

THE TEXAS TRADESCANTIAS.

B. F. BUSH.

l$su$d Dtrcn/ber 30, 1904.

T^/i/tk f-Li^A au'/l-uU

THE TEXAS TRADESCANTIAS.*
1*. F. Bush.

It has long been apparent to every one who has attempted
to name specimens of Tradescantia by the Manuals and Floras
of our country, that great diversities of forms were referred
to the Linnean species, Tradescantia Virginiana. '\ Conse-
quently we find quite a number of very unlike species bearing
that name in our collections.

Having been familiar for many years with T. rejiexa,\ which
appears to be the most widely distributed of all the forms
of the so-called T. Virginiana, as well as the one most
generally referred to T. Virginiana from which it is very
different, I was very much struck by the different appear-
ance of the more common species observed in Texas, during
the several years that I was engaged in collecting in that State.
My acquaintance with the other Missouri species, T. occiden-
falix,§ T. brevicaulis, || T. pilosa,^ T. Virginiana and T.
bracteata** was but meager, although I had collected the
last named species repeatedly during the last twenty years.
These species are more or less restricted in range within the
State, while T. rejtexa is very common throughout its
borders.

My attention and interest were more fully aroused in the
species of this genus by the examination of some specimens
collected in Eastern Texas by Mr. J. Reverchon in 1902 and
1903, and I clearly perceived that these specimens could not

* Presented by title to The Academy of Science of St. Louis, November
21, 1904.

t L. Sp. PI. 288. (1753).

t Raf . New Flora. 2 : 87. (1836;.

§ Britton, Man. Nor. States and Can. 241. (1901).

|| Raf. Atl. Jour. 150. (1832).

f J. G. C. Lehm. Nov. Act. Loop. 14. Part 2. PL 48. (1828).

*» Small, Britton & Brown, 111. Flora. 3:510. (1S98).

(181)

182 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

be referred to any of the described species. I therefore began
an examination of all the specimens of this genus collected in
Texas which I had in hand, together with the mounted mate-
rial of the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden, and
that of the United States National Museum,* which through
the kindness of Dr. Win. Trelease and Mr. Richard Kathbun,
was placed in my hands for study. To these gentlemeu, and
especially to Dr. J. N. Rose, of the United States National
Museum, who has long studied this genus and has kindly given
me assistance, I am under man}r obligations.!

It may perhaps be considered b}7 some that I have increased
unnecessarily the number of species, but I have endeavored
to be as consistent as possible in my treatment, and I am
unable to refer the type specimens, upon which are based the
following new species, to any of those already described.

Of the 18 species herein treated from Texas, such diverse
species as T. scopulorum ,1 T. Texana,§ T. occidenfalis, T.
rejfexa, T. hirsuticaulis || and T. humilisyi have been referred
to T. Virginiana, which in its typical form has not been
detected in the State.

As understood by me, the plant upon which Linneus
founded his T. Virginiana is well exemplified in such collec-
tions as Lloyd, Cincinnati, O., May 26, 1890, and H. S.
Hilburn, New Jersey, June 2, 1888, and ranges from Mas-
sachusetts and Connecticut to North Carolina, Georgia and
Mississippi, west to Wisconsin, Missouri and northern
Arkansas, and is quite constant in having smooth stems, large
flowers, and very wide, long leaves.

After a careful study of a large number of specimens, I
offer for the Texas species the following: —

* For the sake of convenience, I have used the letters M and N to sig-
nify specimens from the Herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden, and
the United States National Herbarium, respectively.

t Since the above was written, I am under still further obligations to Dr.
Rose, who has read the manuscript and has kindly made a number of cor-
rections and changes in the paper.

X Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 205. (1899).

§ See below.

|| Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 233. (1897).

If Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 204. (1899).

Bush — The Texas Tradescantias. 183

ANALYSIS OF 8PECIES.

Leaf blades linear or linear-lanceolate, 12-50 times longer than broad, more
or less involutely folded.
Stems short, 1-10 cm. long; bracts of the involucre mostly longer than
the leaf blades.

Stems and leaves long-villous. 1. T. brevicaulis.

Stems and leaves roughish-pubescent. 2. T. hirsutiflora.

Stems and leaves appressed-pilose. 3. T. subacaulis.

Stems 1-10 dm. long; bracts of the involucre mostly shorter than the

leaf-blades.

Sheaths not imbricated at the base of stem.

Plants bright green; pedicels villous or glandular pilose; sepals
villous or pilose, becoming membranous.
Stems villous; pedicels villous. 4. T. australis.

Stems glabrous; pedicels glandular pilose.

5. T. OCCIDENTALIS.

Plants glaucous; pedicels glabrous, glandular-pubescent or
velvety; sepals often with a tuft of hairs at apex, leathery.
Pedicels glabrous; bases of the involucral bracts not sac-
like.

Stems tall, robust; sepals glabrous, with a tuft of

villous hairs at apex. 6. T. reflexa.

Stems medium height, slender, much branched; umbels

numerous; sepals smooth. 7. T. scopulorum.

Stems low, very slender, simple, unbranched ; umbel

single; sepals smooth. 8. T. Wrightii.

Pedicels pubescent.

Pubescence glandular; bases of the involucral bracts
not sac-like. 9. T. vaginata.

Pubescence velvety; bases of the involucral bracts con-
spicuously sac-like. 10. T. gigantea.
Plants yellowish-green.

Stems hirsute with spreading brownish or whitish hairs.

11. T. HIRSUTICAULIS.

Stems densely appressed-pilose. 12. T. Reverchoni.

Sheaths much imbricated at the base of the stem.
Stems erect.

Minutely roughish-pubescent and glandular.

13. T. INTERMEDIA.

Conspicuously roughish-pubescent; not glandular.

14. T. EGLANDULOSA.

Stems diffusely spreading.

Stems scabrous-pubescent; leaf blades broader and

longer than involucral bracts. 15. T. humilis.

Stems appressed-pilose; involucral bracts broader and

shorter than the leaf-blades. 16. T. Texana.

Stems roughish-pubescent; involucral bracts broader and

much longer than leaf-blades. 17. T. diffusa.

Leaf blades ovate to lanceolate, 2-10 times longer than broad, flat.

18. T. MICRANTHA.

iH&9$rlJb

184 Trans. Acad. Sci^f^st. Louis

1. Tradescantia brevicaulis Raf.

Tradescantia brevicaulis Raf. Atl. Juuru. 150. (1832).

Tradescanlia pumila Raf. Atl. Journ. 1^0 (1832).

Tradescantia Virginica var. villosa Wats. Gray, Man. ed. 6.539. (1890).

Hillsides and rocky woods, Illinois and Southern Missouri
to Kansas and Texas. April and May. Remarkable on
account of the long villous involucral bracts.

/Specimens examined: Missouri: Monteer, Shannon
County, Bush 2571, June 29, 1888, an old plant in seed (M) ;
678, May 15, 1894 (M); 388, May 2o, 1900 (M) ; Iron
County, Eggert,May 12, 1893 (M); Webb City, Bush 1608,
May 12, 1902 (M); Palmer 298, May 4, 1902 (M) ; Gad's
Hill, Russell, April 25, 1898 (M); Silica, Russell, May 5,
1898 (M) ; no locality given, Blanhinship, 1897 (N). Illi-
nois: Mahaska, collector and date of collection not oiven
(N). Kansas: Cowley County, Mar h White, April, 1898
(M). Texas : Dallas, Bush 578, April 24, 1900 (M) ; Rever-
sion 4049, April, 1880 (M): Fort Worth, Reverchon 2771,
April 1, 1902 (M); no locality, Ward, without date of
collection (N).

2. Tradescantia hirsutiflora Bush sp. nov.

Stems short, stout, robust, 1-2 dm. tall, few-leaved,
roughish-pubescent, especially above the upper sheath, pale
yellowish-green; leaf-blades linear-lanceolate, 5-15 mm. wide,
straight or often curved, conduplicate, roughish-pubescent
and ciliate, mostly basal. Sheaths much overlapping, pubes-
cent, ciliate with long hairs; bracts of the involucre 2,
sometimes only 1 long one and several short ones, densely
pubescent, the long one resembling the leaves. Cymes about
12- to 15-flowered; pedicels 2-3 cm. long, stout, densely
hirsute with tawny hair-: sepals linear-lanceolate, obtuse,
12-18 mm. long, densely hirsute with tawny hairs; corolla
large, bright blue. — Sandy soil, Eastern Texas. Spring.

Differs conspicuously from the preceding species in being
roughish-pubescent, not villous, and in the hirsute pedicels
and sepals.

Specimens examined: Texas: The only specimens seen

Bush — The Texas Tradescantias. 185

are those of the type, collected at Grand Saline, Van Zandt
County, by ./. Reverchon 2480, April, 1901 (M).

3. Tradescantia subacaulis Bush sp. now

Steins short, 1-2 dm. tall, often none, sometimes with one
or two leaves, but usually much branched from the base and
leafless, pale yellowish-green, apprcssed-pilose; leaf-blades
linear-lanceolate, 5-15 cm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, somewhat
curved, attenuate, softly appressed-pilose below, and ciliate
with long hairs. Sheaths large, thin, inflated, the upper
very short, all very smooth, except the uppermost; bracts
of the involucre 2, very broad and saccate at the base,
shorter, or sometimes longer than the leaf-blades, pilose
below with long hairs, above with short hairs. Cymes about
10- to 30-flowered; pedicels 2-4 cm. long, densely pilose with
whitish hairs; sepals linear-lanceolate, obtuse, 6-8 mm. long,
densely pubescent; corolla small, pale blue. — Sandy soil,
Eastern Texas. Spring.

Sjjecimens examined: Texas: The only specimens seen
are those of the type, collected at Dawson, Navarro County,
by J. Reverchon 4054, April 16, 1903 (M).

4. Tradescantia australis Bush sp. no v.

Stems erect, simple, slender, sometimes branched, 2-4 dm.
tall, pilose with long spreading white hairs; leaf -blades long-
linear, acuminate, flat or rarely conduplicate, hairy like the
stems; bracts of the involunce 2, very unequal, hairy like
the leaves, and resembling them, minutely ciliate on the
margins. Cymes about 10- to 15-flowered; pedicels 2-3 cm.
long, densely pilose with simple white hairs; sepals linear-
lanceolate, obtuse, 8-10 mm. long, densely pilose with simple
white hairs; corolla small, deep blue or purple. — Low rich
woods, Texas to Mississippi. Spring.

This differs very much from T. Virginiana in the longer,
narrower leaves, pilose stems, and smaller flowers. — Probably
is the Southern representative of T. Virginiana.

Specimens examined : Texas: Angelina County s Reverchon
4052, May 7, 1903, type (M); 4051, May 5, 1903 (M).

186 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Mississippi: Coopolis, Tracy 5126, April 24, 1898 (M) ;
Ocean Springs, Skehan, May 13, 1895 (M).

5. Tradescantia occidentals Britton.

Tradescantia occidentalis Britton, Man. Nor. States & Can. 241. (1901).

Sandy woods and barrens, Western Missouri to Texas,
Colorado, Utah and Montana, east to Nebraska. May to
July.

Specimens examined : Missouri: Sheffield, Jackson County,
Bush 733, June 10, 1900 (M). Nebraska: Anselmo, Web-
ber, July 6,1889 (M). Indian Territory : Catoosa, Bush
1265, May 8, 1895 (M). Oklahoma: Huntsville, Laura A.
Blank ins hi j), May 6, 1896 (M) ; no locality, Waugh, without
date of collection (M); no locality, Waugh 204, without
date of collection (M); Texas: Dallas, Reverchon 2189,
April 18, 1900 (M) ; 2482, June 6, 1901 (M) ; Corsicana,
Reverchon 2768, April 15, 1902 (M); Gillespie County,
Jenny, without date of collection (M); Palo Duro Canyon,
Reverchon 2769, April 30, 1902 (M); San Angelo, Rever-
chon 4053, May 20, 1903 (M) ; San Diego, Nealley, May,

1895 (N); Llano, Bray, May 14, 1902 (N); 513, May
15, 1899 (N) ; Tom Green County, Tweedy 203, May, 1880
(N); Midland, Tracy 8046, May 9, 1902 (N) ; Crab Apple,
Jenny, without date of collection (N). Colorado: Denver,
Redfield 8481, July 17, 1872 (M); Fort Collins, Crandall,
July 10, 1897 (M); Fort Morgan, Pammel 300, June 23,

1896 (M); Canon City, Brandegee 70, 1871 (M). Utah:
Silver Reef, Jones 5154, May 3, 1894 (M). Wyoming:
Fairbanks, Aven Nelson 492, July 14, 1894 (M): Ferris,
Elias Nelson 4904, July 19, 1898 (M); Halleck Canon,
Awn Nelson 7455, July 4, 1900 (M) ; New Castle, Pammel
168, June 24, 1897 (M). Montana: Custer, Blankinship
57, June 12, 1890 (M).

6. Tradescantia reflexa Raf.

Tradescantia reflexa Raf. Atl. Journ. 150. (1832).

Abundant on prairies and in sandy woods, Virginia to

Bush — The Texas Tradescantias. 187

Florida, west to Texas, north to Missouri, Kansas, Michigan
and Minnesota, east to Illinois and Ohio. May to July.

This species may be readily recognized by its robust sterns
and leaves, which are almost always very glaucous, and by its
glabrous umbels. The Indian Territory specimens collected
by Bigelow are referred by Dr. Rose to his T. scopulorum,
but they appear to me better referable to T. reflexa, as they
have stouter stems, larger leaves, larger umbels and much
longer sepals than T. scopulorum, and exactly match Small's
Oconee and Gwinnett Counties, Georgia, specimens, which
are labeled T. pilosa.

Specimens examined: Virginia: Smyth County, Small,
June 21, 1892 (M). North Carolina : Biltmore, Billmore
Herbarium 5745A, June 21, 1898 (M); 5745, June 20,
1897 (M) . Georgia : Oconee and Gwinnett Counties, Small,
July 14, 1893 (N); no locality given, W. Jones 8478, 1847
(M). Florida: Eustis, Hitchcock, June and July, 1894 (M).
Louisiana: New Orleans, Mellichamp, March, 1898 (M).
Ohio: Oberlin, Hicks, June, 1894 (M). Michigan: Deca-
tur, Dewey, 257, June 22, 1895 (N). Iowa: Iowa City,
Hitchcock, date of collection not given (M). Kansas: Riley
County, Norton 526, May 25, 1895 (M) ; 526A, 1896 (M) ;
Manhattan, Norton, August 25, 1892 (M). Missouri : Webb
City, Bush 1611, May 12, 1902 (M); Palmer 299, May 18,
1902 (M); Independence, Bush 2568, June 25, 1892 (M);
Monteer, Bush 551, May 15, 1894 (M); Jefferson Barracks,
Norton, November 17, 1900, an old plant (M) ; Potosi,
Dewart, June 3, 1892 (M) ; Jefferson City, Dr. O. Krause,
June, 1866 (M); Cass County, Broadhead, May 26, 1864
(M); Saint Louis, Pammel, May 18, 1887 (M). Arkan-
sas: Eureka Springs, Bush 1527, May 8, 1902 (M). Indian
Territory: Sapulpa, Bush 472, April 29, 1895 (M); Banks
of the Canadian River, near the 35th Parallel of Latitude,
Bigelow, 1852-53 (N). Texas: Columbia, Bush 135, April
12, 1899 (M) ; Dallas, Reverchon 2188, April 18, 1900 (M) ;
2483, April 24, 1901 (M); 2767, May 1, 1902 (M) ; Swan,
Reverchon 4050, June 3, 1903 (M) ; Industry, Wurzloio,
1895, 1897 (N).

188 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

7. Tradescantia scopulorum Rose.

Tradescantia scopulorum Rose, Contr.TL S.Nat. Herb, o : 205. (1899).

Much lower and more slender than T. Virginiana, to which
it has been referred as an extremely narrow-leaved western
form. This species appears to me to be more nearly related
to T. occidentalism from which it differs in the slender branch-
ing habit, narrow glaucous leaves, more numerous umbels,
and in being glabrous throughout. Its range appears to be
from Western Texas and Arizona to Montana, east to West-
ern Nebraska. May to August.

Specimens examined: Texas: Marfa Creek, Presidio
County, Havard 80, September, 1883 (N); Valley of the
Rio Grande, below Dona Ana, New Mexico, Mexican Boun-
dary Survey 1498 (N). New Mexico: Organ Mountains,
Donna Ana County, Wooton 543, September 1, 1897, speci-
mens with the umbels glandular-pubescent, sepals twice longer
and narrower, approaches T. occidentaiis, but otherwise agrees
with the type, but may be an undescribed species (MN).
Arizona: Santa Catalina Mountains, Pringle 13893, May
16,1881, type (M); Snowllake, Myrtle Zuck, August 4,
1897 (M). "

8. Tradescantia Wrightii Rose & Bush sp. now

Stems short, slender, simple and unbranched, 5-15 cm. tall,
few-leaved, glabrous and glaucous, yellowish-green; leaf-
blades narrowly linear, 5-10 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide,,straight,
acuminate at apex, glabrous. Sheaths short, very pale, some-
times leafless, very smooth; bracts of the involucre 2, one
long and one very short, smooth. Cymes sessile, small,
single on the stems, few-flowered; pedicels short, apparently
much flattened, often much twisted, glabrous, 5-15 mm. Ions:;
sepals lanceolate, obtuse, 3-5 mm. long, glabrous; corolla
apparently very small, deep blue. — Mountains of western
Texas. Summer.

Remarkably distinct from all the other species by its single,
simple, sessile umbel, and its simple unbranched stems.
Related very closely to T. pinetorum,* from which it is easily

* Greene, Erythea. 1:247. (Dec. 1893;.

Bush — The Texas Tradescantias. 189

distinguished by its extreme smoothness. The precise locality
where Wright collected his No. 701 is not known, but I pre-
sume it must have been in extreme Western Texas, probably
near the Guadalupe Mountains, where Havard secured his
specimens. Mr. C. B. Clarke in his description of Tradescan-
tia linearis * in De Candolle's Monographiae Phanerogama-
rum,t refers Wright's No. 701 to that species, in which he is
clearly in error, for that part of his description of T. linearis,
** umbetta longi pedunculata, tefminali, 3—4-radiata" can
not possibly apply to Wright's specimens in which the cymes
are sessile.

Specimens examined: Texas: From Western Texas (San
Antonio ?) to El Paso, Wright 701, May to October, 1849,
type (N) ; foot-hills of the Guadalupe Mountains, Havard,
date. of collection not given (N).

9. Tradescantia vaginata Bush sp. no v.

Stems erect, stout at base, 3-5 dm. tall, much branched above,
smooth and glaucous, branches very slender, ascending; leaf-
blades long-linear, acuminate-attenuate, 2-4 dm. long, 2-6 mm.
wide, straight or a little curved, conduplicate, very smooth.
Sheaths very large and loose, papery, striking in appearance,
smooth and glaucous; bracts of the involucre 2, linear, much
shorter than the leaves, smooth. Cymes about 12-to 15-
fiowered; pedicels 1-3 cm. long, densely glandular-pubescent ;
sepals linear-lanceolate, acuminate, 10-15 mm. long, densely
glandular-hirsute; corolla large, apparently pale blue. —
Northern Texas. Summer.

Perhaps to be compared with T. occidentalism, from which
it differs in the large papery sheaths, long linear leaves, much
branched habit, and glandular-hirsute sepals.

Specimens examined: Texas: Lipscomb, Lipscomb County,.
Arthur H. Howell 78, July, 1903, type (N); 24, July 1,
1903 (N).

* Benth. Plantas Hartwegianas. 27. (1839).

f Clarke, Monograph. Phanerogam. 3:298-299. (1881).

190 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

10. Tradescantia gigantea Rose.

Tradescantia gigantea Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5 : '205. (1899).

Appears to be more nearly related to T. bracteata, but is
abundantly distinct in its almost velvety bracts, pedicels and
sepals. — Sandy soil, Eastern Texas. Spring.

Specimens examined : Texas: New Braunfels, Otto Locke,
April 14, 1897, type (N) : Shovel Mount, Burnet County,

F. G. Schaupp, May 22, 1897 (N) ; Gillespie County,
Jermy, without date of collection (M); Big Sandy, Upshur
County, Reverchon 2481, May 28, 1901 (M).

11. Tradescantia hirsuticaulis Small.

Tradescantia hirsuticaulis Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24 : 233. (1897).

The range of this is now known to be from North Carolina
to Texas, near the coast. It is readily distinguished from
all the other species by the long brownish-hirsute pubescence
of the stems and leaves.

Sandy soil, North Carolina to Florida, west to Eastern
Texas. Spring.

Specimens examined : North Carolina : No locality given,

G. R. Vasey, 1878 (N). Alabama: Tuscaloosa, Ward,
April, 1892 (N). Louisiana: Alexandria, Ball 525, May
31, 1899 (M). Texas: Silver Lake, Reverchon 2190, May
21, 1900 (M); Mineola, Reverchon 2479, April 24, 1901
(M).

12. Tradescantia Reverchoni Bush sp. nov.

Stems solitary, erect, nearly straight, simple, 4-6 dm. tall,
yellowish-green, densely appressed-pilose ; leaf-blades linear,
2-3 dm. long, straight or a little curved, attenuate at tips,
densely short-pubescent on both sides. Sheaths long-pilose;
bracts of the involucre 2 or 3, narrowly linear, shorter than
the leaves, densely pubescent like the leaves. Cymes with
about 40 or 50 flowers; pedicels 1-2 dm. long, densely pilose
with gland-tipped hairs; sepals lanceolate, acute, 10-12 mm.
long, densely pubescent with gland-tipped hairs like the
pedicels; corolla apparently large, blue. — Rocky Woods,
Eastern Texas. Summer.

Bush — The Texas Tradescantias. 191

Specimens examined : Texas : The only specimens seen
are those of the type collected at Lindale, Smith County, by
J. Reverchon 2770, June 9, 1902 (M).

13. Tradescantia intermedia Bush sp. nov.

Stems erect, 2-4 dm. tall, simple or somewhat branched,
pale yellowish-green, minutely roughish-pubescent and
glandular; leaf -blades linear-lanceolate, 1-2 dm. long, 5-15
mm. wide, straight or somewhat curved, minutely pubescent
beneath and ciliate on the margins, with long hairs on
the midrib below. Sheaths large, loosely inflated, thin,
smooth or sometimes minutely pubescent and ciliate on the
margins; bracts of the involucre 2, unequal, resembling the
leaves, but narrower. Cymes 10-to 15-flowered; pedicels 2-4
cm. long, thickly glandular pilose; sepals linear-lanceolate,
obtuse, 6-9 mm. long, sparsely pilose with gland-tipped hairs,
and with a cluster of long simple hairs at each apex ; corolla
small, rose-colored. — Sandy soil, Southern Texas. Spring.

This appears to be intermediate between T. humilis and
T. reflexa , but differs in many respects from either of these
species. I have referred the San Antonio specimens to this
species, although they lack the long hairs on the back
of the midrib, but this latter character may not be permanent.

Specimens examined: Texas: Industry, Austin County,
H. Wurzlow 1155, of Rose Collection, April 6, 1897, type
(N); San Antonio, II. P. Atlwater 1156, Rose Collection,
April 12, 1897 (N).

14. Tradescantia eglandulosa Bush sp. nov.

Stems short, erect, branched at the base, 1-2 dm. tall,
roughish-pubescent, yellowish-green ; leaf-blades linear-lan-
ceolate, 1-2 dm. long, flat, thin, smooth above, pubescent
with long hairs beneath, minutely ciliate on the margins.
Sheaths much overlapping, short or almost none, very smooth,
minutely ciliate on the margins; bracts of the involucre 2,
somewhat unequal, shorter than the leaves, and like them.
Cymes 10-to 15-flowered; pedicels 2-4 cm. long, densely
pilose with yellow-brown hairs ; sepals lanceolate, obtuse, 6-9

192 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.

mm. long, hairy like the pedicels; corolla large, rose-
colored. — Southern Texas.

This is conspicuously different from all the other Tex. is
species, except T. australis, by the total absence of glandular
pubescence.

Specimens examined: Texas: The only specimens seen are
those of the type, collected in Gillespie County by G. Jenny,
date of collection not given (M).

15. Tradescantia humilis Kose.

Tradescantia humilis Rose, Contr. Nat. Herb, o : 204. (1899).

A very distinct species, probably the center of a group
formed by the two last preceding species, and the two next
immediately following. — Southern Texas. Spring.

Specimens examined: Texas: Industry, Austin County,
Wurzlpw, 1895, type (N) ; April 6, 1897 (N) ; San Antonio,
Beverchon 4055, March 18, 1903 (M).

16. Tradescantia Texana Bush sp. nov.

Stems short, slender, weak, 1-2 dm. long, much branched,
decumbent, appressed-pilose with ascending hairs, dark yel-
lowish-green; leaf-blades linear-lanceolate, flat, thin, ap-
pressed-hairy on both sides, 5-10 cm. long. Sheaths almost
none, hairy like the leaves ; bracts of the iuvolucre 2, broader
than the leaves, broadest about the middle, thin, flat, hairy
like the leaves, and with an aristate apex. Cymes 5- to 15-
flowered; pedicels 1-3 cm. long, glandular-pubescent; sepals
lanceolate, obtuse, 3-6 mm. long, densely glandular-pubes-
cent;; corolla small, deep blue or purple. — Sandhills, Texas.
Summer.

I have been constrained to consider this distinct from any
other species seen, by the peculiar appressed-hairy stems, not-
withstanding the fact that Dr. Rose referred the- specimens
to his T. humilis, a very different species.

Specimens examined : Texas: The only specimens seen are
those of the type, collected at Austin, Travis County, by
E. Hall 669, May 18, 1872 (MN).

Bush — The Texas Tradescantias. 193

17. Tradescantia diffusa Bush sp. now

Stems diffusely branched, spreading, slender, 1-2 dm. long,
bearing one or two leaves, roughish-pubescent and glandular
throughout; leaf blades linear, 1-2 dm. long, 5-10 mm. wide,
minutely pubescent above, long-hair}7 beneath, ciliate on the
margins, flat, or a little curved, conduplicate. Sheaths very
short, minutely pubescent, ciliate on the margins; bracts of
the involucre 2, nearly equal, as long as, or longer than the
leaves, and resembling them, somewhat saccate at the bases,
cymes 5- to 10-flowered; pedicels 2-4 cm. long, slender,
softly pubescent with gland-tipped hairs; sepals linear-lance-
olate, obtuse, 4-6 mm. long, densely softly pubescent with
gland-tipped hairs, and with a tuft of long simple white hairs
at each apex; corolla very small, purple, blue or rose-col-
ored. — Rocky ground, Southern Texas. Spring.

Specimens examined : Tfxas : The only specimens seen are
those of the type, collected at San Antonio, by E . H. Wilkin-
son 168, March 14, year not given (M).

18. TrADIX ANTIA MICRANTHA ToiT.

Tradescantia micrantha Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 224. (^1859).

This remarkable species is very distinct from all the other
species in its creeping stems, short, wide, flat leaves and very
small flowers. — Sandy soil, Southern Texas. Spring.

Specimens examined: Corpus Christi Bay, Nueces County,
Heller 1564, April 9-12, 1894 (N).

Issued December 30, 1904.

,.>.**

••':>*

:A».

PUBLICATIONS.

The following publications of the Academy are offered for sale at the
net prices indicated. Applications should be addressed to The Librarian,
The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3817 Olive St., St. Louis, Mo.

transactions (inoctavo). *

Vol. ■

Number.

Price per
number.

Price per vol.

Price in set.

1

1*

2t

8,4

$4.00
2.00 each.

$7.50
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

$7.00
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

5.00

3

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

4

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00

•5

1-2,3-4 {

4.00 each,
(double numbers)

7.50

7.00

m

h 2, 6, 8,

10, 11; 16, 17

4, 5, 7, 13,

14, 15, 18

3,9

12

I 25 cts. each.

y 60 cts. each.

75 cts. each.
$1.00

7.50

7.00

71

2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8.
18. 15, 1G,

18, 19

5, 9 to 12,

14,20

17

1

I 25 cts. each.

> 50 cts. each.

75 cts.
$1.00

7.50

7 00

m

1, 3 to 6

8, 10, 12

2, 7-9, 11

\ 25 cts. each.
60 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

oj

1, 8, 4, 7, 9

2, 5, 8

6

25 cts, each.
50 cts. each.
$1.25

3.75

8.60

10J

9

2, 4, 5, 10

1

3, 6, 7,8,11

10 els.
25 cts. each.

40 cts.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

lit

2,3

5-8, 10, 11 „

1

4

9

15 cts. each.
25 etc. each.

46 cts.

75 cts.
1.00

3.75

3.50

. 12J

1, 9,10

5

3,8

2, 4, 6, 7

25 cts. each.

35 cts.
45 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

-
3.75

3.50

m

2, 3, 5-9
4
1

25 cts. each.
75 cts.

1.50

3.75

3.50

memoirs (in quarto).

Contributions to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Archaeological Section.
Parti. Pottery. 1880. $2.00.

The total eclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of ths observations
made by the Washington University Eclipse Party, at Norman, Califor-
nia. 1891. $2.00.

* Supply exhausted.

t Can be sold only to purchasers of the entire volume,— so far as this can be
supplied.

* Each number is a brochure containing one complete paper (or rarely two).

Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.

VOL. XIV. No. 8.

TITLE-PAGE, PREFATORY MATTER AND INDEX.
RECORD FROM JAN. 1 TO DEC. 31, 1904.

Issued February 18, 190">.

List of Authors. 195

LIST OF AUTHORS.

Baker, Frank C. xxxi, 99, 107
Barck, C. xxxviii
Brennan, Martin S. xxxii
Bush, B. F. xxxix, xlii, 171, 181

Casey, Thos. L. 123
Coulter, S. M. xxxix

Eichenberry, W. L. xxxvi
Erwin, J. W. xllii

Harris, J. Arthur xli

Kirchner, Walter C. G. xliii
Klem, Mary J. xxxi, 1

McGee, WJ xl

Nipher, F. E. xxxii, xxxiii, xxxvi, xlii, 111

Petavel, J. E. xlii

Siebert, A. xl
Snodgrass, C. A. xxxvi

Wittmack, L. xxxix

196

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

GENERAL INDEX.

Air, liquid xlii
Amendments xvii, xxiii
Authority xxiii

Bacteria xxxvi, xliii
By-Laws xix

California, wonders of xliii
Charter xxiv
Color of flowers, xli
Constitution xv.
Council xvi, xx

Dues xxii

Ecology, xxxxvi
Elections xx, xxi
Expulsion xxii

Flowers, color of xli

Gaseous nebulae xxxii

History xxiv

Honorary members v

Horse, speed of trotting xxxiii

Librarian xx, xlv
Library xxvii
Liaht, liquid xl
Liquid air xlii
light xl

Mankind, types of xl
Meetings xvii, xix, xxvi
Members v, xv, xxi, xxv
Mollusks 123

of Wisconsin xxxi, 99, 107
Museum xxviii

Nebua, gaseous xxxii

solar xxxvi, 111
Nebular honothesis xxxii, xlii
Nominating committee xx

Officers xvi, xx, xxvi
Order of business, xvii

Palaeechinoidea xxxi, 1
Patron* v, xxii
Phvsics, problems in xlii
Plant societies xxxvi
Plants of swamps xxxix
Pleurotomidae 123
Prehistoric seeds xxxix
Problems in phvsics xlii
Publications xxii, xxvii

Quorum xix

Radium xxxii
Real estate xxiii
Resignations xxi

Secretary xx

Sections xvii

Seeds, prehistoric xxxix

Societies of plants xxxvi

Solar nebula xxxvi, 111

Spectacles, history of xxxviii

Swamps plants xxxix

Texas Tradescantias xlii, 181
Treasurer xx. xliv
Trotting horse xxxiii
Types of mankind xl

Vacancies xxi

Wisconsin mollusks xxxi, 99, 107

Index to Centra,

197

INDEX TO GENERA.

Aforia 138, 139

Agelacrinu* 73

Agriolimax 102, 105

Amblyacrum 153, 154

Ancistrosyiiux 138

Antiplanes 129, 138, 139

Archa< ocidaris 7, 11, 19, 45-68, 70,

71
Asthenotoma 148, 149

Bathytotna 138, 147, 148, 151
Bela 1G0, 164
Bellardiella 165
Bifldaria 101, 102, 104
Borsonia 158, 161
Bothriocidaris 9, 10, 14, 15
Buccinum 164

Candelabrum 138

Chauventia 164

Cidaris 52, 55, 59, 61, 62, 67-71

Cidarites 52, 55, 63, 64

Clathurella 160, 165

Clavatula 129, 152

Clavus 159, 160

C'inura 138, 139

Cochlespira 133, 138, 139, 143, 144

Cochlespirella 138, 144

Cochlespiropsis n. gen. 138, 143,

144
Cochlicopa 101-103
Cordiera 158, 161
Crassispira 159
Cymatosyrinx 159
Cystocidaris 13
Cythara 165, 166

Daphnella 165, 166
Discocystis 11, 73
Dolichotoma 147
Donovania 124, 163, 164
Drillia 144, 153, 158, 159

Echinocrinus 31, 45, 52, 53, 55, 58-

63, 69, 70
EchiiitK-jsiis 9, 10, 12-14
Echinodiscus 11, 73, 74
Echinus 59, 71
Endiatonia 149
Eocidaris 7, 11, 55, 67-72
Eoclathurella 160
Eodrillia n. gen. 159
Eopleurotoma 127, 158
Eo^urcula n. gen. 138, 145-147
Eotiaris 11, 74
Epa'xis 158
Eucheilodon 138-140
Eucithara 166

Euclathureila n. gen. 166, 167
Euconulus 101, 102, 105
Eucyclotoma 165

Florestita 173, 174
Folinaea 164

Fusitoma n. gen. 161, 163
Fusus 156, 161, 163

Genmula 127, 133-137, 139, 144, 151

Genota 129

Glyptotoma n. gen. 138-141, 165

Halia 123

Helenella n. gen. 167, 168
Helicodiscus 102, 104
Hemipleurotoraa 127, 133
Hemisurcula n. gen. 150
Homotoechus 18, 19
Hybochinus 24, 26

Koniuckocidiris 11, 74

Lachesis 124, 163, 164
Lampsilis 103
Lepidechinus 9, 11, 20-22
Lepidesthes 11, 24-27

198

Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.

Lepidocentrus 9, 11, 16-18, 22, 23,

70
Lepidocidaris 11, 72
Leptechinus 11, 74
Leptosurcula n. gen. 157
Limnaea 103

Lophiotoman. gen. 130, 134
Lyrosurculd, u. gen. 156, 157

Mangelia 165-167

Megasurcula n. gen. 138, 139, 147,

148, 151
Melechinus 40
Melonechinus 40
Melonites 2-9, 11, 23, 37, 40-44 pi.

1-6
Microdrillia 127, 138
Microsurcula n. gen. 154-156
Mitra 161

Mitromorpha 224, 168-170
Mcmiliopsis 138
Murex 147
Myriastiches 11, 74

Nesaea 164

Oligoporus 6, 9, 11, 37-40, iSpl.1-2
Oligotoma 148

Orthosurcula n. gen 144, 151, 152
Othake xxxix 171-180

Palaeohinus 9, 11, 17, 27-37, 41, 42
Palaeocidaris 17, 31, 45, 52, 53, 55,

63
Palaeodiscus 10, 12, 13
Palafoxia 173, 174, 176, 177
Perischocidaris 9, 18, 19
Perischodomus 9, 11, 18-20
Permocidaris 11, 74
Perrona 126

Philoraycus 101, 102, 105
Pholidocidaris 11, 22, 23
Pbysa 103

Planorbis xxxi 107, 108
Pleurofusia 127, 152, 153, 156
Pleuroliria 128, 130-133, 138, 144

Pleurotoma 123, 129, 130, 133, 137-
139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 155-158,
161, 163

Pleurotoraella 163, 165

Polygyra 101, 102, 105, 107

Polypteris 171-174, 176, 177, 179

Proterocidaris 11, 74

Protocidaris 11, 75

Protoechinus 11, 76

Protosurcula n. gen. 138, 144-146,
158

Pseudotoma 161, 163

Pyramidula 101, 102, 104

Raphitoraa 165
Rhoechinus 11, 27-30
Rouaultia 133
Ruscula n. gen. 161, 162

Scobinella 129, 138-141, 147
Sinistrella 138, 139
Spatangopsis 11, 75
Stevia 171-174
Strobilop8 101, 102, 104
Strombus 161, 162
Surcula 129, 137-139, 148, 151, 152
Surculoma n. gen. 153, 154

Taranis 169
Teres 165
Tomella 126
Tomopleura n. gen. 138
Tradescantia xlii 181-193
Tretechinus 18, 20
Tropisurcula n. gen. 153
Trypauotoma 138, 139, 141, 142, 148
Turricula 151
Typhlechinus 31, 35
Typhlomangelia 160

Varicobela n. gen. 161, 162
Vitrea 102, 105

Xenocidaris 11, 75, 76

Zelia 138
Zonitoides 102, 105

PUBLICATIONS.

The fbfid\viug publications of the Academy are offered, for pale at the
net prices indicated. Applications should be addressed to The Librarian,
The Academy of Science of St. Louis, 3817 Olive St., St. Louis, Mo.

transactions (in octavo V

VoL

ii umber.

Price per
number.

Price per vol. ; Price in set.

1*
2+

•-

I

. $4,00
2.00 each.

$7.50
i (Ncs. 2-4 only.)

§7.00
(Nos. 2-4 only.)

2

1 to 3

2.00 each.

5.50

6.00

1 to 4

2.00 each.

7.50 7.00

4

1 to 4
1-2,3-4 {

2.00 each.

7.50

7.00
7.00

5

4.00 each,
(double numbers)

> 25 cts. each.

1 50 cts. eacli.

75 cts. each.
.$1.00

7.50

m

1; 2, 6, 8,

10, 11? 1<5, 17

4, 5, 7, 13,

14, 15, 18

3, 9

12

i

i

7.50 7.00

• i

n

2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8.
13, 15, 13,

18, 19

5, 9 to 12,

14,20

17

1

' 25 cts. each.

> 50 cts. each.

75 cts.
$1.00

7.50

7 00

st

1 , 3 to 6

8S 10, 12

2, 7. 9, 11

V 25 cts. each.
60 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

n

1, 3, 4, 7, 9

2, 5, 8

6

25 cts. each.
50 cts. each.
$1.25

3.75

3,50

wt

9

2, 4, 5, 10

1

3, 6; 7,8,11

10 cis.
25 cts. each.

40 cts.
50 cts. each.

A . i a

■?,.r,i)

nt

2, 3

5-8, 10, 11

1

9

15 cts. each.
25 ctr-. each.

45 cts.

75 cts.
1.00

3.75

3.60

12:

1, 9.1U

5'
3,8
2, 4, 6, 7

25 cts. each.

35 cts.
45 cts. each.
50 cts. each.

3.75

3.50

13:

i

2, 3, 5-9
4
1

25 cts. each.

75 cts.

1.50

3.75

1

3.50

lit

2, 3, 6, 7

4,8
5
1

25 cts. each.
60 cts.
75 c .

§1.00

3.75

3.50

MEMOIKS (in quarto).
Contributions to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Archaeological Section. Parti.

Pottery. 18S0. $2.00.
The total eclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of the observations made by the

Washington University Eclipse Party, at Norman, California. 1891. $2.00.

* Supply exhausted.

t Can be sold only to purchasers of the entire volume, — so far as thi6 can be
supplied.

t Each number is a brochure containing one complete paper (or rarelv two).

OaR

Classified List of Papers and Notes

Contained in Volumes I-XIV

of the

Transactions and Memoirs

of

The Academy of Science of St. Louis,

— 2 —

Classified List of Papers and Notes contained in Volumes I-XIV. Trans-
actions Academy of Science of St. Lonis (in octavo).

Addresses of Presidents.

Eads, J. B. 3:1

$2.00

Leete, J. M. 4:4

$2.00

3:2.

Cl

Moore, Robert. 11 : 11

.25

Eliot, Henry W. 12:10

.25

Nipher, F. E. 4:4

2.00

Engelmann, G. 2:1

2.00

5 : 1-2

4.00

2:2

it

5 : 3-4

IC

2:3

<<

6:18

.50

3:1

a

Prout, H. A. 2:1

2.00

4:1

t(

Riley, C. V. 3:4

u

4:2

a

4:1

a

4:3

i <

Shumard, B. F. 1 : 2*

Engler, E. A. 8 : 12

.25

3:1

2.00

9:9

■ (

Smith, D. 8. H. 13:9

.25

10:11

.50

Wislizenus, A. 1:3

2.00

Gray, M. L. 7 : 20

ti

1:4

tc

7:20

u

3:1

<(

Harris, W. T. 3:2

2.00

Anatomy. — See Biology.

Archaeology, ethnology.

Allen, G. W. (Pottery and skulls from southeastern Missouri).

Broadhead, G. C. (Ancient mounds from Saline County, Mo ).

(Ancient walled graves in Pike County, Mo.) . 2 : 2

Couant, A. J. Archaeology of Missouri. 3:3

(Skull from New Madrid mound). 3:3

Cross well, C. Mound explorations in southeastern Missouri.

Dacus, J. A. (Ruins at Xayi, Mexico). 4 : 1

Engelmann, G. J. (Sandstone statuette from Tennessee). 3 : 4

(Skulls of mound- builders). 3 : 4

(Teeth of mound-builders). 3:3

Gage, J. R. (Ancient stone wall in Mississippi). 3 : 3

Results of investigations of Indian mounds. 3:2

Gillespie, T. P. (Pottery from Peruvian burial grounds). 3 : 3

Gillman, H. (Perforations of mound skulls) . 3:2

Harris, W. T. (Antiquity of man). 3:2

Hilder (Mound pottery). 3:4

Holmes, N. (American antiquities). 3:3

(Antiquity of man). 3 : 2

(Fossil man of the Mentonecave). 3: 1

:2 2.00
; 1 "

3:4

(Indian pottery from Big mound of St. Louis).

(Man and the elephant in Nebraska) . 3:3

(Shell ornaments from Big mound, etc.). 3 : 2

(Skull-flattening). 1:1*

(Stone mounds). 1 : 2*

Nipher, F. E. (Skulls of mound -builders). 3:4

1:4

14

a
(i
a
■(

K

(I
«

<<
IS
a
ic
tc
(C
cc
(1

* Exhausted.

— 3 —

Archaeology, ethnology — Continued.

Potter, W. B. (Archaeological work in S. E. Mo.). 3 : 4 $2.00

(New Madrid mounds). 3:3 u

Richardson (Skull and pottery from St. Louis mound). 3:2. '«

Sawyer, A. (Indian mound relics). 3:4 •'

Amos (Ethnographic life lines left by a prehistoric race). 11 : 11 .25

Shumard, B. F. (Ancient stone wall in Pulaski Couuty, Mo.). 1:2*

(Human skull from an ancient Indian mound near Little Rock,

Ark.). 2:3 2 00

(Skull from Arkansas mound). 1:1*

Sidney-Hamilton, F. W. (Southeastern Africa). 3:4 "
Smith, S. (Height of the Big mound of St. Louis). 3:1 "
Swallow, G. C. (Indian mounds in New Madrid county). 1:1*
Todd A. (Skull and ornaments from the Big mound). 3:2
Wislizenus, A. Indian stone graves in Illinois. 1 : 1*
Was man contemporaneous with the Mastodon? 1:2*

Astronomy.

Brennan, M. S. (The Nebular Hypothesis). 14:8 .50

Pritchett, H. S. (Barnard and Fabry comets). 5:1-2 4.00

Ephemeris of the satellites of Mars for the opposition of 1881.

4:2 2.00
(History of sun-spots, magnetic storms, and aurorae, of Febru-
ary, 1891). 6:18 .50

Observations on the transit of Mercury, May 9, 1891. 5:3-4 1.00

(Periodic doubling of stars). 6:18 .50

(Physical observation of Mars during the opposition of 1892).

6:18

Results of double star observations made with the equatorial of

of the Morrison Observatory. 7:13 .25

(Rotation period of Jupiter). 5 : 3-4 4.00

(Satellite system of Saturn). 7: 20 .50

See, T. J. J. On the temperature of the sun and on the relative ages

of the stars and nebulae. 10 : 1 .40

Seyffarth, G. An astronomical inscription concerning the year 1722

B. C. 1:3 2.00
Corrections of the present theory of the moon's motions, ac-
cording to the classic eclipses. 3:4. "

(Lunar tables). 4:1. "

The original Egyptian names of the planets, according to a

Turin papyrus, and some new planetary configurations. 4 : 3

Planetary configurations on Cyprian antiquities (with a folding

plate). 4:3 "

Updegraff, M. Determinations of the latitude, longitude and hei

above sea level of the Laws observatory of the University of
the State of Missouri, containing a description of the building
and principal instruments (with plate). 6:15
Flexure of telescopes. 7 : 11

i«

* Exhausted.

— 4 —

Biographic notices.
Agassiz, L. 3:2
Baumgarteu, F. E. 3:1
Breckinridge, S. M. 5 : 3-1
Chouteau, Charles P. 11:11
Curtman, CO. 7 : 20
Eads, J. B. 5:1-2
Eliot, W. G. 5: 1-2
Engelmann, G. 4:3

Memorial volume, by

Euno Sander. 4 Sup-
plement, pp. 18, with
portrait. 4 : 4
Evans, J. 2:1

$2.00
a

4.00

.25

.50

4.00
(i

2.00

tt

Holmes, Nathaniel. 11 : 11
Leete, J. M. 7:20
Litton, A. 12 : 10
Lucas, J. H. 3:2
Pallen, M. M. 3:4
Prout, H. A. 2:1
Riley, C. V. 7 : 20
Sander, E. 7 : 20
Shaw, H. 5:3-4
Shumard, B. F. 3:1
Silliman, B. Jr. 4:4
Smith, C. S. 5:1-2
Smith, S. 3:1
Todd, A. 4:4
Whittlesey, C. C.
Wislizeuus, A. 5

3:3
3-4

Gray, A. 5:1-2 4.00

Gray, M. L. 8:12 .25

Henry, J. 4:1 2.00

Hilgard, T. C. 3 : 3 "

Biology.

Engelmann, G. (Migration of insects and weeds). 3 : 4
Greely, A. W. (Experiments on ithe nature of the contraction of
muscle). 13:9

(Recent experiments of the effects on protoplasm of variations

in temperature and in the water content of the cells).

13:9
Hilgard, T. C. Phyllotaxis — its numeric and divergential law

explicable under a simple organological idea. 1 : 1*
Kodis, T. (A new method of staining brain tissue). 11:11

(Overcooling of vegetable and animal tissues). 8 : 12

Riley, C. V. (Geographic range of species). 3 : 4

(Introduced weeds and insects) . 3:1

Botany.

Baker, C. F. A revision of the Elephantopeae. I. PI. IX. 12 : 5
Ball, C. R. Notes on some western willows. 9 : 5
Bay, J. C. Material for a monograph on iuuline. 6:6
Bernays, A. C. (Karyokinesis in Fritillaria) . 7 : 20
Bolton, B. M., and J. A. Harris. (The use of agar-agar for im-
bedding purposes). 13:9
Bush, B. F. The genus Othake Raf . 14 : 6

A new genus of grasses. Pis. VII-VIII. 13 : 7.

The North American species of Chaerophyllum. PL X.

12:6

The North American species of Triodia. PL XL 12 : 6

The Texas'Tradescantias. 14 : 7

See K. K. Mackenzie.

Combs, R. Plants collected in the District of Cienfuegos,
Province of Santa Clara, Cuba, in 1895-1896. Pis. XXX-
XXXIX. (with map). 7:17

$0.25

.50

.25

2.00
tt

<c

.50
<«

4.00

2.00

a

4.00

2.00
tt

u
4.00

2.00
.25

< <
2.00

.35
.50
.25
.50

.25

<(

.50

.25

.75

* Exhausted.

(Oxytropis Lamberti).

3:3

(Phenological notes).

3:1

(Phenological notes).

3:4

(Phenological notes).

4:1

(Phenological notes).

4:2

(Physiological and anotomical

sperms). 3:4

(Pollen showers). 3 :

1

Polypodium incanum).

3:1

characters of the Gymno-

Botauy — Continued.

Curtman, C. 0. (Fungus on apple-rind). 4:4 $2.00

Eickenberry, W. L. (Principles of ecology and development of

plant societies). 14:8 .50
Eliot, W. G., Jr. Measurement of the trimorphic flowers of

Oxalis Suksdorfii. 5 : 1-2 4.00
Engelmann, G. About the oaks of the United States. 3 : 3-4 "
The acorns and their germination. 4: 1 2.00

Additions to the cactus-flora of the territory of the United

States. 2:1. "
(Age and diameters of trees). 4:2 "

(Age of Sequoias). 3:2 "

The American junipers of the section Sabina. 3:4 "

(Arceuthobmm minutum) . 3:1 "

(Bernhardi herbarium). 1:3 "

(Catalpa speciosa). 4:2 "

(Cinchona cultivation). 4:2 "

Dimorphism of Draba brachycarpa ). 2 : 1 "

The flowering of Agave Shaioii. PI. IV. 3:4 "

(Fruit and seed of Viburnum). 2:2 "

Fungi and fermentation). 3:1 "

The genus Isoetes in North America. 4:2 "

(Geographical distribution of North America flora). 3 : 4

(Grape rot). 4:1

(Hybrids of Verbena). 1:4 "

- Mildew and black-rot of grapes). 2: 1 "

(Nelumbium luteum). 2:1 "

New specimens of Oentiana from the alpine regions of the

Rocky mountains. Pis. VII-XI. 2:1 Ci

Notes on Agave. 3:3 "

Addition to the arLicle on Agave. Pis. II— III. 3:3 "

Notes on the genus Yucca. 3:1 "

Notes on the genus Yucca. No. 2. 3:2

Addition to the article on Yucca. 3:3 "

(Notes on the grape-vines of Missouri). 1:4 "

(Oak and grape fungi). 3:4 li

The oaks of the United States. 3:4 "

On Pinus aristata, a new species of pine, discovered by Dr.

C. C. Parry in the alpine regions of Colorado Territory,
and on some other pines of the Rocky mountains. Pis.

V-VI. 2:1 ««

it
a
i.

K

— 6 —

Botany — Continued.

Engelmann, G. (Pulp of cactus fruit.) 2:1 $2.00

(Pulp of Cereus for calking). 4:2 «•

Revision of the genus Pitms, and description of Pinus

Elliottii. 4:1. Pis. I-III. "

A. revision of the North American species of the genus

Juncus, with a description of new or imperfectly
known species. 2:2 "
Further additions to the revision of the genus Juncus. 2:3 "

(Selaginella lepidophylla) . 1:4 "

(Sequoias). 3:1 «'

(Structure of the fruit and seed of Bibes). 2:1 "

A synopsis of the American firs {Abies Link). 3:4 "

Systematic arrangement of the species of the genus Cuscuta,

with critical remarks on old species and description of

new ones. 1:3 "

Two new dioecious grasses of the United States. Pis.

XII-XIV. 1:3 "

( Ulmus Americana) . 1:3 "

(Vegetation f>long the lakes). 4:1 "

(Vernation of American oaks). 3:3 '«

(Vitis). 3:3. "

(Wild grapes) 4:1 "

(Xenia phenomena in core). 3:1 "

Espenschied, C. (Sisal and palm fiber). 7 : 20 .50

Glasgow, W. Jr. (Ulva thermarum from Hot Springs, Ark.). 1 : 3 2.00

Glatfelter, N. M. Relations of Salix Missouriensis, Bebb, to S.

cordata, Muhl. 7:5. P)s. I-III. .50

A study of the relations of Salix nigra and Salix amygda-

loides, together with the hybrids arising from thtm as

these species exhibit themselves in the vicinity of

St. Louis. PI. I. 6 : 13 "

Hager (Green- stained oak wood). 3 : 1 2.00

Hambach, G. (Fruiting Cycas revoluta'). 5:1-2 4.00

(Petrified seed of Celtis). 5:3-4 "

Harris, J. Arthur. Normal and teratological thorns of Gleditschia

triacanthos, L. PI. XXI. 11 : 10 25.

Polygamy and certain floral abnormalities in Solanum.

13:8

The germination of Pachira, with a note on the names of

two species. Pis. IX-XI. 13 : 8 "

See Bolton.

Hilgard, T. C. (Exposition of a natural series of immediate cath-
olic affinities in the vegetable kingdom). Pis. VI-VII.
1 : 2*

(Variability of foliage of a single tree). 1:3 2.00

Hitchcock, A. S. A catalogue of the Anthophyta and Pierido-

phyta of Ames, Iowa. 5:3-4 4 00
Ecological plant geography of Kansas. 8:4 .25

* Exhausted.

Botany — Continued.

Hitchcock, A. S., The opening of the buds of some woody plants

(with 4 plates). 6:5 $0.50
Studies of subterranean organs. I. Compositae of the vicin-
ity of Manhattan, Kansas. PI. I. 9:1. .25

Studies of subterranean organs. II. Some dicotyledonous

herbaceous plants of Manhattan, Kansas. 10 : 4 "

Letterman, G. W. (Loco weed). 4:4 2.00

(Planera and Oleditschia) . 4:3 "

(Woods from Arkansas). 4:3 "

Mackenzie, K. K. and B. F. Bush. The Lespedezas of Missouri.

Pis. I-IV. 12:2 .50

New plants from Missouri. Pis. XII-XVII. 12:7 tl

Mallinckrodt (Green-stained oak wood). 3:1 2.00

Norton, J. B. S. (Effects on trees of tornado of May, 1896)

7:20 .50

(Flora of Southwestern United States). 10:11 "

Notes on some plants of the Southwestern United States.*

Pis. V-VIII. 12:4

■ Sclerotinia fructigena. Pis. XVIII-XXf. 12:8 .45

A study of the Kansas Ustilagineae, especially with regard

to their germination. Pis. XXV-XXIX. 7 : 10 .50

(Supposed Crataegus hybrids). 9:9 .25

Pammel, L. H. Anatomical characters of the seeds of Legu-

minosae, chiefly genera of Gray's Manual. Pis. VII-
XXXV. 9 : 6 1.25

(Ecological notes on Colorado plants). 7 : 20 .50

The histology of the caryposis and endosperm of some

grasses. Pis. XVII-XIX. 8:11 "
On the pollination of Phlomis tuberosa, L., and the perfora-
tion of flowers. Pis. VI-VII. 5 : 1-2 4.00

On the seed -coats of the genus Euphorbia. Pis. XII-XIV.

5:3-4 "

Sclerotinia Libertiana, Fuckel, with a bibliography of fungus

root diseases. Pis. I-II. 6:9 .75

Pope, C. A. (Aecidiura deformation of the elder). 1:4 2.00

Riley, C. V. New use for the American Agave). 3:2 "

(Peronospora viticola) . 3:4 "

(Physianthus an inseect trap). 3:2 '«

(Vilfa following locust devastation). 3:3 '•

Roberts, H. F. (Structure and physiology of plant cell). 10:11 .50.
Robertson, C. Flowers and insects. Contributions to an ac-
count of the ecological relations of the entomophilous

flora and the anthomophilous insect fauna of the neigh-
borhood of Carlinville, Illinois. 7 : 6 .25
Flowers and insects. — Asclepiadaceae to Scrophulari-

aceae. 5 : 3-4 4.00

Flowers and insects. — Labiatae. 6:4 .50

Flowers and insects. — Rosaceae and Compositae. 6: 14

Flowers and insects. — Umbilliferae. 5:3-t 4.00

— 8 —

Botany — Continued.

Rolfs, P. H. Florida lichens. 11:2 $0.15

Rush, W. H. (Iutramolecular respiration of plants). 7:20 .50

von Schrenk, H. (Arceuthobium pusillum) . 9:9 -25

(Burl caused by Peridermium) . 10:11 .50

(Burls on white spruce). 10:11 "

On the mode of dissemination of Usnea barbata. PI. XVI.

8:10 .25
(Notes on the bitter-rot disease of apples). 13 : 9 "

(Parasitism of lichens). 7:20 .50

(Propagation of fruit trees). 10:11 "

(Root-oedema of Salix nigra). 7 : 20 "

(Sclerotium disease of beach roots). 9:9 .25

A severe sleet-storm Pis. X-XI. 10 : 5 "

The trees of St. Louis as influenced by the tornado of

1896. Pis. III-IX. 8:2 .50

Smith, E. (Dionaea muscipula). 5: 1-2 4.00

Spiegelhalter, J. (Loco weed). 4:4 200
Swallow. G. C. Grape culture in Missouri. 1 : 2*
Thorn, C. The process of fertilization in Aspidium and Adiantum.

Pis. XXXVI-XXXVIII. 9:8 .50

Thompson, C. H. (Endogenous flowers). 9:9 .25

Trelease, W. (Cactus monstrosities). 9:9 "

Catasetum Gnomus). 7 : 20 .50

Description of Lycoperdon Missouriense. 5 : 1-2 PI. VIII. 4.00

(Dionaea muscipida). 5:1-2 "

(Fruit of Salisburia). 4;4 2.00

(Fruiting Cycas revoluta) . 5:1-2 4.00

North American Rhamnaceae. 5 : 3-4 "

Observations suggested by the preceding paper (Eliot on

Omlis). 5:1-2 "

The progress made in botany during the nineteenth century.

11:7 25

Revision of North American Ilicineae and Celastraceae.

5:3-4 4.00

A Revision of North American Linaceae. Pis. Ill- IV.

5:1-2

(Synthesis of starch). 5:1-2

(Trapa and Nephelium fruits and " Cinnamon beans").

4.4 2.00

— An unusual phyto-bezoar. PI. XL. 7 : 18 .25

(Wood of Leitneria). 6:18 .50

Webber, H.J. Appendix to the catalogue of the flora of Ne-
braska. 6:1 .25
Whittlesey, C. C. (Pollen showers). 3 : 1 2.00
Wislizenus, A. (Fasciation in corn-cob). 3:1 "
Wittmack, L. (Our knowledge of prehistoric seeds). 14 : 8 .50

Zoology.

Baird, S. F. (Snake imbedded in sandstone). 1:4 2.00

* Exhausted.

— 9 —

Zoology — Continued.

Baker, C. F. (American Isopods and Amphipods). 10:11 $0.50

(The development of the chick during the first forty-eight

hours of segmentation). 11:11 .25

Baker, F. C. Critical notes on the Muricidae. 7:16 "

The molluscan fauna of the Dells of Wisconsin. 14:2 "

The molluscan fauna of Western New York. PI. 10. 8:5

Notes on Planorbis truncatus Miles. 14 : 3 "

Some interesting molluscan Monstrosities. PI. XI. 11:8 "

A revision of the Limnaeas of Northern Illinois. PI. I.

11 : l .45

Briggs, C. C. (Prairie dog). 3:2 2.00

Call, R. E. A study of the Unionidae of Arkansas, with inci-
dental references to their distribution in the Mississippi
valley. Pis. I-XXI. 7:1 1.00

Casey, Thos. L. Notas on the Pleurotomidae with descriptions

of some new genera and species. 14 : 5 .75
Engelmann, G. (Black fox squirrel) . 1:3 2.00
(Menobranchus) . 3:1 "

(Taenia). 1:3 "

Hambach, G. (Rattles" of snake). 5:1-2 4.00

Holmes, N. The geological and geographical distribution of the

human race. 4:1 2.00

Hurter, J. Catalogue of reptiles and batrachians found in the

vicinity of St. Louis, Mo. 6: 11 .25

A contribution to the herpetology of Missouri. 7 s 19 "

Second contribution to the herpetology of Missouri. 13 : 3 "

Lefevre, George. The advance of zoology in the nineteenth

century. 11 : 5 "

Lugger, O. (Storing of acorns and cutting of pine cones by

squirrels). 3:3 2.00

McLellan, G. B. (Squirrels in winter). 3:2 lt

Nipher, F. E. (The curve of speed of the trotting horse).

13 : 9 .25

(Discontinuities in the evolution of the trotting horse).

14:8 .50

The evolution of the American trotting horse. 4 : 3 2.00

On the predetermination of the speed of the trotting

horse. 13 : 2 .25

Pope, C. A. (Tarantula from Missouri). 2:1 2.00

Riley, C. V. (Crustacea from Dallas, Tex.). 3:3

Descriptions of two new subterranean mites. 3 : 2

(Heterodon platyrhinos) . 3 : 2

- — - (Menobranchus lateralis). 3:2

(Mite transformations). 3 : 4

(My gale Hertzii). 3 : 4

- — (Nephila plumipes) . 3:2

(The rattlesnake). 3 : 1

(Scenopinus in human lung). 3 : 1

-(Toad fish). 3:3

a

— 10 —

Zoology — Continued.

Sawyer, A. (The method adopted by squirrels for securing their

winter's food). 3:2
Shimer, H. (An Icterus related to I. spurius.) 2:2 $2.00

Entomology.

Brendel, E. Synopsis of the family of Pselaphidae. 5: 1-2 4.00
Broadhead, G. C. The Rocky mountain locust and the sea-
son of 1875. 3 : 3 2.00
Duffey, J. C. Transformations of a Carabid (Plochionus
timidus), and observations on a Coccinellid enemy of the
red spider. Pis. X-XI. 5:3-1 4.00
Engelmann, G. (Jumping seeds). 4:3 2.00
Grant, R. D. (Ravages of Termes). 3:4 "
Murtfeldt, M. E. (Immigration of insects, especially the
European cabbage- worm). 4:2 "

(Seed-feeding insects). 7:20 .50

Pauls, G. (Euphy dry as phaeton) . 10:11 u

Riley, C. V. (Centennial insects). 3:4 2.00

— - (Colorado potato beetle). 3:3 "

Descriptions and natural history of two insects which

brave the dangers of Sarracenia variolaris. 3:3 "

Descriptions of some new Tortricidae (leaf-rollers).

4:2 "

Descriptions of two new moths. 3:2 "

■ (Entomological notes). 3:4 "

Hackberry butterflies. 3:2 "

(Jumping seeds and galls). 3:2 "

(Locust experience). 3:4 «'

(Locust flights east of the Mississippi). 3:4 il

(Locust plague). 3:3 "

(Locust plague). 3:4 "

(Mimicry). 3:1 "

(Myrviecocystus). 3:2 "

A new oak-gall on acorn cups. 3:4 "

Notes on North American Microgasters, with descrip-
tions of new species. 4:2 "

Notes on the natural history of the grape Phylloxera

(Phylloxera vastatrix, Planchon). 3:3 "

Notes on the Yucca borer, Megathymus Yuccae (Walk.).

3:3

Additional notes on Megathymus Yuccae. 3:4 u

On a new genus in the Lepldopterous family Tineidae,

with remarks on the fertilization of Yucca. 3:1 "

On the oviposition of the Yucca moth. 3:2 "

Supplementary notes on Pronuba Yuccasella. 3:1 "

Further remarks on Pronuba Yuccasella and on the pol-
lination of Yucca. 3:4 "

(Yucca and its insects). 3:2 "

On a remarkable new genus in Meloidae infesting Ma-
son-bee cells in the United States. 3:4 "

— 11 —

Entomology — Continued.

Riley, C. V. (On migratory butterflies). 3 : 4 $2.00

Ou the larval characters and habits in the blister-beetles

belongiug to the genera Macrobasis, Lee. and Epi-
cauta Fabr.; with remarks on other species of the
family Meloidae. PI. V. 3 : 4 "

On the difference between Anisopteryx pometaria,

Harr. and Anisopteryx aescularia, W.-V.,with remarks
on the genus Paleacrita. 3:4 c<

(On the oviposition of Saperda bivittata Say). 3:4 "

(Oviposition of Leucania unipuncta) . 3:3 •'

(Parasites on eggs of Caloptenns spretus). 3:4 "

(Paris green and insects) 3:2 "

Remarks on canker-worms and description of a new

genus of Phalaenidae. 3:3 ,l

(Transportation of silk-worm eggs). 3:4 "

Robertson, C. New or little known North American bees.

8:3 .25

North American bees descriptions and synonyms. 7 : 14 .50

Some Illinois bees. 10 : 2 .25

Trelease, W. (Jumping beans). 4:4 2.00
Walsh, B. D. Descriptions of North American Hymenop-

tera. 3:1 "

Wislizeuus, A. (The so-called "army worm"). 2:1 "

Anatomy, morphology.

Alt, A. Original contributions concerning the glandular
structures appertaining to the human eye and its appen-
dages. Pis. XXII.-LVII. 10:8 .50
Engelmann, G. (Genital parts of female opossum). 2:2 2.00
Hilgard, T. G. (Comparative anatomy of the skull). 1:3 "

Comparative organotaxy of fishes). 1:4 "

Notes on comparative organotaxis. 1:3 u

(Skull of vertebrates) . 1:2*

Stevens, C. W. (Monstrosity in head of lamb). 1:4 "

Terry, R. J. (Cervical rib in man). 8 : 12 .25

Todd, C. A. (Anomalous skull). 5 : 3-4 4.00

(Arm-muscle of negro). 5:1-2 "

" Reversion of type " in the digastric muscle of the human

being. 4:2 2.00

Subcutaneous pocket in front of ear of man and elephant).

4:3 "

Physiology.

Goldstein, M. (Physiology of voice production). 10:11 .50

Harrison, E. (Iron-ore bezoars of ox). 3 : 2 2.00

Kodis, T. (Electro-chemical theories of animal electricity.)

10:11 -50
Porter, W. T. (Apparatus for administering anaesthetics dur-
ing artificial respiration). 5:3-4 4.00
The growth of St. Louis children. Pis. I-XLVI. 6:12 1.00

— 12 —

Physiology — Continued.

Porter, W. T. The physical basis of precocity and dullness.

Pis. I-II. 6:7 $0.50

The relations between the growth of children and their

deviation from the physical type of their sex and age.
PI. I. 6:10 .25

Riley, C. V. (Sex causation) 3:2 2.00

Runge, E. C. Merycism regarded in the light of atavic ten-
dency.— Report of a new case, with results of an in-
vestigation of its digestive chemism. 6 : 11 .25
Sawyer, A. (Water required for domestic animals). 3:3 2.00
Todd, C. A. (Soaring of buzzards). 5: 1-2 4.00
Trelease, W. An unusual phyto-bezoar. PI. XL. 7 :18 .25
Botany — See Biology.
Chemistry.

Bandelier, A. F. Observations on ozone, made in Highland,

Madison Co., Ills. 2:2 2.00

Bremer, L. (Aniline dye tests of glucose). 9:9 .25

Carter, Seymour. (A new method of directly transforming

cereals into food-stuffs). 12:10 "

Curtman, C. O. (Detection and analysis of blood). 6:18 .50

(Test for aniline colors). 5:1-2 4 00

Cushman, A. S. The post-mortem detection and estimation of

strychnine. 6:17. .25

Forder, S. W. See Keiser.

Hunicke, H. A. (Boiling point of hydro-carbons). 9:9 " '

Jewett, E. C. (Specific gravity determination of alloys). 4:4 2 00

Keiser. E. H. (A method of determining the amount of lime in

cements). 13:9 .25

(Some derivatives of acetylene). 9:9 "

and S. W. Forder. A new method for the determination of free

lime, and on so-called dead burnt lime. 13:6 "

Litton, A. (Aluminum). 1:1*
Luedeking, C. Anomalous densities of fused bismuth. 5 : 1-2 4.00

Contribution to the chemistry of combustion. 5:3-4 "

The hydration of colloids. 5 : 3-4 "

(Iron in atmosphere). 5 : 1-2 "

The long continued action of the electric discharge on iodine.

5 : 3-4 »

On the analysis of the barium group. 5 : 3-4 "

On the specific heats, specificgravities, and the heats of hydration

of the acids of the fatty series, and their mixtures with water
(with plate). 4:4 2.00

' The post-mortem detection of chloroform. 5:1-2 4.00

See H. A. Wheeler. • "

Potter W. B. (Analysis of Geyserite). 4:3 2.00

(Analysis of Peruvian lignite). 3:4 "

Analysis of Spiegeleisen). 4:1 "

* Exhausted.

— 13

Chemistry — Continued.

Reed, C. J. The graphic representation of the relation between

valence and atomic weight (with triple chart). 4:4 $2.00

Richter, George. (The physical and chemical properties of gelatin).

12:10 .25

Sander, E. (Analysis of condensed milk). 4:4 2.00

Schiel, J. (Bisulphuret of carbon). 1:1*

(Observations on glycerine). 1:1*

Seddon, J. A. (Specific gravity and determination of alloys). 4 : 4
Warren, W. H. (Production of perfumes). 10:11 .50

Wheeler, H. C. and C. Luedeking. Iodine in blowpiping. Pis.

XI-XIII. 4:4 2.00

Wislizenus, A. (Ozone). 1:3 "

Earthquakes. — See Meteorology.

Education, sociology.

Geddes, P. (Plan for increasing the educational value of exposi-
tions). 10:11 -50

Soldan, F. L. (The advance made in education during the nine-
teenth century). 11:11 -25

Wood, O. M. (Sociology of the negro). 8:12 "

Woodward, CM. At what age do pupils withdraw from the public
schools? 7:8.

(Formulae of Herbart). 7 : 20 -50

Engineering, machinery, manufactures.

Adams, W. (Telephone for deaf persons). 4:3 2.00
Eads, J. B. (River jetties). 3:2 "
Espenschied, C. (Flour milling). 10:11 -50
Johnson, J. B. (Portland cement). 8:12 .25
Kinealy, J. H. (Volume of air passing a register). V : 20 50
Kinsley, C. Discussion of series dynamo-electric machines. 8 : 7
Nipher,F. E. (Electric lights). 3:4 2.00
(Electric lights). 4:1 "

(Mechanical influence of design). 4:1

(On applying muscular work). 3:4

On the output of the non-condensing steam engine, as a func-
tion of speed and pressure. 5:3-4 4.00
Schmidt, A. Iron manufacture in Missouri. 3 : 3 '-.00
Scott, C. M. On the improvement of the western rivers (with

plate). 4:1
Thurman, John S. Industrial uses of compressed air). 11:11 -25

Woodward, C. M. The efficiency of gearing under friction. 8 : 6

Entomology, — See Biology.

Ethics.

Sheldon, Walter L. A bird's-eye view of the literature of ethical science
since the time of Charles Darwin. 13:4 -75

Ethnology. — See Archaeology.

Folk-lore. — See Language.

* Exhausted.

— 14 —

Geology, palaeontology.

Broadhead, G. C. Age of our porphyries. 3:3 $2 00

(Bones of large animals in drift, etc.). 3:1 "

Carboniferous rocks of eastern Kansas. 4:3 "

Coal measures in Missouri. 2:2 "

(Fossil horse in Missouri). 3:1 "

Missouri geological surveys, historical memoir. 4:4 "

Ou the well at the Insane Asylum, St. Louis County. PI. I. 3 : 2 "

Emmons, E. (Geology of North Carolina). 1:2*

Engelmanu, G. (Geological and botanical notes on the Rocky moun-
tains. 3:2 "
(Hot springs of Colorado). 4:3 "

(Labeling specimens). 1:3 "

— — (Petrified wood from near Pike's Peak). 3:1 "

- (Sigillaria marks ou Illinois coal). 3:2 "
Engelmann, H. (Lower Carboniferous in Southern Illinois). 2:1 "
Evans, J., and B. F. Shumard. On some new species of fossils from

the Cretaceous formation of Nebraska Territory. 1 : 1*
Hambach, G. Contribution to the anatomy of the genus Pentremites,

with description of new species. Pis. A. B. 4 : 1 "

Description of new Palaeozoic Echinoderraata. Pis. C, D. 4 : 3 "

Notes about the structure and classification of Pentremites.

4:3

(Pionocrinus found at St. Charles, Mo.). 4:4 "

Revision of the Blastoideae, with a proposed new classification

and description of new species. Pis. I-VI. 13: 1 1.50

Harrison, E. Age of the Porphyry hills of South-east Missouri.

2 : 3 2.00

Hawn, F. The Trials of Kansas. 1 : 2*

See Swallow.

Heilprin, A. (Glacial phenomena in Greeland) 7:20 .50

Hermann, E. A. (Fossil bison femur) . 10 : 11 "

Holmes, N. (Loess and Drift, in connection with the Big mound at

St. Louis) 2:3 2.00

(Mastodon and man). 1 : 2*

Keyes, C. R. Relations of the Devonian and Carboniferous in the

upper Mississippi Valley. 7 : 15 .25

Kirchner, W. C. G. Contribution to the fossil flora of Fiorrisant,

Colorado. Pis. XI-XV. 8:9 .50

Klem, Mary J. The development of Agaricocrinus. Pis. XVIII-XXL

10:7 "
A revision of the Palaeozoic Palaeechinoidae, with a synopsis of

all known species. Pis. I-VI. 14:1 1.00

Koch, A. C. (Bones of mastodon). 1 : 2*

(Explorations in Mississippi and Arkansas). 1 : 1*

Mastodon remains, in the State of Missouri, together with

evidence of the existence of man contemporaneously with

the mastodon. 1:1*

* Exhausted.

— 15 —

Geology, palaeontology — Continued.

Laphara, I. A. (Devonian in Wisconsin). 1:4 $2.00

Linton, M. L. (Impression in sandstone;. 1 : 1*

Litton, A. Belcher & Brother's Artesian Well. PI. V. 1:1*

Lyon, S. A. Descriptions of four new species of Blastoidea, from

the Subcarboniferous rocks of Kentucky. PI. XX. 1:4 "

Remarks on the stratigraphical arrangement of the rocks of

Kentucky, from the Catenipora escharoides horizon of the
upper Silurian period, in Jefferson County, to the base of the
productive coal measures in the eastern edge of Hancock
County. 1:4 "

Marcou, J. (Age of geological formations). 1:3 "

Notes on the geology of Kansas and Nebraska. 1:4 "

(On the Dyas in Nebraska). 2:3 "

On the Terebratula Mormonii. 3:2 "

McAdams, W. (Drift fossils at Jerseyville, 111.). 3:2 "
(Drift fossils from Illinois). 4:3 "

McGee, W. J. Notes on the geology of Macon county, Missouri.

PI. IX. 5 : 1-2 4. CO

Norwood, J. G. (Rocks of Illinois). 1 : 2*

Potter, W. B. (Geological relations of the ore deposits of Mis-
souri). 4 : 4 2.00

Prout, H. A. Description of a new species of PvoducLus, from the
Carboniferous limestone of St. Louis. PI. II. 1:1*

Description of a new species of Bryozoa from Texas and New Mexico,
collected by Dr. George G. Shumard, geologist of the U. S.
expedition for boring Artesian wells along the 32d Parallel,
under the direction of Capt. John Pope, U. S. Corps Top.
Eng. 1 : 2*

Descriptions of new species of Bryozoa. 2:2 "

First of a series of descriptions of Carboniferous Bryozoa

1:2*

Second series of descriptions of Bryozoa from Palaeozoic rocks
of the western States and Territories. 1:2*

Third series of descriptions of Bryozoa from the Palaeozoic rocks

of the western States and Territories. Pis. XV-XVIII. 1:3. "

Fourth series of descriptions of Bryozoa from the Palaeozoic

rocks of the western States and Territories. 1:4, "

(Fossil tooth from Abingdon, Va.). 1 : 4

New Bryozoa, mostly from the Falls of the Ohio). 1 : 3

Schmidt, A. On the form and origin of toe lead and zinc deposits
of Southwestern Missouri. 3:2

Shumard, B. F. (Base of Cretaceous in northern Texas). 1 : 4

A catalogue of Palaeozoic fossils of North America. 2 : 2

(Coal measures in northern Texas). 1:4

Cretaceous formation of Texas). 2 : 1

Description of a new fossil Crinoidea from the Palaeozoic rocks

of the western and southern portions of the United States.
PI. I. 1:1*

a

* Exhausted.

— 16 —

Geology, palaeontology — Continued.

Shumard, B. F. Descriptions of five new species of Gasteropoda
from the Coal measures, and a Brachiopod from the Potsdam
sandstone of Texas. 1:4 $2.00

Descriptions of new Cretaceous fossils from Texas. 1 ;4 "

Descriptions of new fossils from the Tertiary formation of

Oregon and Washington territories and the Cretaceous of
Vancouver's Island, collected hy Dr. Jno. Evans, U. S. Ge-
ologist, uuder instructions from the Department of the In-
terior. 1 : 2*

Descriptioms of New Palaeozoic fossils. 2:1 "

Descriptions of new species of Blastoidea from the Palaeozoic

rocks of the western States, with some observations on the
structure of the summit of the genus Pentremites. PI. IX.
1 :2*

(Discovery in Texas of dicotyledonous leaves in the Cretaceous

strata, and the existence of an extensive Miocene formation).
2:1

(Fossils from the white limestone of the Guadalupe mountains,

N. M.). 1:2*

(Geological map of Texas). 2:1 "

— — (Lower Silurian in Texas). 1:4 Ci

Notice of fossils from the Permian strata of Texas and New

Mexico, obtained by the United States expedition under Capt.
John Pope for boring Artesian wells along the 32d Paral.,
with descriptions of new species from these strata and the
Coal measures of that region. PI. XI. 1:3 "

Notice of new fossils from the Permian strata of New Mexico

and Texas, collected by Dr. George G. Shumard, Geologist of
the United States Government expedition for obtaining water
by means of Artesian wells along the 32d Parallel, under the
direction of Capt. John Pope, U. S. Corps Top. Eng. 1 : 2*

Notice of some new and imperfectly known fossils from the

Primordial zone (Potsdam sandstone and Calciferous sand
group of Wisconsin and Missouri). 2:1 "

Observations on the geology of the County of Ste. Genevieve,

being an extract from a report made to the Missouri Geolog-
ical Survey, in 1859. 1:3 "

Observations upon the Cretaceous strata of Texas. 1:4 "

(Tertiary in Texas). 1:4 "

■ (Vertical section of the Silurian strata of Cape Girardeau county,

Mo.). 2:1 "

See Evans.

and G. C. Swallow. Descriptions of new fossils from the Coal

measures of Missouri and Kansas. 1:2*

Shumard, G. G. (Coal measures). 1 : 2*

Geological structure of the "Jornada del Muerto ", New

Mexico. 1:3 "

* Exhausted.

— 17 —

Geology, palaeontology — Continued.

Shuinard, G. G. Observations on the geological formations of
the country between the Rio Pecos and the Rio Grande, in
New Mexico, near the line of the 32d Parallel. 1 : 2*

Spencer, J. W. Niagara fossils. Pis. I-X. 4:4 $2.00

Swallow, G. C. Descriptions of new fossils from the Carboniferous

and Devonian rocks of Missouri. 1:4 "

Descriptions of some new fossils from the Carboniferous and

Devonian rocks of Missouri. 2:1 "

(Fossils from Kansas). 1:2*

Mr. Meek's notes on my preliminary report of the geology of

Kansas, as edited by Dr. Hayden. 2:3 "

Notice of remains of the horse in the altered Drift of Kansas.

2:2

Some new varieties of Spirifer lineatus, Martin; Spirifer earner -

atus, Morton; Spirifer Kentuekensis , Shumard; Spirifer
Leidyi, Norwood and Pratten; Spirifer increbescens, Hall; and
Spirifer Keokuk, Hall. 2:2 "■

See B. F. Shumard.

and F. Hawn. The rocks of Kansas. 1 : 2*

Todd, C. A. (Artesian wells at Jacksonville, Fla.). 5:1-2 4.00

Vodges, A. W. Notes on Palaeozoic Crustaceae, No. 1. On some

new Sedalia Trilobites. PI. XV. 5:3-4 "

Weller, S. Kinderhook faunal studies. I. The fauna of the Vermi-
cular sandstone at Northview, Webster County, Missouri.
Pis. II- VI. 9:2 .50

Kinderhook faunal studies. II. The fauna of the Chonopectus

sandstone at Burlington, la. Pis. I-IX. 10:3 "

Kinderhook faunal studies. III. The faunas of beds No. 3 to

No. 7 at Burlington, Iowa. Pis. XII-XX. 11 :9 1.00

Wheeler, H. A. (An account of the active volcano Colima) . 13 : 9 .25

(Granite boulders near Hematite, Mo., showing the polishing

action of ice). 12:10 "

Note on the glacial drift in St. Louis. 7:3 "

(Some notes on the glacial drift). 6 : 18 .50

(Temperature of deep mines). 4:4 2.00

Worthen, A. H. Notice of a new species of Platycrinus and other

fossils, from the mountain limestone of Illinois and Iowa.
1:4

Review of some points in Dr. B. F. Shumard's report on the

geology of Ste. Genevieve county, Mo.). 1 : 4

Language folk-lore, etc.

de Coruna y Colludo, A. Zoque — the language spoken at Santa
Maria di Chimalapa, and at San Miguel and Tierra Blanca, in
the State of Chiapas, Mexico. 4 : 1
Dacus, J. A. —Translator. — See A. deCorunay Colludo
Gatschet, A. S. Tchekilli's Kasi'hta legend in the Creek and Hit-
chiti lauguages, with a critical commentary and full glossa-
ries to both texts. 5 : 1-2 4-00

* Exhausted.

— 18 —

Language, folk-lore, etc.— Continued.

Holmes, N. (Sanscrit and Nahuatl). 4:1 $2.00

Inscriptions.

McMasters, S. Y. (Coin from Alton, 111.). 1:3 "

Mitchell, O. M. (Inscription on Leeds mummy-coffin). 1:4 "

Seyffarth, F. (An ancient Assyrian brick). 1 : 1*

Egyptian theology, according to a Paris mummy-coffin.

Pis. I-II. 4:1

The hieroglyphic tablet of Pompeium grammatically trans-
lated and commented on (with 32 lithographed pages
of symbol and commentary). 4:2 "

Notice of a burnt brick from the ruins of Nineveh. PL IV.

1:1*

A remarkable Papyrus- scroll, written in the Hieratic char-
acter about 1050 B. C. (with 16 lithographed pages of in-
scription and annotations). 1:4 "

A remarkable seal in Dr. Abbott's museum at New York.

1:2*

Stone, G. A. (Scarabaeus tablet &nd Papyrus scroll). 1:4 u

Machinery. — See Engineering.
Manufactures. — See Engineering.

Mathematics.

Chessin, A. S. On tne motion of gyroscopes. 12 : 3 .45
On some relations between Bessel functions of the first and of

the second kind. 12 : 9 .25

Strains ana stresses in a rotating thin circular disc. 13 : 9 "

On the true potential of the force of gravity. 12 : 1 "

Engler, E. A. Geometrical constructions for cutting from a cone of

revolution plane sections (a) of given eccentricity, (b) of

given latus rectum. 6:8 "
A geometrical construction for finding the foci of the sections

of a cone of revolution. 6:2 "

The normal to a conic section. 8:8 "

Kinealy, J. H. A spiral on a torus. Pis. I-II. 5:1-2 4.00

Nipher, F. E. Application of the equations for gaseous nebulae to

our own planetary system. 14 : 8 .50

— — (Device for the projection of pendulum figures). 4:1 2.00

(Discontinuities in the evolution of the trotting horse). 14: 8 .50

The evolution of the American trotting horse. 4 : 3 2.00

Isodynamic surfaces of the compound pendulum. 4:4 "

On the predetermination of the speed of the trotting horse.

13:2 .25
On a property of the isentropic curve for a perfect gas as drawn

upon the thermodynamic surface of pressure, volume, and

temperature. 4:3 2.00
On certain properties of a field of force due to a single mass.

5 : 3-4 4.00

* Exhausted.

$2.00

.25

2.00

3:9

.25

.15

>opulatii

an of the

— 19 —

Mathematics — Continued.

Nipher, F. E. (On the distribution of errors in numbers written

from memory). 3:3
On temperatures in gaseous nebulae. 9 : 7

(Thermodynamic surface of steam). 4:3

(The curve of speed of the trotting horse).

Poats, T. G. Isogonic transformation. 11 : 3
Pritchett, H. A. A formula for predicting the

United States. 5:3-4 4.00

Roever, W. H. (Briiliant points and loci of brilliant points). PI.

A. 10:11 .50

Geometrical construction of the lines of force proceeding from

(a) two parallel electrified lines, (b) two electrified points.
7:9

Geometrical properties of the lines of force proceeding from

(a) a system consisting of an electrified plane and an electri-
fied line parallel to the plane, (b) a system consisting of an
electrified plane and an electrified point. 7 : 12 "

Seddon, J. A. (Hydraulic flow equation). 5:1-2 4.00

(Resistance to flow in hydraulics). 8:12 .25

Woodward, C. M. (An easy method for determining the length of

a generation). 11:11 "

(Formulae of Herbart). 7:20 .50

The re'ations of internal pressure, volume, and temperature of

an isolated mass of perfect gas of uniform temperature and

an equilibrium under the action of its own forces. 9:3 .25

Medicine, sanitation.

Holman, M. L. (The purification of St. Louis water). 8:12 "
Kirchner, W. C. G. (Bacterological examination of river water).

14:8 .50
Leete, J. M. (Some fac's concerning past visitations of cholera).

4:4 2 00

Potter, W. B. (Sewage and river water). 4:4 "

Ravold, A, (Bacillus coli- communis in fish and reptiles). 10:11 .50

(Diphtheria antitoxine). 7:20 "

(Hiss test for typhoid Bacillus). 8 : 12 .25

(On the typhoid Bacillus found in the Mississippi river water).

6:18 .50

(Placental infection in meningiti>). 9:9 .25

(Tuberculosis). 8:12 «'

(Widal's typhoid test). 7 : 20 .50

Van Ornum, J. L. (The cleansing of Cienfuegos). 10: 11 "

Meteorites. — See Mineralogy

Meteorology.

Bigelow, J. M. (Waves of atmospheric pressure and their progress

from West to East along the great northern lakes). 2 : 1 2.00

Case, F. M. (Meteorological observations at Denver). 2:2 <•

Duenckel, F. W. (Meteorology of city and suburbs). 7:20 .50

Engelmann, G. Difference of temperature and of relative humidity

in city and country. 2 : 1 2.00

— 20 —

Meteorology — Continued.

Engelmann, G. Fall of rain (including melted snow) in St. Louis

from 1839 to 1861. 2 : 1 $2.00
The mean and extreme daily temperature in St. Louis during

forty -seven years, as calculated from daily observations (with

three charts). 4:3 "

■ (Meteorological notes). 1:3; 1:4; 2 : 1; 2 : 2; 2 : 3; 3 : 1;

3:2; 3:3; 3:4; 4:1; 4:2; 4:3@ $2.00 each.

(Meteorological observations at St. Louis for the year 1859).

1:4.

Meteorological table for 1859, St. Louis, Mo. 1:4

Meteorological table for I860, St. Louis, Mo. 2 : 1

Meteorological table for 1861, St. Louis, Mo. 2 : 1

Meteorological table for 1862, St. Louis, Mo. 2 : 1

Meteorological table for 1863, St. Louis, Mo. 2:2

Meteorological table for 1864, St. Louis, Mo. 2 : 2

Meteorological table for 1865, St. Louis, Mo. 2 : 2

Meteorological table for 1866, St. Louis, Mo. 2 : 3

Meteorological table for 1867, St. Louis, Mo. 2 : 3

(Prevalence of tornadoes). 4 : 1

(Rains in St. Louis from 1838-1865). 2 : 2

(Singular series of thunder storms). 2:1

(Snowstorm of Oct. 25, 1862). 2 : 1

(Unusually violent storm). 2: 1

Eugelmann, G., and A. Wislizenus. Meteorolagical observations

for 1856, made in St. Louis. 1:1*
Engler, E. A. Auroral phenomena on the evening of Sept. 12, 1881.

4:2
Frankenfield, H. C. (Hot and cold waves). 7 : 20 .50

Hayes, R. (Hail storm of May 19, 1873). 3:2 2.00

(Tornado of March 30, 1872). 3 : 1

McLellan. (Lightning and trees). 3:2
McPheetera, W. M. (Lightning effect up:m trees). 3: 1
Nipher, F. E. (Differences in anemometer readings.) 3 : 4
(The establishment of a Missouri weather service). 3 : 4

(Meteorological notes). 4 : 2

(Meteorological notes). 5:3-4 4.00

Repori on magnetic observations in Missouri, summer of 1878.

4..I 2.00
Report on magnetic determinations in Missouri, summer of

1879. 4:1 "
Magnetic determinations in Missouri during the summer of

1880. 4:2 "

Magnetic survey of Missouri. Fourth annual report. 4:3 "

Magnetic survey of Missouri. Fifth annual report. 4:3 "

(Rain-gauges and wind) . 5 : 1-2 4.00

Report on Missouri rainfall, with averages for ten years ending

December, 1887 (with nine plates). 5:3-4 "

* Exhausted.

— 21 —

Meteorology — Continued.

Nipher, F. E. (Storm of February 19th and 20th, 1882) . 4:3 $2.00

Surface integrals in meteorology. 5:3-4 4.00

(Thunderstorms). 4:1 2.00

(Topography and magnetic variations). 4:2 "

(Velocity of rain fall) .4:1 "

Winter temperatures. 5:3-4 4.00

See J. L. R. Wadsworth

Norton, J. B. S. (Effects on trees of tornado of May, 189G) 7 : 20 .50
Parry, C. C. On the character of the persistent snow-accumulations

in tbe Rocky mountains, Lat. 40°-41° North, and certain features

pertaining to the alpine flora. 2:3 2.00
Sawyer, A. On climatic change in Illinois — its cause. 3 : 2-3 4.00
von Schrenk, H. A severe sleet-storm. Pis. X-XI. 10:5 .25
The trees of St. Louis as influenced by the tornado of 189G.

Pis. III-IX. 8:2 .50

Smith, S. Au hypothecs concerning the formation of hail. 1 : 2*
Wadsworth, J. L. R., and F. E. Nipher. The tornado of April 14,

1379 (with three charts). 4:1 2.00

Wislizenus, A. Atmospheric electricity. Pis. I-III. 2:1

Pis. XII-XIII. 2:2 "

3:1

(Lightning and trees). 3:2 "

(Meteorological notes). 3:1 "

Meteorological observations for 1857 made in St. Louis. 1 : 2*

Meteorological observations made in 1861, in St. Louis, Mo.

PI. II. 2:1 "

Prevailing winds in St. Louis, Mo. 1 : 2*

Yearly report of atmospheric electricity, temperature and

humidity, from observations made at St. Louis, Mo. 2:2 "
Yearly report of atmospheric electricity, temperature, and

humidity, from observations made at St. Louis, Mo. 3:1 "
, and G. Engelmann. Meteorological table for 1858, made from

observations in St. Louis. 1:3 "
See G. Engelmann.

Earthquakes.

Hayes, R. Catalogue of earthquakes for 1871. 3:1 "

Catalogue of earthquakes for the year 1872-3. 3:2 "

Nipher, F. E. (Earthquakes of November 18, 1878). 4:1 "

Mineralogy.

Broadhead, G. C. (Mineralogy of Cole County, Mo.). 3 : 1

Engelmann, H. Topaz in Utah. 2 : 1

Ga?e, J. R. On the occurrence of iron ores in Missouri. 3 : 1

Hilgard, E. W. (The existence of gold in the conglomerate of

Madison County, Mo.). 2:1
Leonhard, A. V. Notes on the mineralogy of Missouri. 4 : 3
On the occurrence of Millerite in Missouri (with 2 plates).

4:3

(<

Occurrence of bitumen in Missouri. 3:2 "

a

* Exhausted.

— 22 —

Mineralogy — Continued.

Leonhard, A. V. (Pseudomorphs) . 4:2 $2.00

Owen, R. (Rock salt, near New Iberia, La.) 2:2 "

Sander, E. (Gold at Golden City, Ark.). 5 : 1-2 4.00

(Rock salt from Vermillion bay, La.). 2 : 3 2.00

Sharwood, W. (East Bradford Allanite). 1:4 '
Shumard, B. F. (Oil springs in Ray and Carroll counties, Mo.).

2:2
Wheeler, H. A. (Bituminous coal from Lower Silurian). 4:4 "
(New locality for Pickeringite). 4:4 "

Note on the occurrence of blende in lignite. 7:4 .2

■j

Recent additions to the mineralogy of Missouri. 7:5 .50

Meteorites. .25

Broadhead, G. C. (Meteor of December 9, 1875). 3 : 3 2.00
The meteor of December 27, 1875. 3:3 "

(Meteor of January 3, 1877). 3:4 "

Clark, M. L. (Meteorite near mouth of Osage river). 1:4 "
Hinrichs G. (Meteor and meteorites of Forest City, la.).

5 : 3-4 4.00

Holmes, N. (Abstract of Haidinger on meteorites). 2:1 2.00

(Meteoric iron found in Nebraska). PI. XXI. 1:4 "

Prout, H. A. (Nebraska meteorite). 2:1 "

Shumard, B. F. Notice of meteoric iron from Texas. 1:4 "
(St. Louis meteorite). 2:1 '•

Morphology. — See Biology.

Obituaries. — See Biographic notices.

Palaeontology. — See Geology.

Philosophy.

Wislizenus, A. Thoughts on matter and force. 2:2 "

Photography.

Nipher, F. E. (Electricity and photographic plates). 7:20. .50

(Electricity and photographic plates). 10:11 f(

On certain properties of light-struck photographic plates. Pis.

XII-XVII. 10 : 6 "
(Negatives printed by contact from a lantern slide or positive

picture, by the light of a 300 incandescent lamp). 11 : 11 .25

(Positive photography). 10:11 .50

11:11 .25
Positive photography with special reference to eclipse work.

10:9 .10
The relations of direct to reversed photographic pictures. Pis.

II-X. 11 : 4 .75
(Zero photographic plate). 10:11 .50

Physics.

Chessin, A. S. (The harmony of tone and color). 11:11 .25

Curtman, C. O. (Light in vacuo). 3:1 2.00

Eads,J. B. (Explanation of rotoscope). 1:1*

* Exhausted.

— 23 —

Physics — Continued.

Kinealy, J. H. The pressure of the wind ou roofs and inclined sur-
faces. 5 : 3-4 $4.00
Nipher, F. E. (Air vortices). 4:1. 2.00

(A cheap recording instrument for Robinson's anemometer and

the anemonescope). 3:4 •<
(Determination of Johle's equivalent). 6:18 .50

(Determination of the latent heat of vaporization). 6 : 18 "

(Determination of the constant for a galvanometer). 4 : ;; 2.00

(Distortion of a magnetic field by means of explosions). 13 : 9 .25

(Experiments in binocular vision). 3:4 2.00

(Experiments with colored glass). 3:3 "

(Fire-alarm apparatus). 3:4 ««

(Formation of vortex in water). 4:2 "

The f rictional effect of railway trains upon the air. 7 : 20 .50

10:10 .25

(Kapp's method of prediction for dynamos). 5: L-2 4.00

The law of contraction of gaseous nebulae. 13 :5 .25

The law of minimum deviation of light by a prism. 7:4 "

A method of measuring the pressure at any point on a struc-
ture, due to wind blowing against that structure. Pis. I— II.
8:1

On a new form of lecture galvanometer. 3 : 3 2.00

On a rotational motion of the cathode disc in the Crookes tube.

7:7 .25

On certain problems in refraction. 4 : 2 2.00

On gravitation in gaseous nebulae. 9:4 .25

On the electrical capacity of bodies and the energy of an elec-
trical charge. 7:2 "

On the expression of electrical resistance in terms of a velocity.

4:3 2.00

On the scale value of the Dellman electrometer used by Dr. "A.

Wislizenus. 5 : 1-2 4.00

(Phenomena of four-phase currents). 6:18 .50

Physics during the last century. 11 : 6 .25

Primitive conditions in the solar nebula. 14:4 .50

(Production of ether disturbances by explosions). 11 : 11 25

(Production of ether waves by the explosion of dynamite).

' 12:10

(Production of ether waves by means of explosions). 13 : 9

(Reis telephone). 4:4. 2. CO

(Resistance-bridge for air currents). 7:20 .50

Rifle balls in water). 5:1-2 4-00

(Some present problems in Physics). 14:8

The specific heat of gaseous nebulae in gravitational contrac-
tion. 11:4

(Tracks of ball lightning discharges on pieces of pine wood).

11:11

Seddon, J. A. (Intensity of light). 5:3-4 4-00

Roever, Wra. H. (The effect of the earth's rotation upon falling

bodies). 11:11 -25

75

25

— 24 —

Physiography.

Engelmann, G. Altitude of Pike's peak and other points in Colo-
rado Territory. 2:1 $2.00

Appendix to Dr. Parry's Notice of some additional observations

on the physiography of the Rocky mountains. 2:2 "

Elevation of St. Louis above the Gulf of Mexico. 1:4 "

Marbut, C. F. — See A. Winslow.

Nipher, F. E. (Map of New Madrid county, Mo). 4:3 "

Parry, C. C. Account of the passage through the Great canyon of
the Colorado of the West, from above the mouth of Green
river to the head of steamboat navigation at Collville, in the
months of August and September, 1867, by James White. 2:3 "

Ascent of Pike's Peak, July 1, 1862. 2:1 "

Notice on some additional observations ou the physiography of

the Rocky mountains, made during the summer of 1864. 2:2 "
Sawyer, A. (On the origin of ravines in the prairie) .3:2 "

Wheeler, O. B. The secondary base in geodetic surveys. PI. V.

5:1-2 4.00

Winslow, A., and C. F. Marbut. The mapping of Missouri (with

map). 6:3 .75

Misssissippi and Missouri rivers.

Engelmann, G. Stages of the Mississippi river at St. Louis in

1861. PI. IV. 2:1 2.0O

The variation in the stage of the Mississippi river at St.

Louis. 2:2 <*

Fay, T. (Stages of Mississippi at Market St.). 3:3 "

Holmes, N. (Delta of the Mississippi). 3:2 "

Pratt, G. C. (Stage of the Missouri river). 4:1 "

Scott, C. M. (The formation of the banks of the lower Missis-
sippi). 4:1 "
Warren, G. K. (Mississippi river). 2:1 "

Physiology. — See Biology.
Sanitation. — See Medicine.
Sociology. — See Education.
Zoology. — See Biology.

Memoirs (in quarto).

Contribution to the archaeology of Missouri, by the Archaeological Sec-
tion. Part I. Pottery. 1880. 2.00

The totaljeclipse of the sun, January 1, 1889. A report of the observa-
tions made by the Washington University Eclipse Party, at Nor-
man, California. 1891. u

*d

Tiumnmuiuftn,ca' Garden L,brarv

3 5185 00257 3259

-'! 1

-.***'

■

/fv. /v*

■ r

Li Qj

vSb3

"*£v

^'fesF*^

V*

Ira

4,. " '

:-"*